UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________________________
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
or
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 001-36189
_________________________________________________________________
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________________________
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
11075 Roselle Street
San Diego California
(Address of principal executive offices)
20-4327508
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
92121
(Zip Code)
(858) 366-6900
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol(s)
TNDM
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Nasdaq Global Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
____________________________________________________None__________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter)
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See definitions of
“large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
x
☐
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting
standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $5.4 billion based on the closing price for the common stock of $97.40
on that date. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director, and their affiliated stockholders have been excluded from this calculation as such persons may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 17, 2022, there were 63,872,310 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not
later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K, are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14 of this Form 10-K. Except for the portions of the Proxy
Statement specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be filed as part hereof.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Part I
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
Part II
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
Part III
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
Part IV
Item 15
Item 16
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
1
3
26
62
62
63
63
64
64
64
83
85
117
117
120
121
121
121
121
121
122
126
127
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, or this Annual Report, contains “forward-looking statements”
within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements are subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements
are intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements included or
incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking
statements by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “believe,” “continue” or the negative of such terms, or
other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to such statements. In particular, forward-
looking statements contained in this Annual Report relate to, among other things, our future or assumed financial condition, results of operations, liquidity,
trends impacting our financial results, including the impacts of the COVID-19 global pandemic, business forecasts and plans, research and product
development plans, manufacturing plans, strategic plans and objectives, capital needs and financing plans, product launches, regulatory approvals, the
impact of changes in the competitive environment, and the application of accounting guidance. We caution you that the foregoing list may not include all of
the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report.
Our forward-looking statements are based on our management’s current assumptions and expectations about future events and trends, which
affect or may affect our business, strategy, operations or financial performance. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based upon
reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are made in light of information currently available
to us. Our actual financial condition and results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various
factors, including those set forth below under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7, and elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as in the other reports we file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC. You should read this Annual Report with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different
from and worse than what we expect.
Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our
management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or
combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and, except to the extent required by law or the rules of the Nasdaq Stock
Market, we undertake no obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors.
We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
2
Item 1. Business
Overview
PART I
We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of technology solutions for people living with
diabetes. Diabetes management can vary greatly from person-to-person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal
preferences. Our goal is to lead in insulin therapy management across multiple of these market segments by providing a portfolio of delivery devices,
software, and data insight solutions to people living with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers.
Since our initial commercial launch, we have rapidly innovated and brought more products to market than our competitors. We have
commercially launched seven insulin pump configurations in the United States since 2012 and three insulin pump configurations outside the United States
since 2018. Today, our software-updatable t:slim X2 Insulin Delivery System (t:slim X2) hardware platform represents 100% of our new pump shipments.
In the four-year period ended December 31, 2021, we shipped nearly 330,000 insulin pumps, which is representative of our estimated global installed
customer base, assuming the typical four-year reimbursement cycle. Nearly 240,000 of these pumps were shipped to customers in the United States and
nearly 90,000 were shipped to international markets.
Our manufacturing, sales and support activities principally focus on our flagship pump platform, the t:slim X2 and our complementary product
offerings. Our simple-to-use t:slim X2 is based on our proprietary technology platform and is the smallest durable insulin pump available in the United
States. We have commercially offered two different automated insulin dosing (AID) algorithms on t:slim X2, including our Control-IQ technology, which
is an advanced hybrid-closed loop feature, designed to help increase a user's time in their targeted glycemic range. It was the first system cleared by the
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to deliver automatic correction boluses in addition to adjusting insulin to help prevent high and low blood sugar
based on continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) readings. Approximately 200,000 t:slim X2 users have our Control-IQ technology, which launched in the
United States in the first quarter of 2020, and is now available in more than 20 countries. Our Control-IQ technology uses information from Dexcom Inc.’s
(Dexcom) G6 sensor, which is the third generation of Dexcom CGM that we have integrated with our pump technology.
The t:slim X2 is unique in that it is the only pump on which remote software updates have been made commercially available in the United
States. Now available in the countries we serve worldwide, our Tandem Device Updater (TDU), is a revolutionary tool that has allowed more than 130,000
people to update their t:slim X2 software from a personal computer. This offering is a competitive advantage as it allows us to bring new features, such as
our AID technology and CGM integration, to our customers faster than the industry has been able to historically.
Our insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at least four years. In addition
to insulin pumps, we sell disposable products that are used together with our pumps and are replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and
delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a user’s body. Additionally, we sell accessories such as belt clips and cases for use
with pumps which are designed to enhance usability. In the United States, we also offer t:connect, our data management web application that provides
users, their caregivers and their healthcare providers with a fast, easy and visual way to display diabetes therapy management data from our pumps,
integrated CGMs and supported blood glucose meters.
Our primary research and development and administrative headquarters are located in San Diego, California. We also operate a manufacturing
facility and a warehousing facility in San Diego. In addition, we maintain offices in Boise, Idaho and in Markham, Ontario, Canada. We employed
approximately 2,000 regular full-time employees as of December 31, 2021.
Diabetes and the Insulin Therapy Management Market
Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure. The disease is categorized by improper function of the pancreas
when it either does not produce enough insulin or the body cannot effectively use the insulin it produces. If not closely monitored and properly treated,
diabetes can lead to serious medical complications, including damage to various tissues and organs, seizures, coma and death.
Diabetes is typically classified as either type 1 or type 2:
•
Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the body’s nearly complete inability to produce insulin. It is frequently diagnosed as an acute event
during childhood or adolescence. Individuals with type 1 diabetes require intensive insulin therapy to survive.
3
•
Type 2 diabetes represents 90% to 95% of all individuals diagnosed with diabetes and is characterized by the body’s inability to either
properly utilize insulin or produce enough insulin. Initially, many people with type 2 diabetes often attempt to manage their diabetes with
improvements in diet and exercise, and with oral medications. However, as their diabetes advances, many patients progress to requiring
injectable therapies, such as long-acting insulin, and a subset of this population require intensive insulin therapy.
The International Diabetes Federation estimates that, in 2021, approximately 297 million adults age 20-79 years worldwide had diagnosed type
1 or 2 diabetes. In addition, approximately 1.2 million children and adolescents had type 1 diabetes, and nearly 150,000 people under age 20 are estimated
to be diagnosed annually. In the United States, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates that in 2021 approximately 37.3 million people
were living with diabetes of which approximately 28.5 million had diagnosed diabetes. We consider our addressable market to be people diagnosed with
diabetes who are living with either type 1 diabetes, or with type 2 diabetes who require intensive insulin therapy. Throughout this Annual Report, we refer
to these individuals as people with insulin-dependent diabetes.
Type 1
Type 2 (all therapies)
Type 2 (insulin only)
Estimated Diagnosed Diabetes Prevalence
(1)
Worldwide
30.9 million
267.3 million
10 million
United States
1.8 million
26.9 million
2 million
(1) Internal estimates based on data from the International Diabetes Federation and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
Diabetes Management Challenges
Diabetes can be difficult for patients to manage. Unlike most therapies, insulin requirements can vary greatly and can be affected by many
factors, such as type or quantity of food eaten, illness, stress and exercise. People with diabetes have to be diligent in working to prevent their blood
glucose from fluctuating outside of a targeted range. Hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose levels, can cause a variety of long-term effects or complications,
including damage to various tissues and organs, seizures, coma or death. Hyperglycemia, or high blood glucose levels, can also cause a variety of long-term
effects or complications, including cardiovascular disease and damage to various tissues and organs. Preventing and managing fluctuations in blood glucose
levels, particularly when someone is outside their target blood glucose range is often time consuming and stressful to people with diabetes and their loved
ones.
Insulin Therapy Management
There are two primary therapies used by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, insulin injections and insulin pumps. The use of insulin
injections is often referred to as Multiple Daily Injection (MDI) therapy. Insulin pumps are intended to more closely resemble the physiologic function of a
healthy pancreas and use rapid-acting insulin to fulfill both mealtime (bolus) and background (basal) requirements. Insulin pump systems are most
commonly comprised of a programmable hardware device, a cartridge filled with insulin by the user, and an infusion set to administer insulin into the
person’s body. This system is known as a durable pump. By comparison, patch insulin pumps are disposable and adhere to the body without an infusion set.
Insulin pump therapy can provide benefit to a person with insulin-dependent diabetes when used independently or in conjunction with CGM,
which is a therapy that provides users with real-time access to their glucose levels as well as trend information. In addition, insulin pumps may feature an
AID algorithm that is designed to automatically adjust a person’s insulin delivery based on their CGM trends and other factors to help minimize the
frequency and/or duration of hyperglycemic and/or hypoglycemic events. Insulin pumps may also feature connectivity with mobile apps and data
management applications, which are used by the pump user, their caregivers and their healthcare providers, to quickly and easily identify meaningful
insights and trends, allowing them to refine therapy and lifestyle choices for better management of their diabetes.
More than 1 million people worldwide are estimated to use an insulin pump to manage their diabetes. We estimate that 750,000 people in the
United States use an insulin pump. In addition, we estimate that approximately 450,000 people use an insulin pump in the more than 20 countries outside
the United States in which our insulin pump is available. There are a variety of insulin pump manufacturers worldwide, while in the United States, we are
currently one of only two commercial durable insulin pump manufacturers and there is one programmable commercial patch insulin pump manufacturer.
4
We believe that the distinct advantages and increased awareness of insulin pump therapy as compared to other available insulin therapies will
continue to generate demand for insulin pump devices and pump-related supplies. We further believe that recent and ongoing developments in the use of
CGM technology and AID algorithms in conjunction with insulin pump therapy will continue to provide people with insulin-dependent diabetes benefits
that will make insulin pump therapy an even more attractive treatment alternative.
Our Technology: Improving the Lives of People with Diabetes
We develop our insulin pump technology and related product offerings using a consumer-focused approach. We initially rely on the use of
behavioral sciences, including extensive research to ascertain what people with insulin-dependent diabetes require and prefer from their diabetes therapy.
We then look to modern consumer technology for inspiration and design our hardware and software solutions to meet the specific demands of people with
diabetes. This multi-step approach has resulted in products that provide users with the distinct features and functionality they seek and in a manner that
makes the features usable and intuitive.
Since our initial commercial launch, we have been able to rapidly innovate and bring more products to market than our competitors. We have
commercially launched seven insulin pump configurations since inception, all of which have been developed using our proprietary technology platform.
The following table provides information regarding the commercial availability of our insulin pump products:
Product
t:slim
t:flex
t:slim G4
t:slim X2
t:slim X2 with G5
t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology
t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology
U.S. Commercial Availability
August 2012 - October 2016
May 2015 - June 2018
September 2015 - August 2017
October 2016 - September 2017
September 2017 - August 2018
August 2018 - present
January 2020 - present
Outside U.S. Commercial Availability
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
September 2018 - May 2021
September 2019* - present
July 2020* - present
*Scaled launch based on the timing of regulatory approvals and other factors.
Today, our commercial efforts exclusively focus on the manufacturing, sale and support of our flagship pump platform, the t:slim X2 insulin
delivery system, but we continue to provide ongoing service and support to existing t:slim, t:slim G4 and t:flex customers. The t:slim X2 insulin delivery
system is comprised of a t:slim X2 pump, its 300-unit disposable insulin cartridge and an infusion set.
Our t:slim X2 Insulin Pump Form Factor
5
t:slim X2 Insulin Pump
Our t:slim X2 was designed to offer greater ease of use and look more like other modern consumer technology, such as a smart phone, as
compared to other traditional insulin pumps. Key features include:
•
•
•
Color touchscreen - The large color touchscreen is easy to read, simple to learn, and intuitive to use for anyone familiar with a smartphone or
tablet.
Small and discreet - The t:slim X2 pump is up to 38% smaller than other durable pumps, yet the device can hold up to 300-units of insulin.
t:slim X2 Profile (Actual Size)
Flexible technology - The device can be used with or without AID or CGM. When advanced features are turned off, the t:slim X2 pump removes
the CGM chart from the screen and puts the Bolus and Option buttons front and center for easy access.
• AID features - We have commercially launched two AID algorithms on our t:slim X2 platform: Basal-IQ technology and Control-IQ technology.
◦
◦
Basal-IQ technology: This predictive low glucose suspend feature is designed to temporarily suspend insulin delivery to help reduce the
frequency and duration of hypoglycemic events. With Dexcom G6 CGM integration, this feature works with no fingersticks required for
mealtime dosing or calibration.
Control-IQ technology: This advanced hybrid-closed loop feature is designed to help increase a user's time in targeted glycemic range
(70-180 mg/dL). Approximately 200,000 t:slim X2 users worldwide have our Control-IQ technology. Control-IQ was the first AID
algorithm cleared by the FDA to deliver automatic correction boluses in addition to adjusting basal insulin to help prevent high and low
blood sugar. Control-IQ technology is integrated with Dexcom’s G6 CGM and offers optional settings for sleep and exercise activities
that adjust the algorithm parameters to better match the different physiological needs during these activities. Results from two
independent pivotal studies using Control-IQ technology were published in the New England Journal of Medicine in October 2019 and
August 2020.
•
Connectivity - The t:slim X2 includes a Bluetooth radio for communicating with multiple external devices simultaneously and allows for
uploading pump and CGM therapy data to the Tandem cloud via the t:connect mobile app. The t:slim X2 also includes a micro-USB port that
supports charging the lithium-polymer battery, software updates and therapy data uploads.
• Mobile Control - In the first quarter of 2022, we received FDA clearance for our mobile bolus feature that allows t:slim X2 users to control a bolus
of insulin through our t:connect mobile app using their personal smartphone. It is the first-ever FDA-cleared smartphone application capable of
initiating insulin delivery on both iOS and Android operating systems. Our mobile app provides users with convenient and discreet data display
and alerts, and functions as a pipeline for getting pump data to the cloud.
Tandem Device Updater
A tool that allows pump users to update their pumps’ software quickly and easily from a personal computer. It is PC- and Mac- compatible and
designed to work with the t:slim X2 in a manner similar to software updates on a smartphone. We have used this technology to offer in-warranty t:slim
customers in the United States four different software updates for no-cost, most recently including our Control-IQ technology. Outside the United States we
began offering no-cost software updates for Basal-IQ technology in the third quarter of 2019 and Control-IQ technology updates in the third quarter of
2020.
6
t:connect
Our web-based data management application provides users, their caregivers and their healthcare providers with a fast, easy and visual way to
display diabetes therapy management data from our pumps, integrated CGMs and supported blood glucose meters. This application empowers people with
diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, to quickly and easily identify meaningful insights and trends, allowing them to refine therapy
and lifestyle choices for better management of their diabetes. It also provides us with valuable data that we can analyze computationally to reveal patterns,
trends and associations that can be used in continuous product improvements and in the identification of clinical outcomes data. t:connect launched in the
United States in the third quarter of 2013. In 2017, we launched t:connect HCP, which is an enhanced version of t:connect designed to simplify the ability
of pump users to share t:connect data with their healthcare providers. In the third quarter of 2020, we launched the t:connect mobile application that
features the wireless upload of pump data to t:connect, allows the user to receive notification of pump alerts and alarms, and provide a discrete, secondary
display of glucose and insulin data. The t:connect mobile application is compatible with multiple versions of iOS and Android operating systems, and at the
end of 2021, approximately 180,000 customers had downloaded our mobile app. We believe t:connect (web data management and mobile app) can serve as
key components of additional health applications and services that are currently under development.
Sugarmate
During the second quarter of 2020, we acquired Sugarmate, Inc. (Sugarmate), the developer of a popular mobile app for people with diabetes
who use insulin. The Sugarmate app is designed to help people with diabetes visualize diabetes therapy data in innovative ways. It allows users to log
glucose data and health and nutrition information, and can provide notifications and alerts to users, their family, and their caregivers. Sugarmate became a
wholly owned subsidiary of Tandem, and is continuing to be led by its founder, who joined our Company.
Our Strategy
Diabetes management can vary greatly from person-to-person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal
preferences. Our goal is to lead in insulin therapy management by providing a portfolio of delivery devices, software, and data insight solutions to people
living with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers. We believe that our positively different approach uniquely positions us to
significantly expand and further penetrate the varying segments of the intensive insulin using diabetes market by focusing on the needs of our customers
and their caregivers, and by supporting healthcare providers and payors with real world insights.
To achieve our goal, we intend to pursue the following business strategies:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
drive worldwide adoption of our products by offering the best insulin delivery systems;
deliver a portfolio of therapy management solutions designed to improve patient outcomes;
expand the value provided by our portfolio through an ecosystem approach to diabetes management;
build deeper relationships with all stakeholders across multiple channels, including virtual and telehealth platforms;
leverage our manufacturing operations to achieve cost and production efficiencies;
use data in new ways that deliver real-world insights and that promote better outcomes; and
identify new offerings that support our mission to improve the lives of people with diabetes.
Products Under Development
Our products under development support our strategy of developing insulin delivery systems as part of a therapy management portfolio that is
designed to improve patient experience and outcomes. Our product development efforts fall into three pillars of innovation: delivery devices, device
software including algorithms, and data and insights.
Delivery Devices
We are developing a family of delivery device solutions to meet the varying needs of people living with type 1 and type 2 diabetes by providing
choice within our own portfolio. Preferences in the size, shape, and mode of operation that comprise an insulin pump’s hardware often impact a person’s
pump purchasing decision and overall user experience.
7
Mobi
Formerly referred to under its development name, t:sport, the Tandem Mobi is approximately half the size of our t:slim X2 pump, and is being
designed for people who seek even greater discretion and flexibility with the use of their insulin pump. Its features include a 200-unit cartridge, an on-pump
bolus button, inductive charging, an AID algorithm, and is waterproof. We anticipate that Mobi will be our first insulin pump to support full pump-control
from our mobile application.
t:slim X3
Advancing our flagship t:slim platform, the t:slim X3 is being designed to provide a modernized user interface and even greater usability for our
planned feature updates. It is also being designed to include enhanced technology, such as greater processing power and capacity to support our advanced
algorithms, as well as increased battery life, improved durability, and wireless software update capabilities.
Mobi: Tubeless
This offering is being developed to provide an alternative tubeless infusion site option for Mobi pump users. A goal of this design is to allow for
people living with diabetes to customize the way they wear their pump with each cartridge change to best suit their personal preferences and lifestyle.
Patch
Our patch pump design is in its early stages and is being developed for people living with diabetes who want a disposable tubeless solution.
Device Software
Our device software is used to control our pumps either directly through the pump’s interface or through our mobile application. It also includes
our AID technology, and the software used to support remote pump updatability.
Control-IQ Technology Advancements
We are driving innovation in our algorithms, emphasizing automation, personalization and simplification, all intended to continue to improve
therapeutic outcomes and provide a positive patient experience characterized by simplicity and ease of use. Additionally, we have initiated clinical studies
to expand the indications of our Control-IQ technology to include people with type 1 diabetes ages 2 to 5 years old, as well as people living with type 2
diabetes. We are also researching the use of different insulins with our Control-IQ technology.
Mobile Control
We are working to expand our mobile control capability. In the future, our t:connect mobile app is planned to include additional pump control
features, such as full operation of our Mobi pump.
Integration
Building a robust ecosystem and portfolio around our flagship insulin pumps requires product development efforts to integrate, add and enhance
complementary system components.
Dexcom CGM: In November 2020, we entered into an agreement with Dexcom to extend our current collaboration to include integration with
their future G7 CGM technology. Following integrated product development work, and required regulatory clearances or approvals, this will be the fourth
generation of Dexcom CGM that we intend to integrate with our devices.
Abbott CGM: In June 2020, we announced an agreement with Abbott Laboratories (Abbott), to develop and commercialize integrated diabetes
solutions that combine Abbott’s CGM technology with our insulin delivery systems. Following the completion of our integrated product development
work, and after obtaining required regulatory clearances or approvals, we intend to focus our initial commercial activities on integrated products in the U.S.
and Canada, with additional geographies considered in the future.
8
Data and Insights
Our goal is to innovate across our digital health platforms by using the vast amount of data that we collect, in combination with technology such
as artificial intelligence or machine learning, to provide information and insights to people living with diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers
and insurance payors. Key areas of development include making these insights easy to understand, provided in a flexible format with mobile or web apps,
and available real time. In addition, we are working to integrate health-related information from third-party sources and use our data to support current and
future products under development.
Tandem Source
Expanding the capabilities of our t:connect data management application available for customers in the United States, Tandem Source is our
second-generation web-based data management application that is being designed to become our single, global platform. This application enhances clinical
data visualization, provides added interface customization for users to personalize how they engage with their data and for healthcare providers to better
manage their care. In the second quarter of 2021, we began limited testing of an initial version of Tandem Source in the United Kingdom. We continue to
develop and test new features for Tandem Source in anticipation of a future commercial release of the product.
Settings Automation
Our automation research and development activities center around opportunities for enhanced user and healthcare provider experience, and
improved clinical outcomes. In support of this effort, we are working to automate our pump settings adjustments to further enhance ease of use and expand
adoption of our insulin pump products.
Sales, Marketing and Customer Care
In 2021, our U.S. sales organization was comprised of approximately 95 territories, which we began expanding to approximately 110 territories
at the end of the year. The vast majority of these territories are supported by a sales representative and a clinical diabetes specialist who, as a team, call on
endocrinologists, nurse practitioners, primary care physicians, certified diabetes educators and potential customers. Where appropriate, some territories are
supported by multiple clinical diabetes specialists. Our U.S. sales team is augmented by individuals in our internal customer sales support organization,
who follow up on leads generated through promotional activities and educate people on the benefits of our proprietary technology and products.
Our internal customer sales support organization also contacts existing customers who are approaching their insurance renewal date to aid in the
renewal process. Typically, customers are eligible for insurance reimbursement to purchase a new insulin pump once every four years; however, some plans
may be limited to once every five years or have additional restrictions or requirements. Insurance reimbursement processes outside the United States vary
by geography.
In Canada, we established a small direct sales and clinical infrastructure in 2018, and since that time have secured reimbursement in the majority
of Canadian provinces. We commenced marketing and sales efforts of the t:slim X2 with G5 integration in the fourth quarter of 2018, for the t:slim X2 with
Basal-IQ technology in the fourth quarter of 2019, and for the t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology in the first quarter of 2021.
In more than 20 countries outside the United States, we have contracted with distributors who have substantial responsibility for sales,
marketing and customer support efforts. We began our scaled launch outside the United States in the third quarter of 2018 after obtaining the right to affix
the CE Mark to the t:slim X2 with G5 integration, followed by the scaled launches of our Basal-IQ technology and Control-IQ technology in the third
quarter of 2019 and 2020, respectively.
9
Revenue Concentrations and Significant Customers. A small number of independent distributors in the United States have historically
accounted for a significant portion of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2021, we made sales to approximately 44 independent distributors
in the United States, and 16 independent distributors internationally. During the year ended December 31, 2021, sales to our two largest distributors
accounted for a combined 21.5% of consolidated sales. During the year ended December 31, 2020, sales to our two largest distributors accounted for a
combined 28.8% of consolidated sales. None of our independent distributors in the United States are required to sell our products exclusively and each of
them may freely sell the products of our competitors. Our distributor agreements in the United States generally have one-year initial terms with automatic
one-year renewal terms and are terminable in connection with a party’s material breach. Our distributor agreements outside the United States generally
have longer initial terms and, in addition to being terminable in connection with a party’s material breach, include provisions that allow us to terminate
those agreements prior to their ordinary expiration in exceptional circumstances. We believe our domestic distributors carry minimal inventory at any given
time. Internationally, there may be variability in inventory levels among our distributors, particularly when they first commence product sales or
surrounding the launch of new products.
Training and Customer Care. In the United States and Canada, our customer care infrastructure consists of specialists focused on product
training, pump and supply order processing and 24/7/365 technical services. We also provide training and technical services to our distribution partners
who fulfill their customer care responsibilities outside the United States. Our goal is to offer the highest level of customer support and services as these
offerings are often viewed by people with diabetes and their healthcare providers as being equally as important as the products we offer.
Third-Party Reimbursement
In the United States, customer orders are typically fulfilled by billing third-party payors on behalf of our customers, or by utilizing our network
of distributors who then bill third-party payors on our customers’ behalf. Our fulfillment and reimbursement systems are fully integrated such that our
products are shipped only after receipt of a valid physician’s order and verification of current health insurance information.
We are accredited by the Community Health Accreditation Program and are an approved Medicare provider. Over the last ten years, Medicare
reimbursement rates for insulin pumps and disposable insulin cartridges have increased modestly. In the United States, we primarily bill for our insulin
pump products and associated supplies using existing Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System codes for which Medicare reimbursement is well
established. However, pump eligibility criteria for people with type 2 diabetes can be different and may require additional documentation and laboratory
testing to gain in-network insurance reimbursement benefits.
We enter into contracts with national and regional third-party payors to establish reimbursement for our insulin pump products, disposable
insulin cartridges and other related supplies. We employ a team of managed care managers who are responsible for negotiating and securing contracts with
third-party payors throughout the United States. If we are not contracted with a prospective customer’s third-party payor and in-network status cannot be
otherwise obtained, then to the extent possible we utilize distribution channels so our customers’ orders can be serviced. For the year ended December 31,
2021, approximately 34% of our sales in the United States were generated through our direct third-party payor contracts, compared to approximately 30%
for the same period of 2020. As of December 31, 2021, our distribution channel was comprised of approximately 44 independent distributors.
In most cases, but not all, our network of distributors allows us access to prospective customers who are covered by commercial payors with
whom we are not contracted, at in-network rates that are generally more affordable for our customers. The most significant exception was in the period
from July 2016 to June 2020. During that time, only a small subset of UnitedHealthcare’s members were able to obtain reimbursement for our products
through our direct or distribution channels, primarily select pediatric and government plan members. In July 2020, we were named as a network provider
by UnitedHealthcare.
Our distribution partners outside the United States and Canada are responsible for all reimbursement, tender application and fulfillment
activities.
10
Manufacturing and Quality Assurance
Our pump products are currently assembled, tested and packaged at our facilities in San Diego, California. Prior to 2020, we manufactured and
tested our disposable cartridge products at our Barnes Canyon facility in San Diego, California. Since that time, we have transferred a substantial portion of
our cartridge manufacturing and testing to an experienced third-party contract manufacturer to provide us additional flexibility in scaling our business while
creating additional leverage. We also utilize external third parties for sterilization of our finished cartridges. All finished cartridges are packaged for sale at
our facilities in San Diego.
Outside suppliers are the source for components and some sub-assemblies in the production of our insulin pumps and cartridges. In addition, we
purchase all of our currently marketed infusion sets from a third party supplier, Unomedical A/S, a subsidiary of ConvaTec Group. Unomedical is
responsible for all manufacturing, testing, sterilization and packaging of the infusion sets under our brands. Any sole and single source supplier is managed
through our supplier management program that is focused on reducing supply chain risk. Our suppliers are evaluated, approved and monitored periodically
by our quality department to ensure conformity with the specifications, policies and procedures applicable to our devices. Members of our quality
department also inspect our devices at various steps during the manufacturing cycle to facilitate compliance with our devices’ stringent specifications.
We follow and comply with a comprehensive set of quality certifications and standards. For example, in the product development process, we
follow standards such as IEC 62304:2006, the international consensus for medical device software lifecycle processes, ISO 14971:2019 for the application
of risk management to medical devices, and IEC 60601 which is a series of technical standards regarding the basic safety and essential performance of
medical electrical equipment. In addition, we have built and maintain our quality management system to comply with the FDA’s Code of Federal
Regulations Title 21 CFR Parts 820, 806, 803 and 11, ISO 13485 and 14971, as well as any other country-specific requirement where Tandem products are
distributed.
We have received certification from BSI Group, a Notified Body to the International Standards Organization (ISO), of our quality system.
Certain processes utilized in the manufacturing and testing of our devices have been verified and validated as required by the FDA and other regulatory
bodies. As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facility and the facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic
inspection by the FDA and certain corresponding state agencies.
Research and Development
Our research and development team includes employees with specialist experience across diverse engineering disciplines and user experience
design, many of whom have considerable experience developing diabetes-related products. Our research and development team focuses on the continuous
improvement and support of current product offerings, as well as our products under development.
In June 2015, we entered into non-exclusive agreements with DexCom to allow the integration of our insulin pump products with the DexCom
G5 and G6 CGM systems worldwide. In November 2020, we entered into non-exclusive agreements with DexCom to continue the development and
collaboration activities that enable the integration of the Company’s insulin pump products with DexCom’s CGM devices, including current and future
generation insulin pump products with DexCom’s G6 and G7 CGM devices. The 2015 agreements had an initial term of five years, and thereafter renew
automatically for additional one-year terms unless either party provides advance notice to the other party that they do not wish to extend the agreements.
The 2020 agreements have an initial term of five years and thereafter renew automatically for additional successive two-year periods unless either party
provides advance notice of non-renewal. The agreements do not require any licensing fees, milestone payments or royalty obligations to DexCom. The
agreements contain customary provisions for termination in the event of an uncured material breach or in the event of a dissolution of the other party, and
prohibit our assignment of the agreements to a DexCom competitor without DexCom’s prior consent.
In 2016, we entered into a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-bearing license agreement with TypeZero to allow the integration of our insulin
pump products with TypeZero’s inControl AID technology. The agreement also provides us access to TypeZero’s future AID innovations for five years
following the date of the agreement. In addition, the license agreement contemplated that our insulin pump products would be used alongside TypeZero’s
AID technology in certain studies under the International Diabetes Closed Loop (IDCL) Trial, which are now completed. In August 2018, TypeZero was
acquired by Dexcom. Nevertheless, the terms of our agreement with TypeZero remain effective until the patents covered by the agreement have expired,
subject to customary provisions for termination in the event of an uncured material breach.
11
In June 2020 we announced an agreement with Abbott to develop and commercialize integrated diabetes solutions that combine Abbott’s CGM
technology with our insulin delivery systems to provide more options for people to manage their diabetes. Following the completion of our integrated
product development work, and after obtaining required regulatory clearances or approvals, we intend to focus our initial commercial activities on
integrated products in the U.S. and Canada, and consider additional geographies in the future.
Intellectual Property
We have made protection of our intellectual property a strategic priority. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret
and other intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights.
As of December 31, 2021, our patent portfolio consisted of approximately 117 issued U.S. patents and 83 pending U.S. patent applications. Of
these, our issued U.S. patents expire between approximately 2022 and 2040. Our foreign patent portfolio consisted of approximately 41 issued patents and
15 pending patent applications in other countries throughout the world. Of these, our issued foreign patents expire between approximately 2025 and 2036.
In addition, we also have 94 trademark registrations, including 18 U.S. trademark registrations and 76 foreign trademark registrations.
In July 2012, we entered into an agreement with Smiths Medical, Inc. pursuant to which we were granted, through certain assignments and
certain non-exclusive and exclusive, worldwide, fully paid-up, royalty-free licenses, certain rights to patents and patent applications related to ambulatory
infusion pumps and related software and accessories for the treatment of diabetes.
In July 2020, we entered into a non-exclusive patent cross-license agreement for certain technologies in the field of diabetes with Medtronic plc
(Medtronic). With certain exclusions, the agreement applies to the companies’ existing products, as well as new products for at least the next five years,
and includes a provision that prohibits the parties from cloning one another’s products.
Competition
The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, treatment
techniques or technologies, or other market activities of industry participants. We compete in markets worldwide with a number of companies that
manufacture insulin delivery devices, such as Medtronic MiniMed, a division of Medtronic, and Insulet Corporation (Insulet). In addition, Eli Lilly & Co.
(Eli Lilly) announced a collaboration to commercialize a version of Ypsomed AG’s existing insulin pump as part of a to-be-developed system and Becton
Dickinson and Company announced its intention to spin off its diabetes care business as a separate publicly-traded company. There are also a number of
other companies developing and marketing their own insulin delivery systems and/or related software applications for launch in the U.S. market, including
insulin pumps and Bluetooth-enabled insulin pens to support MDI therapy. Additionally, several other companies currently market insulin pump products
in markets outside the U.S. In addition, we face competition from a number of companies, medical researchers and existing pharmaceutical companies that
are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, sensing technologies, procedures, drugs and other therapeutics for the monitoring, treatment and
prevention of diabetes.
For additional information, see the section of this Annual Report under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.
12
Government Regulation
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States, corresponding state regulatory authorities and
other regulatory bodies in other countries. The U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, (FDCA) and the FDA’s implementing regulations govern:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
product design and development;
pre-clinical and clinical testing;
establishment registration and product listing;
product manufacturing;
labeling and storage;
pre-market clearance or approval;
advertising and promotion;
product sales and distribution;
recalls and field safety corrective actions; and
servicing and post-market surveillance.
FDA’s Pre-Market Clearance and Approval Requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device
we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a pre-market notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a
510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA through the premarket approval (PMA), process. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be
expensive, lengthy and require payment of significant user fees, unless an exemption is available.
The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices requiring fewer controls because they are deemed to pose lower risk are
placed in Class I or II. Class I devices are subject to general controls such as labeling, pre-market notification and adherence to the FDA’s Quality System
Regulation (QSR), which cover manufacturers’ methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control quality assurance, labeling,
packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of products. Class II devices are subject to special controls such as performance standards, post-market
surveillance, FDA guidelines, or particularized labeling, as well as general controls. Some Class I and Class II devices are exempted by regulation from the
510(k) clearance requirement, and the requirement of compliance with substantially all of the QSR. t:slim, t:flex, t:slim X2, t:slim X2 with Control-IQ
technology and t:connect received FDA clearance as Class II devices. However, t:connect was subsequently down-classified to a Class I device. A PMA
application is required for devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or certain implantable devices, or
those that are “not substantially equivalent” either to a device previously cleared through the 510(k) process or to a “preamendment” Class III device in
commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 when PMA applications were not required. t:slim G4, t:slim X2 with G5 integration and t:slim X2 with
Basal-IQ technology received FDA approval as Class III devices.
There are three new Class II categories classified by the FDA for the interoperability of devices as a complete AID system that are intended to
help support continued rapid innovation by streamlining the regulatory pathway for integrated products approved by the FDA. In June 2018, our t:slim X2
was the first insulin pump designated by the FDA as compatible with integrated continuous glucose monitoring (iCGM) devices. In February 2019, we
received FDA approval of our de novo application to classify the t:slim X2 to a Class II device, under the new insulin pump classification referred to as
Alternate Controller Enabled Infusion Pumps (ACE pumps). In December 2019, we received FDA approval of our de novo application to classify our
Control-IQ technology as the first automated insulin dosing software in a new interoperable automated glycemic controller (iAGC) category that
automatically adjusts insulin delivery to a person with diabetes by connecting to an ACE pump and iCGM. In connection with the de novo applications for
both the ACE pump and the iAGC category, the FDA established certain special controls that we will need to continue to satisfy. In March 2020, our Basal-
IQ technology was also cleared as an iAGC. If we are not able to satisfy those special controls, we would be required to seek approval for those products
under the traditional PMA submission process.
13
For Class III devices a PMA application must be supported by valid scientific evidence that typically includes extensive technical, pre-clinical,
clinical, manufacturing and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device. A PMA application also must
include a complete description of the device and its components, a detailed description of the methods, facilities and controls used to manufacture the
device, and proposed labeling. After a PMA application is submitted and found to be sufficiently complete, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the
submitted information. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided. Also,
during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide
recommendations to the FDA. In addition, the FDA generally will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility to evaluate compliance
with QSR, which requires manufacturers to implement and follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.
FDA review of a PMA application generally takes approximately one year but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny
approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:
•
•
•
•
systems may not be deemed safe or effective to the FDA’s satisfaction;
the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be deemed insufficient to support approval;
the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and
changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.
If an FDA evaluation of a PMA application is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or approvable letter, which usually
contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the
satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of a device, subject to the conditions of approval
and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA
will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not-approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which
case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA. The
PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never
been approved by the FDA for marketing.
New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications,
materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of
information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by
the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel.
Clinical trials are typically required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. We anticipate that most of
our future AID offerings will require supporting clinical data, either from clinical trials or potentially from evidence that we are able to collect through real-
world use of our products. These trials generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption (IDE), to the FDA. The IDE
application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that
the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients, unless the
product is deemed a non-significant risk device and eligible for abbreviated IDE requirements. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may
begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review
boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the
trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria. All clinical trials must be conducted in
accordance with the FDA’s IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion, and specify an array of recordkeeping,
reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA’s regulations for
institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by
the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered
sufficient for the FDA to grant approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be
inadequate to support approval of a PMA application or a 510(k) notification, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:
•
the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;
14
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;
patients do not comply with trial protocols;
patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;
patients experience adverse side effects;
patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of our trial;
institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;
third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the
clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;
we or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or in a manner
consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;
third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or our study that the FDA deems the study results
unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;
regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective
action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;
changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;
the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; and
the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.
We are currently sponsoring or supporting several clinical trials that are intended to support future enhancements to our AID products.
Other Regulatory Requirements. Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial distribution, numerous
regulatory requirements apply. These include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
establishment registration and device listing;
QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, production, control,
supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the
manufacturing process;
labeling regulations that prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses, and impose other restrictions on
labeling, advertising and promotion;
the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting (MDR) regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have
caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury
if the malfunction were to recur;
voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to health; and
corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or
removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.
Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or establish and maintain a system for tracking our products through
the chain of distribution to the patient level. We are currently conducting a post-market surveillance study for our t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology for
users with type 1 diabetes age six and above. We may elect to pursue additional post-market surveillance studies in the future.
15
The FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services enforce regulatory requirements by conducting
periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.
In general, failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement actions by the FDA and other regulatory
agencies. These may include any of the following sanctions or consequences:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
warning letters or untitled letters that require corrective action;
fines and civil penalties;
unanticipated expenditures;
delays in approving or refusal to approve future products;
FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries;
suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval;
product recall or seizure;
interruption of production;
operating restrictions;
injunctions; and
criminal prosecution.
We and our contract manufacturers, specification developers and some suppliers of components or device accessories, are required to
manufacture our products in compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practice, (GMP), requirements set forth in the QSR. The QSR requires a quality
system for the design, manufacture, packaging, labeling, storage, installation and servicing of marketed devices, and it includes extensive requirements
with respect to quality management and organization, device design, buildings, equipment, purchase and handling of components or services, production
and process controls, packaging and labeling controls, device evaluation, distribution, installation, complaint handling, servicing, and record keeping. The
FDA evaluates compliance with the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections that may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. If
the FDA believes that we or any of our contract manufacturers, or regulated suppliers, are not in compliance with these requirements, it can shut down our
manufacturing operations, require recall of our products, refuse to approve new marketing applications, institute legal proceedings to detain or seize
products, enjoin future violations or assess civil and criminal penalties against us or our officers or other employees.
Licensure. In the United States, several states require that durable medical equipment (DME) providers be licensed in order to sell products to
patients in that state. Some of these states require that DME providers maintain an in-state location or retain a licensed pharmacist, and in those states, we
sell our products through a third-party distributor. Although we believe we are in material compliance with applicable state regulations regarding licensure
requirements, if we were found to be noncompliant, we could be subject to fines and penalties or lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us
from selling our current or future products to patients in that state. In addition, we are subject to certain state laws regarding professional licensure. We
believe that our certified diabetes educators are in material compliance with such state laws. However, if our educators or we were to be found non-
compliant in a given state, we may need to modify our approach to providing education, clinical support and customer service.
Fraud and Abuse Laws. There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including the federal Anti-
Kickback Statute and the Physician Self-Referral Law (the Stark Law), the federal civil False Claims Act, the federal criminal Health Care Fraud Statute, as
well as various state laws regulating healthcare. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws.
Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in
federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Health Administration programs.
16
Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving,
offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending,
or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid.
We provide the initial training to customers necessary for appropriate use of our products either through our own diabetes educators or by
contracting with outside diabetes educators who have completed a Tandem pump-training course. Outside diabetes educators are reimbursed for their
services at fair market value. Although we believe that these arrangements do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, regulatory authorities may determine
otherwise, especially as enforcement of this law historically has been a high priority for the federal government. Noncompliance with the federal Anti-
Kickback Statute could result in our exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs (which could adversely affect our revenues to a
material extent), restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, and civil and criminal penalties.
Physician Self-Referral Law. The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing
“designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, if the physician has a financial relationship with the company.
In addition to statutory exceptions, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), has issued numerous regulatory exceptions to the Stark Law.
Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties,
and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Although we believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to
comply with current Stark Law requirements, these arrangements may not expressly meet the requirements for applicable exception from the law.
Federal False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person
whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has
made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the False Claims Act have made it easier for
private parties to bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits under the act. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater
numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines and/or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state
healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.
We submit reimbursement claims to federal healthcare programs, and we also may provide some coding and billing information to purchasers of
our devices. These activities, if inappropriate, could result in liability under the False Claims Act. Further, claims arising from relationships which violate
the Anti-Kickback Statute are considered to be false claims under the False Claims Act. Liability under the False Claims Act may also attach to claims
arising from financial relationships which violate the Stark Law. We believe that we currently are in material compliance with the federal government’s
laws and regulations concerning the submission of claims and the provision of coding and billing information. However, because we cannot guarantee that
the government or qui tam relators will regard any billing errors that may be made as inadvertent, or our provider relationships as compliant, we may have
exposure under the False Claims Act.
Federal Health Care Fraud Statutes. We are also subject to a federal health care fraud statute that, among other things, imposes criminal and
civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program including non-governmental programs, and prohibits knowingly and
willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false or fraudulent statement or representation, or making or using
any false writing or document with knowledge that it contains a materially false or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for
health care benefits, items or services.
State Fraud and Abuse Provisions. Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and false claims acts. We
believe that we are in material conformance to such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and
restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.
17
Data Privacy and Information Security Laws and Regulations. t:connect data is hosted on secure servers and our use of t:connect data is
subject to internal policies and procedures that are designed to comply with the federal U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
(HIPAA), as well as applicable U.S state privacy laws (including, but not limited to, the California Consumer Privacy Act). Although t:connect and
t:connect HCP are not currently generally available to users or healthcare providers outside the United States, we are also mindful of requirements under
Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, referred to as PIPEDA, and similar provincial laws, and the E.U. General Data
Protection Regulation, commonly known as GDPR, and similar E.U. member state laws. Collectively, these laws and regulations set standards for
safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the personal information we collect and use from customers and healthcare providers. These
laws also require, among other things, that we are transparent about how we collect and share personal data and that we give t:connect users the ability to
know what data we are collecting about them, to obtain a copy of that data, to correct or amend that data, and to request we restrict use of that data.
Healthcare Fraud. In addition to information security and data privacy obligations, HIPAA also created two new federal crimes: healthcare
fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any
healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from
government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or
making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A
violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. We believe we are in substantial compliance with these provisions of HIPAA.
Physician Payments Sunshine Act. The Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers, including medical device
manufacturers, to submit annual data pertaining to payments or other transfers of value to covered recipients, including physicians. Manufacturers may be
subject to audit for their compliance with this law. Failure to submit the required data in an accurate and timely manner may result in the imposition of civil
monetary penalties. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the Physician Payments Sunshine Act to date. However, the reporting requirements
were meaningfully expanded beginning in 2021 and we implemented additional processes and controls in order to comply with these new tracking and
disclosure obligations.
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Laws. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and similar laws in foreign jurisdictions generally
prohibit U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making improper payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign
government official in order to obtain or retain business. The scope of the FCPA would include interactions with certain healthcare professionals and
hospital administrators in many countries. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the FCPA and similar foreign regulations.
International Regulation
International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time
required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a
trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.
The primary regulatory body in Europe is the European Union, which includes most of the major countries in Europe. Other countries, such as
Switzerland, have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union
has adopted numerous directives and standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices.
These directives are in the process of being replaced by the Medical Device Regulation. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive
or regulation will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable
directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout Europe. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the class of the
product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a “Notified Body.” This third-party
assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. An assessment by a Notified
Body of one country within the European Union is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout the European
Union. Additional local requirements may apply on a country-by-country basis. Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval would need to be
sought on a country-by-country basis in order for us to market our products.
18
With the consummation of the United Kingdom’s (UK) exit from the European Economic Area, commonly referred to as Brexit, the UK is not
scheduled to transition to the Medical Device Regulation but will continue to operate under existing directives. Although many classes of devices have
grace periods, beginning on January 1, 2021, medical devices placed on the UK market are required to register with the Medicines and Healthcare Products
Regulatory Agency. Registrations can only be submitted by UK manufacturers or by a UK Responsible Person who has a place of business in the UK. A
UK Responsible Person is a person who acts on behalf of a manufacturer established outside the UK in relation to specified tasks with regard to the
manufacturer’s obligations.
Information Security
We have implemented, and continually improved, an Information Security Program that was developed to secure our non-public information,
systems, networks, databases, and workstations. This program is built on fundamental data security principles, which create the baseline suite of security
controls that we have adopted to govern our current and future data security compliance mandates and practices. All of our employees are required to
complete annual information security education training, which includes identifying suspicious emails, preventing virus and ransomware attacks, and
avoiding other threats. We regularly review and modify our information security program to reflect changes in technology, laws, regulations, risks, industry
practices, and other business needs. On an annual basis, we receive external audits of our information security posture, after which we remediate any
findings. We hold cybersecurity insurance to mitigate against losses from a range of potential cyber incidents. Our management briefs our board of
directors or a committee thereof on information security on a quarterly basis.
Environmental Impact and Sustainability
We have a focused effort on understanding the environmental impact of our business, both the direct impact as an employer and manufacturer,
as well as the impact resulting from consumer use of the products we offer. We have metrics and initiatives across the business in support of these efforts,
and our company goals for 2022 include driving economic efficiencies and process improvement, with environmental impact in mind.
As an employer and manufacturer, we are mindful of the impact our facilities and employee transportation have on the environment. In
September 2021, we signed a new lease agreement for approximately 180,000 square feet of additional general administrative, laboratory, and research and
development office space. This building is certified under the
U.S. Green Building Council's Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED), and energy use and environmental impact were key factors in the
selection of our new facility. We intend to use this facility, which features a solar generating power system, for our operations that are currently located at
four separate buildings, which is anticipated to result in more efficient energy use and reduced consumption of resources. In addition, we have reduced our
general administrative space requirements, as in 2021 we adopted a remote-hybrid work policy for a majority of employees following the recent periods in
which they worked remotely due to the COVID-19 pandemic. This helps to reduce carbon emissions associated with employees commuting to our facility
on a daily basis.
We have metrics in place to monitor our environmental impact on a monthly basis, including electricity consumption, electricity cost, and
weight of waste (non-hazardous, hazardous, biohazard, universal and recycling). In addition, we have initiatives in place in support of monitoring and
reducing our environmental impact. For example, our standby diesel generators are monitored and regulated by California’s Air Pollution Control District
and their runtime is limited and closely monitored. In addition, we have dedicated efforts toward the reduction of energy use in our lighting. We have
actively pursued rebates from San Diego Gas & Electric to fund energy improvement projects, and our facilities use LED lighting, motion sensors, or both,
to reduce energy consumption. We are also working to reduce energy consumption for air conditioning and heating through occupancy scheduling. Our
manufacturing processes are not water intensive, and we use hands-free automatic sink faucets and automatic toilet flush valves in all buildings. We are
also working to reduce landfill waste by baling and recycling our cardboard, and we have a commingled recycling program in place.
The environmental impact of consumer use of our product offerings is also a focus for our company. This starts with innovation in our product
design. The t:slim X2 has two key environmental design features that are a competitive advantage:
1. Our t:slim X2 insulin pump utilizes a rechargeable battery via its micro-USB port, eliminating the need to use alkaline batteries, which
are commonly used in our competitors’ insulin pumps. We estimate that our customers have kept approximately 13 million disposable
batteries out of landfills since our pumps became available in 2012, and that over the life of their pumps, together these users will save
over 26.4 million batteries.
19
2. Since August 2017, more than 130,000 of our pumps have been remotely updated through our Tandem Device Updater, which means that
fewer screens, batteries, and circuit boards needed to be replaced. The t:slim X2 is unique in that it is the only pump on which remote
software updates have been made commercially available in the United States.
In addition, we utilize a refurbishment program that allows for the use of key components thereby reducing electronic waste. We are also mindful
of the environmental impact of our supply chain efforts. For example, we utilize sea freight for a majority of our international shipments, which has lower
emissions than road or air. We also use electronic forklifts and repeat pallet use in our warehouse operations. Our third party logistics provider, Omni,
signed the Climate Pledge in Q3 2021 committing to net zero carbon by 2040. In addition, our supplier agreements warrant that all products sold to us are
manufactured in full compliance with all applicable national, provincial, state and local environmental, health and safety statutes, acts, ordinances, rules,
codes, standards, laws and regulations and elimination of human trafficking, child labor, or modern slavery. We also receive annual conflict mineral
disclosure from our suppliers.
We continue to use innovative techniques to reduce environmental impact and deliver products that can change people’s lives. For example, our
product pipeline includes Mobi Tubeless, which is being developed to provide a tubeless infusion site option for our Mobi pump that allows the pump
portion to be reused rather than disposed of every three days. Our research and development efforts also include infusion set innovations that focus on
extending the length of infusion set wear, thereby reducing the number of sets used per customer, and reducing waste.
Community Outreach and Impact
We strive to be a good corporate citizen in the communities in which our employees live and work. For many people with diabetes, peer support
plays a key role in successful diabetes management. To help fulfill this need, we provide support to a broad spectrum of people and organizations providing
peer support and education through diabetes programs such as JDRF, Beyond type 1, Connected in Motion, Riding on Insulin, College Diabetes Network,
Diabetes Exercise and Camping Association, and Touched by Type 1, among others, as well as regional diabetes events such as Children with Diabetes,
Taking Control of Your Diabetes, American Diabetes Association, and camps where our employees participate and volunteer.
Our employee community outreach efforts include donations and volunteer work, serving on boards and advisory committees and other
corporate and individual actions. Examples of our corporate giving efforts include:
•
•
Bright Funds Employee Giving & Volunteering platform launch, which provides employees choice to where they direct giving and
volunteering time for causes of significance to them.
JDRF annual employee fundraising campaign in support of diabetes research.
• Athena sponsorships in support of women in STEM leadership in San Diego, including the Lifting While Climbing Summit and
“Clinical Trial Diversity: Closing the Gap to Achieve Health Equity” event.
• Virtual Spanish Summit hosted by our community partners, JDRF and Beyond Type One designed to reach the Spanish-speaking type
1 diabetes population in the United States.
• Diabetes Camp Partnerships with Camp Conrad Chinnock and Camp Kudzu that specifically support underserved communities.
•
Spare a Rose campaign in support of Life For a Child which provides under-resourced countries with insulin, supplies and diabetes
education.
Human Capital
We are committed to creating and maintaining a safe, diverse, and inclusive community for all employees while we serve our customers and
fulfill our mission to improve the lives of people with diabetes. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately 2,000 regular full-time employees, all of
whom work in the United States or Canada. The term “employees” in this Annual Report means our regular full-time employees. Our headquarters are in
San Diego, CA, where our primary research and development and administrative headquarters are located, and where we also operate a manufacturing
facility and a warehousing facility. In addition, we maintain an office in Boise, Idaho, where employees focus primarily on customer care and training and
quality related activities, and an office in Markham, Ontario, Canada. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, and we
have never experienced any work stoppage. We believe we have good relations with our employees.
20
Culture
Fostering and maintaining a strong, healthy culture is a key strategic focus. Our core values statement was created by our employees in a
bottom-up, cross-functional process that we revisit and refresh on a periodic basis. Our Words We Live By describe our core values and reflect who we are
and the way our employees interact with one another, our customers, partners and stockholders. Innovate Every Day is our commitment to run our business
with the future in mind to deliver products that improve people’s lives, ensure continuous product improvements and exemplary customer support. No
Shortcuts is holding ourselves to the highest ethical standards and delivering exceptional quality. Team Up highlights the importance of successful
collaboration that is inclusive of diverse perspectives, both inside and outside of the Company. Stay Awesome reflects a universal respect among employees
which allows us the freedom to be ourselves and to be effective at our jobs, knowing at the end of the day that we can trust everyone to do the right thing,
for our customers, our investors and each other. People First emphasizes the deep care we have for the people who use our products, their loved ones and
health care providers. We are committed to involving end users in the research and development of our products and customer support efforts, to develop
products and services that truly bring convenience, innovation, and usability to diabetes management.
In 2021, we conducted our first employee engagement survey through Gallup, a leading global consulting firm on employee engagement. More
than 90% of our employees participated, and the results demonstrated that our overall engagement levels exceed Gallup’s averages worldwide, in the
United States, and in life sciences. The results also reflected that we are a mission-driven company with employees’ response on our strength of purpose far
exceeding Gallup’s measurement for world class. We have detailed ethics and compliance policies that instill a commitment to ethical behavior and legal
compliance across our company. Employees are encouraged to approach their managers if they believe violations of standards or policies have occurred.
Employees are also able to make confidential and anonymous reports using an online or telephone hotline hosted by a third party provider.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
Our diversity, equity and inclusion (DE&I) goals focus on cultivating and encouraging an inclusive and equitable culture where diversity of
thought is represented and can thrive throughout our organization. We believe that a culture of inclusion and diversity enables us to create, develop and
fully leverage the strengths of our workforce to exceed customer expectations and meet our growth objectives. More than half of our employees are female,
including one-third of our employees at the Vice President level or higher, and approximately half of our employees are from an underrepresented ethnic
community. We believe that bringing together different perspectives and experiences is fundamental to innovation and continuing to raise the bar in the
field of diabetes technology.
2021 was our first full year of having a DE&I Council. This Council is sponsored by executive management and we provide regular updates to
our Board of Directors on its initiatives and progress. It is staffed by employees with diverse backgrounds, experiences or characteristics who share a
common interest in professional development, improving corporate culture and delivering sustained business results. Our DE&I efforts are focused on
diabetes representation and access, representation in leadership, representation in technology roles and pro-inclusion. In addition, we are focused on
cultivating and supporting our internal culture through diversity of thought, support and advocacy within the diabetes community and continuing to build
and maintain a diverse and inclusive workforce.
Many of our community outreach and impact efforts are focused on support for diversity-related causes. We have also been expanding our
support for diabetes-related clinical investigators, camps, and other organizations that are actively focusing their research on underserved groups. We
embrace the importance of diverse cultural perspectives in the customer stories we promote, which is reflected in our website articles, social media posts,
and roster of compensated ambassadors, and influences our sponsorship and grant commitments.
Organizational Development
Attracting, developing and retaining employees is critical to our longer-term success. In mid-2021, we began evolving our organizational
structure by creating new senior leadership positions to strengthen our management team as we prepare for continued growth, near-term product
expansions and the execution of our longer-term product pipeline strategy. In addition, to support the advancement of our employees, we offer training and
development programs encouraging advancement from within and continue to fill our team with strong and experienced management talent. We leverage
both formal and informal programs to identify, foster, and retain top talent at both the corporate and operating level.
21
We have established a comprehensive training program to develop employees throughout the organization. Emerging Leaders and Leading in
Tandem are examples of internal programs intended for high performing individual contributors, and newly hired and promoted supervisors and managers,
respectively. More than 90% of employees participating in these programs remain employed at Tandem and approximately one-third have been promoted
or have had a significant change in scope of responsibility. In 2021, more than 150 employees participated in our leadership development programs. In
addition, more than 800 employees participated in our first virtual Peak Performance Summit in 2021, with both internal and external experts as part of
Employee Development Week.
Our leadership team also mentors rising talent on a more informal basis. This informal mentorship achieves a number of goals, including
accelerating the development of top performers, increasing organizational learning, and improving employee performance and retention. The executive
team also commits substantial time to evaluating the bench strength of our leadership and working with our leadership to improve their performance.
Total Rewards
We have demonstrated a history of investing in our workforce by offering competitive salaries and wages. Annual increases and incentive
compensation are based on merit, which is communicated to employees at the time of hiring and documented through our talent management process as
part of our annual review procedures and upon internal transfer and/or promotion. To foster a stronger sense of ownership and align the interests of partners
with stockholders, stock options and/or restricted stock units are provided to a substantial proportion of our employees under our broad-based stock
incentive programs. Also, our employees are able to participate in our employee stock purchase program. Furthermore, we offer comprehensive, locally
relevant and innovative benefits to all eligible employees, including health insurance, paid time off, paid and unpaid leaves, a retirement plan, health
savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, life and disability coverage, voluntary accident, critical illness, legal and identity theft coverage, employee
discount program, and an employee loaner pump program. In addition, we engage nationally recognized outside compensation and benefits consulting
firms to independently evaluate the effectiveness of our executive compensation and total rewards programs and to provide benchmarking against our peers
within the industry.
Employee Health and Safety
The health and safety of our employees is our highest priority, and this is consistent with our operating philosophy. We have integrated our
employee health and safety efforts with our human resources functions to create a corporate culture with a shared commitment to the well-being of our
professionals. Our employee assistance and wellness programs offer a range of benefits and services. For example, as a benefit to our employees and their
eligible dependents, we provide access to personal and job-related counseling and assistance resources for addressing concerns such as emotional well-
being, family and relationships, legal and financial matters, healthy lifestyles, mental health, substance abuse, and work and life transitions. Every work day
we provide a virtual wellness session featuring guided meditation, stretching, yoga, or exercise. Our focused wellness education sessions, generally offered
several times per month, cover topics such as parenting, mental health, nutrition, stress management, sleep habits, resilience, and working in a remote
environment. We host an online wellness lounge and mental health toolkit with a range of recorded learning sessions and articles, and our monthly benefits
newsletter updates employees on our various health and wellness benefits programs.
In 2021, we implemented safety management software to better manage safety inspections, assessments, and safety data sheets. We have
comprehensive safety training programs that ensure our employees know how to do their jobs safely and in compliance with laws and regulations. We
operate in modern, efficient, and safe facilities, and have had minimal accident and injury rates company-wide. Despite this success, however, our goal
remains the same: zero accidents.
In the COVID-19 global pandemic, we have been deemed an essential healthcare business under applicable governmental orders based on the
critical nature of the products we offer and the communities we serve. As a result, our manufacturing and warehousing sites continued operating during the
COVID-19 pandemic. As such, we have invested in creating physically safe work environments for our employees through the implementation of new
protocols, trainings and communications.
22
COVID-19 Global Pandemic Impact and Considerations
Our business has been impacted in a variety of ways since the onset of the COVID-19 global pandemic in early 2020, and will likely continue to
be impacted for the remainder of 2022. Specific factors that have influenced our financial results and the way in which we operate include fluctuations in
shelter-in-place restrictions, supply chain constraints, labor shortages, the timing and extent of vaccine availability and surges in infection and
hospitalization rates as new COVID variants have emerged. Throughout this time, we have responded to each of these unique challenges, while prioritizing
the health and safety of our employees and customers and working diligently to maintain a continuous supply of products, training and customer support.
Most notably, our sales results reflected a high degree of variability across the quarters during this time, unlike historical seasonal trends. We
experienced a modest impact early in 2020, which became more pronounced and continued in varying degrees as the pandemic progressed. Initially, the
impact on our business was relatively consistent worldwide but we have since seen variations in individual markets based on local conditions and anticipate
ongoing fluctuations may continue.
Our inventory levels have also fluctuated as we respond to supply chain constraints, due to availability of components from the various
suppliers we use to build our products. While we have adequate raw material inventory for a substantial portion of our pump and cartridge components, we
are below our targeted stocking levels for others. In early 2020, we initiated regular discussions with our key suppliers regarding their abilities to fulfill
existing orders and assess their ongoing capacity. Over the course of the pandemic, we have increased the frequency of those communications. We continue
to monitor factors that could negatively impact our supply chain, such as global shortages of semiconductors, copper and paper, as well as custom
components for our insulin pumps and cartridges where we rely on a limited number of qualified suppliers. We anticipate experiencing continued
challenges managing supply chain constraints, including the potential for limitations on availability of components as well as increased purchase costs.
Generally, our entire operation has been impacted as we navigate the generalized labor shortages impacting global markets. The labor
challenges affect our ability to recruit and hire key talent at the same pace as in years past, but we remain active in our recruiting efforts and competitive in
our offerings. In particular, these labor challenges combined with regulatory delays have impacted our product development and launch timelines. The
FDA has generally stated that its review process may take longer than normal due to prioritization of COVID-related products and services. We have
experienced lengthy delays in the review of pending submissions with the FDA, making regulatory timelines increasingly difficult to predict.
We have adapted well in our commercial operations and customer-facing functions. Our sales organization balances remote and in-person
interactions based on the needs and requirements of the customers with whom they interact. For example, prior to the onset of the pandemic, nearly all
trainings for customers purchasing our pump platform were in-person. We quickly pivoted to nearly all trainings being provided on remote platforms. Since
that time, we have achieved a balance that includes options for the individual based on their unique needs. We continue to see variability across the markets
in which we operate and anticipate these fluctuations between in-person and remote interactions will continue.
Our facilities have been closed for non-essential purposes throughout most of the pandemic, while our manufacturing operations were deemed
essential due to the critical nature of our product and the communities that we serve. To help ensure the safety and health of those employees working in
our facilities, we have implemented preventative measures by requiring employees to wear masks and perform temperature checks before each shift. We
are currently developing a return-to-work strategy for the rest of the organization that will incorporate a hybrid approach to meet the needs of our
employees, as well as optimize usage of our facilities.
Overall, we anticipate that our sales and operating results will continue to be impacted and subject to unpredictable variability. The full extent of
the impact of the pandemic on our future business and operations is difficult to estimate and will depend on a number of factors including the scope and
duration of the COVID-19 global pandemic, and the relative impact of COVID-19 on the business operations of our contract manufacturers, suppliers and
competitors.
23
Management
John F. Sheridan (age 66) has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2019 and as a member of our board of directors
since June 2019. Mr. Sheridan previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since April 2013. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Sheridan served as Chief Operating Officer of Rapiscan Systems, Inc., a provider of security equipment and systems, from March 2012 to February
2013. Mr. Sheridan served as Executive Vice President of Research and Development and Operations for Volcano Corporation, a medical technology
company, from November 2004 to March 2010. From May 2002 to May 2004, Mr. Sheridan served as Executive Vice President of Operations at
CardioNet, Inc., a medical technology company, now operating as BioTelemetry, Inc. (Nasdaq: BEAT). From March 1998 to May 2002, he served as Vice
President of Operations at Digirad Corporation, a medical imaging company. Mr. Sheridan holds a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of West Florida
and an M.B.A. from Boston University.
David B. Berger (age 52) has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since February 2022 and is responsible for the
Company’s manufacturing, supply chain, quality, regulatory and clinical functions. He previously served as our Chief Business Operations and Compliance
Officer since November 2020, as our Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Compliance Officer since April 2019, and as General Counsel since
August 2013. From January 2008 until August 2013, Mr. Berger was employed at Senomyx, Inc., a taste science company, where he most recently served
as Senior Vice President and General Counsel. From April 2003 until October 2007, Mr. Berger was responsible for all commercial aspects of legal affairs
at Biosite Incorporated, Biosite, a provider of medical diagnostic products, most recently serving as Vice President, Legal Affairs. Previously, Mr. Berger
was an attorney at Cooley Godward LLP and Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Berger holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California,
Berkeley and a J.D. from Stanford Law School.
Rick A. Carpenter (age 58) has served as our Chief Technical Officer since November 2021. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Carpenter served
from February 2020 as the Senior Vice President of Engineering at Inseego Corporation, where he led the worldwide engineering team and was responsible
for device hardware and software, cloud software, quality assurance, regulatory and product certification and technical account management. From April
2017 to January 2020, he was the General Manager of the IoMT Business and the Senior Director of Engineering at Capsule Technologies, a company that
integrates medical devices and wearables into a secure medical grade system that collects data and provides it to healthcare professionals for patient
monitoring. Prior to that, from May 2009 until March 2017, Mr. Carpenter served as the Senior Vice President of Engineering at Smith Micro Software.
Earlier in his career, he held various engineering development and leadership roles at Nextwave Wireless, Sierra Wireless, General Dynamics, Motorola
and Denso. Mr. Carpenter received a BS in Computer Science from The University of Texas Permian Basin, and completed coursework for a MS in
Computer Science from The University of Texas at Arlington.
Elizabeth A. Gasser (age 46) has served as our Executive Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development since January 2020. Prior to
joining our company, Ms. Gasser served from June 2017 as an independent adviser providing strategic and corporate development solutions to boards and
executive teams. From January 2016 to June 2017 she was Vice President of Corporate Strategy at QUALCOMM Technologies, Inc. (QTI), a subsidiary of
QUALCOMM Incorporated (Nasdaq: QCOM), a global leader in the development and commercialization of technologies and products used in mobile
devices and other wireless products. Prior to that, from November 2012 to January 2016 she was Vice President of Strategic Development at QTI, after
serving in other strategic related roles of increasing responsibility beginning in 2006. Ms. Gasser holds a B.A. and an M.A. in Economics from the
University of Cambridge.
Brian B. Hansen (age 54) has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer since February 2016. Prior to joining our
company, Mr. Hansen served from September 2014 as Chief Commercial Officer of Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. From May 2013 to September 2014,
Mr. Hansen served as Head of Commercial, Sales and Marketing, of Genoptix, a Novartis Company. From December 2005 to February 2013, he served in
various roles of increasing responsibility at Gen-Probe, Inc., a medical diagnostics company, most recently serving as Senior Vice President, Global Sales
and Services from January 2012 to February 2013. Mr. Hansen received a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Missouri-Columbia, and
an M.B.A. from the School of Business at San Diego State University.
24
Shannon M. Hansen (age 56) has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary since January
2022 and is responsible for the Company's legal, compliance and privacy functions. Before joining our Company, Ms. Hansen served as General Counsel,
Corporate Secretary and Chief Privacy Officer at Alto Pharmacy from April 2020 to September 2021, where she oversaw the development of the legal,
privacy and compliance functions. Before her role at Alto Pharmacy, she held various leadership roles at Abbott, including Division Vice President &
Associate General Counsel, Patents from June 2017 to February 2020, Division Vice President and Associate General Counsel for the Diabetes, Vascular
and Structural Heart divisions from June 2015 to June 2017, Head of Legal for the Diabetes Division from January 2013 to June 2015, and Division
Counsel, Patents from May 2009 to December 2012. Earlier in her career, she served as a partner at Kirkland & Ellis LLP, a global law firm, and worked in
the Solicitor’s Office at the United States Patent and Trademark Office. Ms. Hansen holds a BS in Chemical Engineering from Carnegie Mellon University,
and a JD from Stanford Law School.
James Leal (age 58) has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations since August, 2017. Dr. Leal joined Tandem in October 2010 as Vice
President, Operations. Previously, Dr. Leal was the Vice President of Manufacturing and Field Support for Volcano Corporation and held Director Roles
with CardioNet, Inc. and Digirad Corporation. He held Senior Engineering roles with FlipChip Technologies and Hughes Aircraft Company. He has won
several awards including a Hughes Aircraft Doctoral and Masters Fellowship and was a recognized nominee for Most Promising Hispanic Engineer of the
Year Award. Dr. Leal is a University of Arizona graduate with a B.S. in Metallurgical Engineering, and both a M.S. and a PhD in Materials Science and
Engineering.
Susan M. Morrison (age 42) has served as our Chief Administrative Officer since September 2013 and as an Executive Vice President since
December 2017, and is responsible for the Company’s investor relations, corporate communications, program management, human resources and facilities
functions. From April 2013 until September 2013, she served as our Vice President, Human Resources, Corporate and Investor Relations. Ms. Morrison
served as our Director, Corporate and Investor Relations, from January 2009 to March 2013, and was our Director, Corporate Services from November
2007 to December 2008. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Morrison held various positions in Corporate and Investor Relations at Biosite from August
2003 through November 2007. Ms. Morrison holds a B.A. in Public Relations from Western Michigan University.
Leigh A. Vosseller (age 49) has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer since June 2018, and served as
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from January 2018 to May 2018. Ms. Vosseller is our principal financial and accounting
officer. She joined us as Vice President of Finance in 2013 and was promoted to Senior Vice President of Finance in August 2017. Prior to that time, she
served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Genoptix, beginning in 2011, after initially joining Genoptix in 2008. Prior to that she held a senior
finance position at Biosite where she played a key role in developing the financial and administrative infrastructure for international expansion.
Ms. Vosseller is a certified public accountant (inactive) and holds a B.S. in Accounting from Missouri State University.
Family Relationships
Mr. Sheridan, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. Ms. Vosseller reports directly to Mr. Sheridan. Our board of directors is
informed of the relationship and due to the direct reporting arrangement, we have taken appropriate actions to ensure compliance with Company policies
and procedures. Mr. Sheridan and Ms. Vosseller will not be involved in setting compensation or benefits for one another, which will continue to be
determined by our Compensation Committee. In addition, our Audit Committee of the Board of Directors considered whether additional internal disclosure
controls and procedures are appropriate in light of the circumstances and, as a result, certain additional internal controls were implemented during the year
ended December 31, 2019.
Except as described above, there are no family relationships between any of our directors and executive officers.
Additional Information
Our website address is www.tandemdiabetes.com. We post links to our website to the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after
they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC: annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K,
proxy statements, information statements, beneficial ownership reports and any amendments to those reports or statements filed or furnished pursuant to
Sections 13(a), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). All such filings are available through our website free
of charge. However, the information contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our
website address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.
25
Item 1A. Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock, or in securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, involves a high degree of risk. You
should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report, as well as in our other filings
with the SEC, in evaluating our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and future
prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you might lose all or part of your
investment. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be
immaterial may also impair our business, financial condition, operating results, liquidity, and future prospects. Certain statements below are forward-
looking statements. For additional information, see the section of this Annual Report under the caption “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements.”
Summary of Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock, or in securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, involves a high degree of risk. Below
is a summary of material factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky. Importantly, this summary does not address all of the risks
that we face. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, as well as other risks that we face, can be found below, after this
summary.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
• We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and may not achieve sustained profitability.
• We currently rely on sales of insulin pump products to generate a significant portion of our revenue, and any factors that negatively impact sales of
these products may adversely affect us.
Public health threats, such as the COVID-19 global pandemic, have had a material adverse effect on our business.
•
• Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue depends on retaining a high percentage of our customer base.
• We operate in a very competitive industry.
•
•
Competitive products or other technological developments may render our products obsolete or less desirable.
The failure of our insulin pump and related products to achieve and maintain market acceptance could result in us achieving sales below our
expectations.
Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our products by third-party payors could adversely affect our business.
•
• We may face unexpected challenges in marketing and selling our products, and training new customers on the use of our products.
• We may fail to meet our sales forecasts if we are unable to maintain our existing sales, marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure.
•
•
• Our failure to successfully complete clinical trials and development-stage testing could prevent us from obtaining regulatory approvals for or
If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be negatively affected.
The third parties on which we rely to assist us with our pre-clinical development or clinical trials may not perform as expected.
commercializing our products.
If assumptions about the potential market for our products are inaccurate our business may be adversely affected.
•
• Our ability to achieve profitability has dependencies on our ability to reduce the per-unit cost of our products.
• Manufacturing risks may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products.
• We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components and products.
• Any disruption at one of our facilities could adversely affect our business and operating results.
• We may not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies from the transition of our manufacturing and warehousing operations.
•
•
• We may enter into collaborations or partnerships with third parties that may not result in commercially viable products or the generation of
If we do not enhance our product portfolio to meet the demands of our market, we may fail to effectively compete.
Concerns regarding the safety and efficacy of our products could limit sales and cause negative effects to our business.
significant revenues.
• We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters and other catastrophic events.
• Global economic and market uncertainty may adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.
26
• A security breach or other significant disruption to our information technology systems could materially disrupt our operations or result in the
•
unauthorized disclosure of sensitive information.
If we are found to have violated laws concerning the privacy and security of patient health information or other personal information, civil or
criminal penalties could increase our liabilities and harm our business.
• We may be unable to retain and motivate our senior management or recruit additional qualified personnel.
• We may experience a variety of risks associated with international operations.
• Our failure to successfully manage the integration of acquisitions could have an adverse effect on our business.
Risks Related to Our Future Financings and Financial Results
• We may need to raise additional funds in the future and funds may not be available on commercially reasonable terms.
• Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation
• Our ability to comprehensively protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.
•
• We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we have wrongfully used or disclosed patient health information or trade secrets, or are
Patent litigation is not uncommon in the medical device industry, and we may be subject to such litigation.
in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements.
• We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.
Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment
• Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and regulatory approvals could be denied or delayed.
• New products or modifications to our existing products may require new regulatory approvals, or require us to cease marketing or recall modified
•
products.
If we or our third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers or service providers fail to comply with manufacturing regulations, it could impair our
ability to market our products.
• A recall of our products, or the discovery of safety issues with our products, could have a negative impact on us.
• Our failure to comply with foreign, U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse laws could have an adverse impact on us.
• We may be liable if we engage in the promotion of the off-label use of our products.
•
Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may result in downward pressure on the price of and decrease reimbursement for our products.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate significantly.
•
• Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
• We may fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting.
• We may be at increased risk of securities class action litigation.
Risks Related to Our Convertible Senior Notes
The Notes could adversely affect our financial condition.
•
• We may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to service the Notes.
• We may take actions which could limit our ability to make payments on the Notes.
• We may not be able to raise the funds necessary to repurchase or settle conversions of the Notes.
•
•
• We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Capped Call Transactions.
Conversion of the Notes may dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders.
The Capped Call Transactions may affect the value of the Notes and our common stock.
27
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will achieve sustained profitability.
Since our inception in January 2006, we have incurred a significant net loss. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $634.6
million. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through cash collected from product sales, private and public offerings of our equity securities,
and debt financing. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the design, development and commercialization of our products, the scaling of our
manufacturing and business operations, and the research and development of our current products and products under development.
We began commercial sales of our first product, t:slim, in August 2012 and our current flagship pump platform, t:slim X2, in October 2016. The
t:slim X2 insulin pump now represents 100% of new pump shipments. Until the third quarter of 2018 we were selling our products only in the United
States and have since launched our products in select international geographies.
Since the first quarter of 2013, we have been able to manufacture and sell our insulin pump products at a cost and in volumes sufficient to allow
us to achieve a positive overall gross margin. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our gross profit was $376.2 million and $260.5 million,
respectively. Although we have achieved a positive overall gross margin and generated net income for the first time for the year ended December 31, 2021,
we may still operate at a net loss from time to time due to fluctuations in our business.
To implement our business strategy and achieve consistent profitability, we need to, among other things, increase sales of our products and the
gross profit associated with those sales, maintain an appropriate customer service, training and support infrastructure, fund ongoing R&D activities, create
additional efficiencies in our manufacturing processes while adding to our capacity, and obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize
our products currently under development both domestically and internationally. We expect our expenses will continue to increase as we pursue these
objectives and make investments in our business. Additional increases in our expenses without commensurate increases in sales could significantly increase
our operating losses.
The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of our profitability are highly uncertain in light of a number of factors, including the
timing of the launch of new products and product features by us and our competitors, market acceptance of our products and competitive products by
people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers, the timing of regulatory approval of our products and the products of our
competitors, the actual efficiencies gained in our manufacturing processes, and the scope and duration of the impacts caused by the COVID-19 global
pandemic. Any additional operating losses will have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain
profitability.
We currently rely on sales of insulin pump products to generate a significant portion of our revenue, and any factors that negatively impact sales of
these products may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We generate nearly all of our revenue from the sale of t:slim X2 insulin pumps and the related insulin cartridges and infusion sets. Sales of these
products may be negatively impacted by many factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
market acceptance of the insulin pumps and related products manufactured and sold by our key competitors, including
Medtronic;
the potential that breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our insulin pumps obsolete
or less desirable;
adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to our products, or similar products or technologies of our competitors;
failure of our Tandem Device Updater to accurately and timely provide customers with remote access to new product features
and functionality as anticipated, or our failure to obtain regulatory approval for any such updates;
changes in reimbursement rates or policies relating to insulin pumps or similar products or technologies by third-party payors;
28
•
•
•
•
our inability to enter into contracts with third-party payors on a timely basis and on acceptable terms;
problems arising from the expansion of our manufacturing capabilities and commercial operations, or destruction, loss, or
temporary shutdown of our manufacturing facilities;
concerns regarding the perceived safety or reliability of any of our products, or any component thereof; and
claims that any of our products, or any component thereof, infringes on patent rights or other intellectual property rights of third
parties.
In addition, sales of any of our current or future insulin pump products with CGM integration are subject to the continuation of our applicable
agreements with Dexcom, Abbott, or other third parties which, under some circumstances, may be subject to termination, with or without cause, on
relatively short notice. Sales of our current or future products may also be negatively impacted in the event of any regulatory or legal actions relating to
CGM products that are compatible with our pumps, or in the event of any disruption to the availability of the applicable CGM-related supplies, such as
sensors or transmitters, in a given market in which our products are sold. Sales of our products may also be adversely impacted if the CGM products that
are compatible with our pumps are not viewed as superior to competing CGM products in markets where our products are sold, or if the price of these
products is not competitive with similar products available in the market.
Because we currently rely on sales of our t:slim X2 insulin pump and related products to generate a significant majority of our revenue, any
factors that negatively impact sales of these products (or negatively impact the products or components integrated with these products), or result in sales of
these products increasing at a lower rate than expected, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We believe the
COVID-19 global pandemic has had, and that it may continue to have, an adverse impact on sales of our products. Furthermore, any disruption in our
supply chain could negatively impact our ability to manufacture or otherwise supply sufficient product quantities to meet current customer demand, or any
unexpected increase in demand, which could also have the effect of magnifying the negative impact of any of the factors described above.
Public health threats, such as the COVID-19 global pandemic, have had and could continue to have a material adverse effect on our operations, the
operations of our business partners, and the global economy as a whole.
Public health threats and other highly communicable diseases and outbreaks could adversely impact our operations, the operations of our
customers, suppliers, distributors and other business partners, as well as the healthcare system in general. For example, the COVID-19 global pandemic
resulted in a rapid and sustained rise in unemployment rates and decreases in global economic activity. While we observed some increase in economic
activity in the United States beginning in the second quarter of 2021, the overall scope of the COVID-19 global pandemic and its impacts continue to
fluctuate, and in some instances worsen, in various regions worldwide. Although the overall negative impact from the COVID-19 global pandemic on our
business is difficult to estimate, we anticipate that our sales and operating results will continue to be adversely impacted in future periods and subject to
unpredictable variability notwithstanding relaxed travel and social distancing restrictions. Further, certain development activities, such as human factors
studies associated with our product development efforts, activities to support the manufacturing scale-up for new products and the recruitment of
participants in ongoing clinical studies, were modified or delayed due to impacts of the COVID-19 global pandemic, which has and continues to impact our
development timelines and regulatory strategies and also could have a negative impact on our product commercialization efforts and the future demand for
our products.
29
The COVID-19 global pandemic, or other similar outbreaks or epidemics, may have an adverse effect on the overall productivity of our
workforce, and we expect to continue to take appropriate measures to protect the health and safety of our employees and our business partners and reduce
the risk of disruptions to our operations. For example, we continue to limit employee travel and visitors to our facilities, and many of our employees who
are able to perform their job function outside of our facilities remain in a remote work environment. For our field-based sales and clinical employees, we
initially discontinued all in-person activities and began utilizing technology to remotely engage healthcare providers and customers. Where permitted, in-
person activities for our field-based sales and clinical employees have resumed on a limited basis and are gradually increasing, though the scope and scale
vary by geography and we still rely heavily on remote engagement. For our employees in manufacturing and warehousing positions involved in production
and fulfillment operations, we have implemented health and safety protocols in compliance with applicable government orders and expert agency guidance.
We temporarily increased our staffing in certain operations in order to mitigate potential risks associated with increases in unplanned employee absences or
illness. Our adoption of these preventive measures has resulted in incremental costs that have negatively impacted our gross margin, and could impact
future periods. In addition, for the duration of the COVID-19 global pandemic, some of our employees may be required to continue to operate within a
remote work environment for extended periods of time due to illness, travel restrictions, government-imposed orders, school closures or for other reasons,
any of which could result in reduced productivity of our workforce. As the COVID-19 global pandemic improves, we anticipate that more of our
employees will return to working in our facilities under modified conditions. We are implementing protocols and safety measures and for the time being are
continuing to limit the number of employees allowed in our facilities while planning for increased occupancy at a later date.
In addition to the foregoing impacts, disruptions from the COVID-19 global pandemic, or other similar outbreaks or epidemics, could result in
delays in or the suspension of our manufacturing operations, research and product development activities, regulatory work streams, clinical development
programs and other important commercial functions. In particular, if we or our third-party manufacturers are required to delay or suspend our
manufacturing operations, we may encounter severe product shortages, which would adversely affect our results of operations and harm our reputation. We
are also dependent upon our third-party suppliers for many of our product components and for our manufacturing-related equipment, and the COVID-19
global pandemic has and could continue to have a material adverse impact on the operations of one or more of our suppliers. These adverse impacts on our
suppliers could prevent them from delivering products to us or supporting our requirements for manufacturing-related equipment on a timely basis, or at
all. For example, we continue to focus on increasing our cartridge inventory to targeted levels, but there can be no assurance that we or our third-party
cartridge manufacturer will be able to manufacture cartridges in the quantities we require to meet product demand. In addition, at various times since the
beginning of the pandemic our primary infusion set manufacturer experienced certain production and inventory constraints. There can be no assurance our
supplier will be able to provide infusion sets in the quantities we require to meet customer demand. Additionally, we have been and may continue to be
negatively impacted by global shortages of semiconductors and copper, which could limit our insulin pump manufacturing capacity. If we continue to
experience these or similar manufacturing challenges, or if these challenges worsen in the future, it could increase our manufacturing costs, disrupt our
manufacturing operations, negatively impact our product sales and harm our reputation.
The full extent of the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic on our business and operations is highly uncertain and subject to change, and
will continue to depend on a number of factors, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and any resulting changes to general economic conditions
in the countries in which we operate and sell our products. Further spread or escalation of the COVID-19 global pandemic, a resurgence of the pandemic in
the United States, or even the threat or perception that this could occur, or any protracted duration of decreased economic activity or increase in inflation,
could have a material adverse impact on our business, operations and financial results and could negatively impact or disrupt our plans to have employees
return to our facilities.
30
Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue depends in part on retaining a high percentage of our customer base.
A key to maintaining and growing our revenue is the retention of a high percentage of our customers due to the potentially significant revenue
generated from ongoing purchases of disposable infusion sets, insulin cartridges and other supplies. In addition, our pumps are designed and tested to
remain effective for at least four years and a customer may consider purchasing another product from us when the time comes to replace the pump. We
have developed retention programs aimed at our customers, their caregivers and healthcare providers, which include training specific to our products,
ongoing support by our sales and clinical employees, and technical support and customer service. Demand for our products from our existing customers
could decline or could fail to increase as anticipated or projected as a result of a number of factors, including the introduction of competitive products,
breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes, changes in reimbursement rates or policies, manufacturing problems, perceived
safety or reliability issues with our products or components or the products of our competitors, the failure to secure regulatory clearance or approvals for
products or product features in a timely manner or at all, product development or commercialization delays, the impacts and disruptions caused by the
COVID-19 global pandemic, or for other reasons.
Further, the COVID-19 global pandemic has resulted in substantial restrictions on our engagement efforts with customers and healthcare
providers, including the cancellation or postponement of company-sponsored educational events, as well as third-party conferences, trade shows and
similar events. The impact continues even as some third-party conferences, trade shows and events are being held remotely from time to time, which
restricts our engagement with customers and healthcare providers. These restrictions have negatively impacted, and are likely to continue negatively
impacting, our ability to promote our new products and features to customers and healthcare providers, which could adversely impact our product sales and
customer retention rates, as well as the strength of our brand.
The failure to retain a high percentage of our customers and increase sales to these customers consistent with our forecasts would have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We operate in a very competitive industry and if we fail to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors, or if the competitive
environment harms our business partners, our financial condition and operating results may be negatively affected.
The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, treatment
techniques or technologies, as well as other activities of industry participants. We believe our products compete, and will continue to compete, directly with
a number of traditional insulin pumps, as well as other methods for the treatment of diabetes, including multiple daily injection (MDI) therapy.
Our primary competitors are major medical device companies that are publicly traded companies or divisions or subsidiaries of publicly traded
companies, including Insulet and Medtronic. In addition, Eli Lilly has announced a collaboration to commercialize an existing third-party insulin pump as
part of a to-be-developed system and Becton Dickinson and Company announced its intention to spin off its diabetes care business as a separate publicly-
traded company. There are also a number of other companies developing and marketing their own insulin delivery systems and/or related software
applications, including insulin pumps and Bluetooth-enabled insulin pens to support MDI therapy. While these industry changes are significant, it is
difficult to know how they will impact our business or the competitive landscape in which we operate. Our key competitors, most notably Medtronic, enjoy
several competitive advantages over us, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
greater financial and human resources for sales and marketing, product development, customer service and clinical resources;
greater ability to respond to competitive pressures, regulatory uncertainty, or challenges within the financial markets;
established relationships with healthcare providers, third-party payors and regulatory agencies;
established reputation and name recognition among healthcare providers and other key opinion leaders in the medical industry
generally and the diabetes industry in particular;
larger and more established distribution networks;
greater ability to cross-sell products or provide incentives to healthcare providers to use their products; and
31
•
more experience in conducting R&D, manufacturing, clinical trials, and obtaining regulatory approval or clearance.
In some instances, our competitors offer products that include features that we do not currently offer. For instance, Insulet offers an insulin
pump with a tubeless delivery system that does not utilize an infusion set and Medtronic is selling a connected insulin pen delivery device. Additionally,
Medtronic recently announced the launch in select European countries of an infusion set that can be worn for up to seven days.
In addition, the competitive environment in which we operate has resulted and may continue to result in competitive pressures on our
manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, collaboration partners and other business constituents. For example, we have entered into development agreements
with Dexcom, which provide us non-exclusive licenses to integrate various generations of Dexcom CGM technology with our insulin pump products.
Abbott also offers glucose sensors which compete with Dexcom CGMs. In June 2020, we entered into an agreement with Abbott to develop and
commercialize integrated diabetes solutions using Abbott’s glucose sensor. There can be no assurance that our collaborations with Dexcom and Abbott will
be successful or that we will not experience delays, business disputes, or other unanticipated challenges. Competitive pressures within our industry, as well
as the impacts and disruptions associated with the COVID-19 global pandemic, could negatively impact the financial condition of our business partners and
impact their ability to fulfill contractual obligations to us, which could negatively impact our product sales, result in delays in obtaining regulatory
approvals for new products, harm our reputation, and result in harm to our financial condition and operating results.
For these and other reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or potential future competitors, which could have a
material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
Competitive products or other technological developments and breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our
products obsolete or less desirable.
Our ability to grow our business and achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on our ability to develop and
commercialize products for the treatment of diabetes that offer distinct features and functionality, are easy-to-use, provide superior treatment
outcomes, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are otherwise more appealing than available alternatives. Our
primary competitors, as well as a number of other companies and medical researchers are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, sensing
technologies, treatment techniques, procedures, drugs and other therapies for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes. Any breakthroughs in
diabetes monitoring, treatment or prevention could reduce the potential market for our products or render our products obsolete altogether, which would
significantly reduce our sales or cause our sales to grow at a slower rate than we currently expect. In addition, even the perception that new products may
be introduced, or that technological or treatment advancements could occur, could cause consumers to delay the purchase of our products.
Because the insulin-dependent diabetes market is large and growing, we anticipate companies will continue to dedicate significant resources to
developing competitive products and technologies. The introduction by competitors of products that are or claim to be superior to our products may create
market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competitive products. In addition, some of our competitors
employ aggressive pricing strategies, including the use of discounts, rebates, low cost product upgrades or other financial incentives that could adversely
affect sales of our products. If a competitor develops a product that competes with or is perceived to be superior to our products, or if competitors continue
to utilize strategies that place downward pressure on pricing within our industry, our sales may decline, our operating margins could be reduced and we
may fail to meet our financial projections, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Moreover, we have designed our hardware products to resemble modern consumer electronic devices to address certain embarrassment and
functionality concerns consumers have raised with respect to traditional pumps. Similarly, our newer mobile software applications are being designed to
incorporate features and functions that are common to other consumer-oriented applications. These consumer industries are themselves highly competitive,
and characterized by continuous new product introductions, rapid developments in technology, and subjective and changing consumer preferences. If, in
the future, consumers cease to view our products as contemporary or convenient as compared to then-existing consumer technology, our products may
become less desirable.
32
The failure of our insulin pump and related products to achieve and maintain market acceptance could result in us achieving sales below our
expectations, which would cause our business, financial condition and operating results to be materially and adversely affected.
Our current business and growth strategy is highly dependent on our insulin pump and related products achieving and maintaining market
acceptance. In order for us to sell our products to people with insulin-dependent diabetes, we must convince them, their caregivers and healthcare providers
that our products are an attractive alternative to competitive products for the treatment of diabetes, including traditional insulin pump products and MDI
therapies, as well as alternative diabetes monitoring, treatment or prevention methodologies. Market acceptance and adoption of our products depends on
educating people with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers, about the distinct features, ease-of-use, beneficial treatment outcomes,
and other perceived benefits of our products as compared to competitive products. If we are not successful in convincing existing and potential customers
of the benefits of our products, or if we are not able to achieve the support of caregivers and healthcare providers for our products, our sales may decline or
we may achieve sales below our expectations.
Market acceptance of our products could be negatively impacted by many factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
the failure of our products to achieve and maintain wide acceptance among people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their
caregivers, healthcare providers, third-party payors and key opinion leaders in the diabetes treatment community;
lack of evidence supporting the safety, ease-of-use or other perceived benefits of our products over competitive products or other
currently available insulin treatment methodologies;
perceived risks or uncertainties associated with the use of our products, or components thereof, or of similar products or
technologies of our competitors;
adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to our insulin pump products or similar products or technologies; and
results of clinical studies relating to our existing products or products under development or similar competitive products.
In addition, the rapid evolution of technology and treatment options within our industry may cause consumers to delay the purchase of our
products in anticipation of advancements or breakthroughs, or the perception that advancements or breakthroughs could occur, in our products or the
products offered by our competitors. It is also possible that consumers interested in purchasing any of our future products currently under development may
delay the purchase of one of our current products. We anticipate that customers may continue to delay their purchasing decisions, or physicians may
continue to pause prescriptions of our products, as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic.
If our insulin pump products do not achieve and maintain widespread market acceptance, we may fail to achieve sales consistent with our
projections, in which case our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our current products and our potential future products by third-party payors could
adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
A substantial portion of the purchase price of an insulin pump is typically paid for by third-party payors, including private insurance companies,
preferred provider organizations and other managed care providers. Future sales of our current and future products will be limited unless our customers can
rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the associated purchase cost. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for our current and future
products by third-party payors, both domestically and internationally, is essential to the acceptance of our products by customers.
33
As guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies, many third-party payors in the United States use coverage decisions and
payment amounts determined by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), which administers the U.S. Medicare program. Medicare
periodically reviews its reimbursement practices for diabetes-related products, and there is uncertainty as to the future Medicare reimbursement rate for our
products. Effective January 1, 2020, in addition to the existing reimbursement code for insulin pumps, CMS established additional reimbursement codes for
insulin pumps with AID and CGM integration and associated supplies. In light of complexities surrounding use and payment of the codes, CMS
subsequently determined the new codes will not be valid for Medicare submission at this time. It is also possible that CMS may continue to review and
modify the current coverage and reimbursement of diabetes-related products in connection with anticipated changes to the regulatory approval process for
insulin pumps and related products, software applications and services. In addition, third-party payors that do not follow the CMS guidelines may adopt
different coverage and reimbursement policies for our current and future products. Further, it is possible that some third-party payors will not offer any
coverage for our current or future products. For instance, it is possible that third-party payors may adopt policies in the future that designate one or more of
our competitors as their preferred, in-network durable medical equipment provider of insulin pumps and that such policies would discourage or prohibit the
payors’ members from purchasing our products, which would adversely impact our ability to sell our products.
We currently have contracts establishing reimbursement for our insulin pump products with a number of national and regional third-party payors
in the United States. While we may enter into additional contracts both domestically and internationally with third-party payors and add coverage for future
products under our current agreements, we cannot guarantee that we will succeed in doing so or that the reimbursement contracts that we are able to
negotiate will enable us to sell our products on a profitable basis. In particular, we have limited experience securing reimbursement in international
markets. Government involvement in funding healthcare may limit access to or reimbursement for the Company’s products. In addition, existing contracts
with third-party payors generally include numerous quality and compliance related requirements, including audit rights, and can be modified or terminated
by the third-party payor without cause and with little or no notice to us. Our compliance with the administrative procedures or requirements may result in
increased costs for us and delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for customers to obtain coverage for our products, and any payor
audits of our compliance obligations may result in requests for refunds or other costs. Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for
our current and future products by third-party payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the loss of sales, which could have
a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Further, the healthcare industry in the United States is increasingly focused on cost containment as government and private insurers seek to
control healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with third-party payors. If third-party payors deny
coverage or reduce their current levels of payment, or if our production costs increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels, we may be unable to
sell our products on a profitable basis.
We may face unexpected challenges in marketing and selling our products, and training new customers on the use of our products, which could harm
our ability to achieve our sales forecasts.
We have limited experience marketing and selling our newer products as well as training new customers on their use, particularly in
international markets. In addition, the vast majority of our existing customers are individuals with type 1 diabetes, and we have limited experience
marketing and selling our products to customers with type 2 diabetes.
In addition, due to the current COVID-19 global pandemic, starting in the first quarter of 2020 we temporarily discontinued in-person activities
for our field-based sales and clinical employees and are utilizing technology to remotely engage healthcare providers and customers. While we have
authorized limited in-person activities to resume, many restrictions persist that have been imposed by state and local governmental authorities or expert
agencies, as well as by the health systems and professional organizations with which we interact. The scope and duration of these restrictions on our field-
based employees remains highly uncertain, and it is difficult to predict the extent of any adverse impacts on the demand for our products resulting from
these restrictions.
Our financial condition and operating results are and will continue to be highly dependent on our ability to adequately promote, market and sell
our insulin pump and related products, and the ability of our diabetes educators to train new customers on the use of our products. If our sales and
marketing representatives or diabetes educators continue to be restricted in their ability to interact with healthcare providers and customers, our sales could
decrease or may not increase at levels that are in line with our forecasts.
34
If we are unable to maintain our existing sales, marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure, we may fail to increase our sales to meet our
forecasts.
A key element of our business strategy involves our sales, marketing, clinical and customer service personnel driving adoption of our products.
We have significantly increased the number of sales, marketing, clinical and customer service personnel employed by us since we commenced commercial
sales. However, we have faced considerable challenges in growing and managing these resources, including with respect to recruiting, training and
assimilation of sales territories and new clinical training staff. We expect to continue to face significant challenges as we seek to further increase the
number of our sales, clinical and customer service personnel in order to optimize the coverage of our existing sales territories, as well as expand the number
and scope of our existing sales territories. These challenges may be even greater in connection with our commercial expansion outside of the United States,
where we have limited experience. Unexpected turnover among our sales, marketing, clinical and customer service personnel, or unanticipated challenges
in recruiting additional personnel, would have a negative impact on our ability to achieve our sales projections. Further, if a sales, marketing or clinical
representative was to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may fail to prevent him or her from helping competitors solicit business from
our existing customers, which could adversely affect our sales. Similarly, if we are not able to recruit and retain a network of diabetes educators and
customer service personnel, we may not be able to successfully train and service new customers, which could delay new sales and harm our reputation.
These risks may be greater now than in the past due to current general labor shortages in the United States, and in particular in our office locations in San
Diego, California and Boise, Idaho.
We expect the oversight of our sales, marketing, clinical and customer service personnel will continue to place significant burdens on our
management team, which may be compounded as we manage remote employees during the COVID-19 global pandemic and as we work towards returning
personnel to our facilities. If we are unable to retain our personnel in line with our strategic plans, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our
existing products or products under development, or enhance the strength of our brand, either of which could result in the failure of our sales to increase in
line with our projections or cause sales to decline.
Our sales and marketing efforts are dependent on independent distributors who are free to market products that compete with our products. If we are
unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be negatively affected.
We believe a majority of our sales will continue to be to independent distributors for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that the percentage
of our sales to independent distributors could increase, particularly in light of our reliance on independent distributors outside of the United States. For
example, our dependence upon independent distributors domestically could increase if third-party payors decide to contract with independent distributors
directly in lieu of contracting with us to supply our products to their members directly. Our dependence upon independent distributors could also increase if
customers prefer to purchase all of their diabetes supplies through a single source, instead of purchasing pump-related products through us and other
diabetes supplies through other suppliers. None of our independent distributors domestically has been required to sell our products exclusively and each of
them may freely sell the products of our competitors. If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be
negatively affected.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, our two largest independent distributors in the United States collectively comprised approximately 21%
of our worldwide sales, and our three largest independent international distributors collectively comprised approximately 55% of our international sales. If
any of our key independent distributors were to cease to distribute our products or reduce their promotion of our products as compared to the products of
our competitors, our sales could be adversely affected. In that case, we may need to seek alternative independent distributors or increase our reliance on our
other independent distributors or our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected. Additionally, to the extent
we enter into additional arrangements with independent distributors to perform sales, marketing or distribution services, the terms of the arrangements
could result in our product margins being lower than if we directly marketed and sold our products.
35
If the third parties on which we increasingly rely to assist us with our current and anticipated pre-clinical development or clinical trials do not perform
as expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval or commercialize our products.
As our clinical infrastructure expands, we expect to increasingly rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical
institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct some of our current and anticipated pre-clinical investigations and clinical trials. If
we are not able to reach mutually acceptable agreements with these third parties on a timely basis, these third parties do not successfully carry out their
commitments or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, or the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to
adhere to agreed-upon clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be
extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, or successfully commercialize, our
products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.
We are increasingly dependent on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll participants in our current and anticipated clinical trials and human
factors studies, and the failure to successfully complete those trials and studies could prevent us from obtaining regulatory approvals for or
commercializing our products.
As part of our product development efforts, we expect to increasingly rely on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll participants in our
clinical trials or users in our human factors testing and other third parties to manage such trials and testing and to perform related data collection and
analysis. However, we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that clinical sites may devote to our clinical trials or other studies. If
these clinical investigators and clinical sites fail to enroll a sufficient number of patients, fail to ensure compliance by patients with clinical protocols, or
fail to comply with regulatory requirements, we may be unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other studies, which could prevent us from
obtaining regulatory approvals for our products and commercializing our products, which would have an adverse impact on our business.
If important assumptions about the potential market for our products are inaccurate, or if we have failed to understand what people with insulin-
dependent diabetes are seeking in an insulin pump, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.
Our business strategy was developed based on a number of important assumptions about the diabetes industry in general, and the insulin-
dependent diabetes market in particular, any one or more of which may prove to be inaccurate or may change over time. For example, we believe that the
benefits of insulin pump therapy as compared to other common insulin treatment alternatives will continue to drive growth in the market for insulin pump
therapy. In addition, we believe the incidence of diabetes in the United States and worldwide is increasing. Further, our view is that diabetes management
can vary greatly from person to person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal preferences. However, each of these
assumptions may prove to be inaccurate and limited sources exist to compare treatment alternatives and obtain reliable market data. The actual incidence of
diabetes, and the actual demand for our products or competitive products, could differ materially from our projections if our assumptions are incorrect. In
addition, our strategy of focusing exclusively on the insulin-dependent diabetes market may limit our ability to increase sales or achieve profitability.
Another key element of our business strategy is utilizing market research to understand what people with diabetes are seeking to improve in
their diabetes therapy management. This strategy underlies our entire product design, marketing and customer support approach and is the basis on which
we developed our current products and are pursuing the development of new products. However, our market research is based on interviews, focus groups
and online surveys involving people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers, which represent only a small percentage of
the overall insulin-dependent diabetes market. As a result, the responses we receive may not be reflective of the broader market and may not provide us
accurate insight into the desires of people with insulin-dependent diabetes. In addition, understanding the meaning and significance of such market research
responses necessarily requires that analysis be conducted and conclusions be drawn. We may not be able perform an analysis that yields meaningful results,
or the conclusions we draw from the analysis could be misleading or incorrect. Moreover, even if our market research has allowed us to better understand
the features and functionality consumers are seeking in an insulin pump to improve management of their diabetes therapy, there can be no assurance that
consumers will actually purchase our products or that our competitors will not develop products with similar features.
36
We expect to face complexities frequently encountered by companies in competitive and rapidly evolving markets, which may make it difficult to
evaluate our business and forecast our future sales and operating results.
We operate in a competitive and rapidly evolving market. Important industry changes, such as the FDA approval and launch of new products by
our competitors, as well as changes specific to our business, such as the timing of our launch of new products currently in development, increasing reliance
on digital health products and connected devices, and our potential expansion of commercial sales in international markets, combine to make it more
difficult for us to predict our future sales and operating results, as well as our expected timeframe to achieve profitability. The significant uncertainty
resulting from the COVID-19 global pandemic has made, and may continue to make, it more difficult for us to accurately forecast our financial results and
achieve sustained profitability. In assessing our business prospects, you should consider these factors as well as the various risks and difficulties frequently
encountered by companies in competitive and rapidly evolving markets, particularly those companies that manufacture and sell medical devices.
These risks include our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
implement and execute our business strategy;
manage and improve the productivity of our sales, marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure to grow sales of our
existing and proposed products, and enhance our ability to provide service and support to our customers;
achieve and maintain market acceptance of our products and increase awareness of our brand among people with insulin-
dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers;
comply with a broad range of regulatory requirements within a highly regulated industry;
enhance our manufacturing capabilities, increase production of products efficiently while maintaining quality standards, and
adapt our manufacturing facilities to the production of new products;
respond effectively to competitive pressures and developments;
enhance our existing products and develop proposed products;
manage cybersecurity and other technological risks associated with our expanding portfolio of digital health products, and align
these products to a dynamic threat landscape.
obtain and maintain regulatory clearance or approval to enhance our existing products and commercialize proposed products;
perform clinical trials and other studies with respect to our existing products and proposed products; and
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel in various areas of our business.
As a result of these or other risks, we may not be able to execute key components of our business strategy, and our business, financial condition
and operating results may suffer.
Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per-unit cost of our products while also increasing production
volume.
We believe our ability to reduce the per-unit cost of our insulin pumps and related products will have a significant impact on our ability to
achieve profitability. Our cost of sales includes raw materials and component parts, labor costs, product training expenses, freight, reserves for expected
warranty costs, royalties, scrap and charges for excess and obsolete inventories. It also includes manufacturing overhead costs, including expenses relating
to quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, material procurement and inventory control, facilities, equipment, information technology and operations
supervision and management. Our warranty reserve requires a significant amount of judgment and is primarily estimated based on historical experience.
Recently released versions of our pump may not incur warranty costs in a manner similar to previously released pumps and the launch of our mobile app
also may result in unanticipated changes in historical trends.
37
In response to the COVID-19 global pandemic, we have taken steps to prioritize the health and safety of our employees and customers, while
working to maintain a continuous supply of products, training and customer support. For example, we have implemented preventative safety measures for
our employees involved in production and fulfillment operations as well as for any field-based employees. For employees in other functions, we have
adopted measures designed to help employees remain effective in a work-from-home environment and we are implementing safety measures and protocols
as employees transition back into our facilities. We also temporarily increased our staffing in certain operations in order to mitigate potential risks
associated with increases in unplanned employee absences or illness. In addition, due to shortages of specific components, we have had to qualify
alternative components or source components from alternative distributors. Each of these measures has resulted in unanticipated expenses that will
negatively impact our gross margin and may adversely impact our ability to achieve profitability. We may also incur additional incremental expenses to
help us support our ongoing operations during a period of unpredictable variability in the demand for our products, including throughout the duration of the
COVID-19 pandemic.
If we are unable to increase our production volumes while sustaining or reducing our overall cost of sales, including through arrangements such
as volume purchase discounts, negotiation of pricing and cost reductions with our suppliers, more efficient training programs for customers, improved
warranty performance or fluctuations in warranty estimates, it will be difficult to reduce our per-unit costs and our ability to achieve profitability will be
constrained.
In addition, the per-unit cost of our products is significantly impacted by our overall production volumes, and any factors that prevent our
products from achieving market acceptance, cause our production volumes to decline, alter our product mix, result in our sales growing at a slower rate
than we expect, or result in the closure of our manufacturing facilities, would significantly impact our expected per-unit costs, which would adversely
impact our gross margins. Further, we may not achieve anticipated improvements in manufacturing efficiency as we undertake actions to expand our
manufacturing capacity. We are also subject to other general market and economic conditions that may increase our expenses, including unpredictable
variability in commodity prices, wage increases and inflation. If we are unable to effectively manage our overall costs while increasing our production
volumes and lowering our per-unit costs, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability, which would have an adverse impact on our business,
financial condition and operating results.
Manufacturing risks may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products, which could negatively impact our sales and operating margins.
Our business strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and proposed products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis to
meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We are
subject to numerous risks related to our manufacturing capabilities, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
quality or reliability defects in product components that we source from third-party suppliers;
our inability to secure product components in a timely manner due to shipping delays at ports of entry or exit, the impact of the
COVID-19 global pandemic, or other issues, in sufficient quantities and on commercially reasonable terms;
difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner;
implementing and maintaining acceptable quality systems while experiencing rapid growth;
our failure to increase production of products to meet demand;
our inability to modify production lines and expand manufacturing facilities to enable us to efficiently produce future products
or implement changes in current products in response to consumer demand or regulatory requirements;
our inability to manufacture multiple products simultaneously while utilizing common manufacturing equipment;
government-mandated or voluntary closures of, or operational limitations impacting, our
38
manufacturing facilities; and
•
potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturing equipment or manufacturing facilities.
As demand for our products increases, and as the number of our commercial products expands, we will have to invest additional resources to
purchase components, hire and train employees, and enhance our manufacturing processes and quality systems. We may also increase our utilization of
third parties to perform contracted manufacturing services for us, and we may need to acquire additional custom designed equipment to support the
expansion of our manufacturing capacity. In addition, although we expect some of our products under development to share product features and
components with our current products, manufacturing of these products may require modification of our production lines, hiring of specialized employees,
identification of new suppliers for specific components, qualifying and implementing additional equipment and procedures, obtaining new regulatory
approvals, or developing new manufacturing technologies. Ultimately, it may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities
sufficient to make these products commercially viable.
In response to the COVID-19 global pandemic, in early 2020 we initiated discussions with our key suppliers regarding their abilities to fulfill
existing orders and we have continued to regularly assess their capacity. At various times, our primary infusion set manufacturer experienced certain
inventory constraints which resulted in us requesting some customers to accept substitutions of similar products to prevent delays in order fulfillment.
Additionally, at various times our cartridge inventory was below our targeted stocking levels and our inventory of certain pump and cartridge components
are currently below our targeted stocking levels. We continue to monitor factors that could negatively impact our supply chain, such as shortages of
semiconductors and copper that are needed to manufacture our insulin pumps and accessories and custom components for our insulin pumps and cartridges
where we rely on a limited number of qualified suppliers. If we continue to experience these or similar manufacturing challenges, or if these challenges
worsen in the future, it could have a negative impact on product sales and harm our reputation.
If we and our suppliers fail to increase our production capacity to meet consumer demand while also maintaining product quality standards,
obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals, and efficiently managing costs, our sales and operating margins could be negatively impacted, which
would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components and products, and the loss of any of these suppliers, their inability to
provide us with an adequate supply of components or products, or our ability to adequately forecast customer demand, could harm our business.
We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party suppliers to supply components of our current products and our potential future
products, including our disposable insulin cartridges. For example, we rely on plastic injection molding companies to provide plastic molded components,
electronic manufacturing suppliers to provide electronic assemblies, and machining companies to provide machined mechanical components. We also
purchase all of our infusion sets and pump accessories from third-party suppliers. For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to
provide us with components and products in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance
with agreed-upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis.
Although we have long-term supply agreements with many of our suppliers, these agreements do not include long-term capacity commitments.
Under most of our supply agreements, we make purchases on a purchase order basis and have no obligation to buy any given quantity of components or
products until we place written orders, and our suppliers have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any given quantity of components or
products until they accept an order. In addition, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to manufacture components or products for us,
including financial difficulties, damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities, inability to obtain raw materials or other components, or problems
with their own suppliers. For instance, we are currently subject to allocation limits for certain semiconductor components. As a result, our ability to
purchase adequate quantities of our components or products may be limited. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality components to meet
demand on a timely basis, we could lose customer orders, our reputation may be harmed, and our business could suffer.
39
We generally use a small number of suppliers for our components and products, some of which are located outside the United States, including
in China, Mexico and Costa Rica. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over costs, including tariffs,
availability, quality and delivery schedules. Moreover, in some cases we do not have long-standing relationships with our manufacturers and may not be
able to convince suppliers to continue to make components available to us unless there is demand for such components from their other customers. As a
result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us at acceptable prices, or at all. We have in the past been,
and we may in the future be, required to make significant “last time” purchases of component inventories that are being discontinued by the manufacturer
to ensure supply continuity. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms
acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. We are actively pursuing alternative suppliers of several existing components and
qualifying new alternatives to existing select components, but there is no assurance that we will be able to identify alternative sources that meet our
requirements and at comparable prices, or at all. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and
applicable regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. These risks
associated with the procurement of critical components from a limited number of suppliers may be increased as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic.
Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires could harm our reputation and limit our ability to meet our sales
projections, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We place orders with our suppliers using our forecasts of customer demand, which are based on a number of assumptions and estimates, in
advance of purchase commitments from our customers. As a result, we incur inventory and manufacturing costs in advance of anticipated sales, which sales
ultimately may not materialize or may be lower than expected. If we overestimate customer demand, we may experience higher inventory carrying costs
and increased excess or obsolete inventory, which would negatively impact our results of operations. By the same token, if we underestimate future demand
we may be unable to meet future production requirements or our inventory of critical materials may be below our targeted stocking levels. We expect it will
be particularly difficult to accurately forecast demand during the global pandemic and even for some time while travel and social-distancing restrictions are
lifted.
We may also have difficulty obtaining components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory agencies, and the
failure of our suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination
of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. Such a failure by our suppliers could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative
components or technologies, and modify our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could necessitate additional regulatory
approvals. Any disruption of this nature, or any increased expenses associated with any such disruption, could negatively impact our ability to manufacture
our products on a timely basis, in sufficient quantities, or at all, which could harm our commercialization efforts and have a material adverse impact on our
operating results.
Any disruption at one of our facilities could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Although we operate in multiple locations, most of our current operations are still conducted in San Diego, California, including our final pump
assembly, some manufacturing processes, and the majority of our research and development, management and administrative functions. In addition, the
majority of our inventories of component supplies and finished goods is stored at two facilities in San Diego. Over the past two years we substantially
expanded various quality and customer and technical support activities in Boise, Idaho. We take precautions to safeguard our facilities, including by
acquiring insurance, employing back-up generators, adopting health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage of computer data. However,
vandalism, terrorism or a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, or other catastrophic event, could damage or destroy our manufacturing
equipment or our inventories of component supplies and finished goods, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information,
result in reduced sales, and cause us to incur additional expenses. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to provide coverage with respect to the
damages incurred in any particular case, and our insurance carrier may deny coverage with respect to all or a portion of our claims. Regardless of the level
of insurance coverage or other precautions taken, damage to our facilities may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results.
40
We may not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies from the transition of our manufacturing and warehousing operations.
At the beginning of 2018 we completed the transition of our manufacturing operations to a facility located on Barnes Canyon Road in San
Diego, and during the fourth quarter of 2019 we commenced operations at a logistics warehouse in San Diego. We expect that both of these actions will
allow for future capacity for product manufacturing and warehousing expansion. However, we may not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies at
either facility as we continue to scale our business operations and add manufacturing requirements for products currently under development. In addition,
beginning in 2020 we outsourced a portion of our cartridge manufacturing demand to an experienced third-party contract manufacturer and we expect to
increase our reliance on this third party cartridge manufacturer over the next 24 months while reducing our own internal t:slim cartridge manufacturing
capacity in our existing facility. We may consider outsourcing other aspects of our operations in the future. If we fail to achieve the operating efficiencies
that we anticipate, our manufacturing and operating costs may be greater than expected, which would have a material adverse impact on our operating
results. In addition, we or our third-party contract manufacturers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including failure
to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction, component part supply constraints and
environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede our ability to meet customer demand and have a material adverse impact on our business,
financial condition and operating results. Further, because of the custom nature of our cartridge manufacturing process and product components, and the
highly regulated nature of our products overall, in the event of any problems with a contract manufacturer, we may not be able to quickly establish
additional or alternative arrangements.
We expect that the management and support of our facilities, increasing reliance on third-party contract manufacturers and the increase of our
manufacturing volumes will place significant burdens on our management team, particularly in areas relating to operations, quality, regulatory, facilities
and information technology. We may not be able to effectively manage our ongoing manufacturing operations and we may not achieve the operating
efficiencies that we anticipate, either from our own facilities or from our use of contract manufacturing. Further, additional increases in demand for our
products may require that we further expand our business operations, which may require that we obtain additional facilities, make additional investments in
capital equipment or increase our utilization of third-party contract manufacturing.
If we do not enhance our product portfolio to meet the demands of our market, we may fail to effectively compete, which may impede our ability to
become profitable.
In order to increase our sales and market share in the insulin-dependent diabetes market, we must enhance and broaden our product portfolio in
response to the evolving demands of people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers, as well as competitive pressures and
technologies. We may not be successful in developing, obtaining regulatory approval for, or marketing our proposed products when anticipated, or at all. In
addition, notwithstanding our market research efforts, our future products may not be accepted by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers,
healthcare providers or third-party payors. The success of any proposed product offerings will depend on numerous factors, including our ability to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
identify the product features and functionality that people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare
providers are seeking in an insulin pump, and successfully incorporate those features into our products;
develop and introduce products in sufficient quantities and in a timely manner;
offer products at a price that is competitive with other products then available;
work with third-party payors to obtain reimbursement for our products;
adequately protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;
demonstrate the safety and efficacy of proposed products; and
obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for proposed products on a timely basis.
41
If we fail to generate demand by continuing to develop products that incorporate features and functionality requested by people with insulin-
dependent diabetes, their caregivers or healthcare providers, or if we do not obtain regulatory clearance or approval for proposed products in time to meet
market demand, we may be unable to compete and may fail to generate sales sufficient to achieve or maintain profitability. We have in the past
experienced, and may in the future experience, delays in various phases of product development and commercialization, including during research and
development, manufacturing, limited release testing, marketing and customer education efforts. We have also recently experienced delays in the regulatory
review and approval process, including due to the impacts of the current global pandemic. Any delays in our anticipated regulatory submissions or
approvals, or subsequent product launches, may significantly impede our ability to successfully compete in our markets. In particular, such delays could
cause customers to delay or forego purchases of our products, or to purchase our competitors’ products. Even if we are able to successfully develop
proposed products when anticipated, these products may not produce sales in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered
obsolete by changing consumer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features, or alternative
methods for the treatment of diabetes.
Any concerns regarding the safety and efficacy of our products could limit sales and cause unforeseen negative effects to our business prospects and
financial results.
Studies to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of our latest products in a controlled setting are only available over the past few years. As a result,
people with insulin-dependent diabetes and healthcare providers may not be familiar with our studies and may be slower to adopt or recommend our
products. Further, even with data from controlled studies third-party payors may not be willing to provide coverage or reimbursement for our products. We
remain subject to regulatory and product liability risks, and these and other factors could slow the adoption of our products and result in our sales being
lower than anticipated. In addition, future studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products is not superior to treatment with
competitive products. Such results could slow the adoption of our products and significantly reduce our sales, which could prevent us from achieving our
forecasted sales targets or achieving or sustaining profitability.
If the results of clinical studies or other experience, such as our monitoring or investigation of customer complaints, indicate that our products
may cause or create an unacceptable risk of unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be required to inform our
customers of these risks or complications or, in more serious circumstances, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of
FDA clearance or approval, which could result in significant legal liability, harm to our reputation, and a decline in our product sales.
Any alleged illness or injury associated with any of our products or product recalls may negatively impact our financial results and business
prospects depending on a number of factors, including the scope and seriousness of the problem, degree of publicity, reaction of our customers and
healthcare professionals, competitive response, and consumer perceptions generally. Even if such an allegation or product liability claim lacks merit, cannot
be substantiated, is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products have caused or carry a risk of
causing illness, injury or death could adversely affect our reputation with customers, healthcare professionals, third-party payors, and existing and potential
collaborators, and could adversely affect our operating results and cause a decline in our stock price. Furthermore, general concerns regarding the perceived
safety or reliability of any of our products, or any component thereof, may have a similar adverse effect on us.
We may enter into collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third parties that may not result in the
development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.
In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or
partnerships to develop proposed products or technologies, pursue new markets, or protect our intellectual property assets. We may also elect to amend or
modify similar agreements that we already have in place. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures,
strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process, and may subject us to business risks. For example, other companies, including
those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities, or may be
the counterparty in any such arrangements. We may not be able to identify or complete any such collaboration in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis,
on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any such collaborations that we do identify and complete. In
particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products or technologies that achieve commercial success or result in positive financial
results, or may otherwise fail to have the intended impact on our business.
42
Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding a collaboration, licensing or other similar
arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions. Further, our collaborators and business partners may have economic
or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our
collaborators and other business partners, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms
under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations, termination rights or the ownership or control or other licenses of intellectual property
rights. If any conflicts arise with our current or future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they
may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our current collaborators, such as
Dexcom and Abbott, or any future collaborators devote to our arrangement with them or our future products. Disputes between us and our current, future or
potential collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these
transactions and arrangements are contractual in nature and may be terminated or dissolved under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such
event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.
For example, we have entered into multiple development and commercialization agreements with Dexcom, which provide us non-exclusive
licenses to integrate various currently available and future generations of Dexcom’s CGM technology with our insulin pump products. Under certain
circumstances, these agreements may be terminated by either party without cause or on short notice. Our current agreements with Dexcom do not grant us
rights to integrate future generations of Dexcom CGM technology, other than G7 CGM devices, with any of our current or future products. Termination of
any of our agreements with Dexcom would require us to redesign certain current products and products under development, and attempt to integrate an
alternative CGM system into our insulin pump systems, which would require significant development and regulatory activities that could result in an
interruption or substantial delay in the availability of the product to our customers. The termination of our existing commercial agreements with Dexcom
would disrupt our ability to commercialize our existing products and our development of future products, which could have a material adverse impact on
our financial condition and results of operations, negatively impact our ability to compete and cause our stock price to decline.
We operate our business in regions subject to natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and any disruption to our business resulting from natural
disasters will adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.
We operate our business, and our third-party contract manufacturers are located, in regions subject to natural disasters, including earthquakes,
hurricanes, floods, fires and other catastrophic events. For example, a portion of our office facilities located in San Diego are in an area that is prone to
flooding, which has occasionally temporarily disrupted our business operations. Any natural disaster could adversely affect our ability to conduct business
and provide products and services to our customers, and the insurance we maintain may not be adequate to cover our losses resulting from any business
interruption resulting from a natural disaster or other catastrophic events. Any future disruptions to our operations could have a material adverse impact on
our financial condition and results of operations in future periods.
A security breach or other significant disruption to our information technology systems, or failures of our pumps’ software to perform as we anticipate,
could materially disrupt our operations or result in the loss, theft, misuse, unauthorized disclosure, or unauthorized access to sensitive information
relating to our customers, suppliers, employees or other individuals, which could damage our relationships, expose us to litigation or regulatory
proceedings, or harm our reputation, any of which could have an adverse and material effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results.
The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology and communication systems, as well as those of our third-party
business partners. We rely on such systems to effectively store, process and transit proprietary sales and marketing data, accounting and financial functions,
manufacturing and quality records, inventory management, product development tasks, research and development data, customer service and technical
support functions. Our information technology systems, including those that support our t:connect uploader software and cloud-based web application, our
current and future mobile applications, our Tandem Source data management platform, as well as those involved in the operation of our Tandem Device
Updater, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a number of causes, including earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks,
attacks by computer viruses or hackers, malware, ransomware or other destructive software, cyber-attacks, power losses, and computer system or data
network failures. Should any of those risks occur, it could adversely impact the availability, confidentiality and integrity of information assets contained in
those systems.
43
Our business also involves the storage and transmission of a substantial amount of confidential, personal, or other sensitive information,
including health information and other personal information relating to our customers, the personal information of our employees and other individuals,
and our proprietary, financial, operational or strategic information. Should any of the foregoing risks occur, it could also result in the loss, theft, misuse,
unauthorized disclosure, or unauthorized access of such sensitive information, which could lead to significant reputational or competitive harm, litigation
involving us or our business partners, regulatory proceedings, or substantial liabilities, fines, penalties or expenses. As a result, we strive to maintain and
regularly update reasonable security measures, and to respond quickly and effectively if and when data security incidents do occur. Like many businesses,
we are subject to numerous data privacy and security risks, including threats arising from computer viruses or hackers, cyber-attacks and ransomware
attacks, as well as the risk that one or more of our employees may fail to comply, whether knowingly or accidentally, with established security measures, or
with internal policies relating to the use, storage or transmission of confidential or sensitive information. We are unable to predict the direct or indirect
impact of any such incidents to our business. Further, many of our third-party service providers are subject to similar risks. Whether or not our security
measures and those of our third-party service providers are ultimately successful, our expenditures on those measures could have an adverse impact on our
financial condition and results of operations, and divert management’s attention from pursuing our strategic objectives.
In addition to the risks regarding information technology systems and processing of sensitive information, our insulin pumps and other products
rely on software, some of which is developed by third-party service providers, that could contain unanticipated vulnerabilities, which could make our
products subject to computer viruses, cyber-attacks, or failures. These risks significantly increased when we commenced use of our Tandem Device
Updater, which enables customers to remotely update software on their insulin pumps and may be higher following the launch of our new mobile
application in the second half of 2020. We may also face new risks relating to our information technology systems as we continue to commercialize our
products outside of the United States and are subject to additional regulations relating to the use and protection of personal information and as we launch
new mobile applications or new features to our existing applications.
The failure of our or our service providers’ information technology systems or our pumps’ software or other mobile applications to perform as
we anticipate, or our failure to effectively implement new information technology systems and privacy policies and controls, could disrupt our entire
operation or adversely affect our software products. For example, we market our Tandem Device Updater as having the unique capability to deploy
software updates to our pumps, which may allow customers remote access to new and enhanced features. The failure of our Tandem Device Updater to
provide software updates as we anticipate, including as a result of our inability to secure and maintain necessary regulatory approvals, the inability of our
pumps to properly receive software updates, errors or viruses embedded within the software being transmitted, or the failure of our customers to properly
utilize the system to complete the update, could result in decreased sales, increased warranty costs, and harm to our reputation, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We experienced a breach of our information technology systems in January 2020.
On January 17, 2020, we learned that an unauthorized person gained access to an employee’s email account through a cyber-attack commonly
known as “phishing.” We investigated the incident, and learned that a limited number of our employee email accounts may have been accessed by an
unauthorized user in a similar manner between January 17, 2020 and January 20, 2020. Our investigation indicated that customer information, as well as
proprietary Company information, may have been contained in one or more of the employee email accounts affected by the incident. Our investigation has
not determined whether an unauthorized person viewed any such information. As a result of this incident, we are presently defending a class action lawsuit
entitled Joseph Deluna et al. v. Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., which is pending in the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San
Bernardino.
The risks posed by this lawsuit and any future related matters include civil monetary damages, attorney fees and costs, other legal penalties,
reputational damage, loss of goodwill, and competitive harm. It is possible that our legal expenses and defense costs, alone or together with any monetary
damages, may exceed the limits of any applicable insurance coverage that we carry.
44
If we are found to have violated laws concerning the privacy and security of patient health information or other personal information, we could be
subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation or our business.
There are a number of domestic and international laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information. These laws include the U.S.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) and related regulations, U.S. state laws (such as the California Consumer Privacy
Act (CCPA)), Canada’s Personal Information and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) or the applicable provincial alternatives, the EU’s General Data
Protection Regulation (GDPR), EU member states directives, or similar applicable laws. These laws place limits on how we may collect, use, share and
store medical information and other personal information, and they impose obligations to protect that information against unauthorized access, use, loss,
and disclosure. The putative class action lawsuit described above alleges violations of some of these laws.
If we, or any of our service providers who have access to the personal data for which we are responsible, are found to be in violation of the
privacy or security requirements of HIPAA, PIPEDA, GDPR, or applicable foreign, U.S. state and Canadian provincial laws, we could be subject to civil or
criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
operating results. In addition, entities operating in the healthcare industry have increasingly become targets for hackers. Although we utilize a variety of
measures to secure the data that we control, even compliant entities can experience security breaches or have inadvertent failures despite employing
reasonable practices and safeguards.
We may also face new risks relating to data privacy and security as the United States, individual U.S. states or Canadian provinces, E.U.
member states, and other international jurisdictions adopt or implement new data privacy and security laws and regulations as we continue to
commercialize our products worldwide. For example, amendments to privacy and security laws (such as the CCPA) may impose additional requirements on
us and increase our regulatory and litigation risk. As we continue to expand, our business will need to adapt to meet these and other similar legal
requirements.
We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit
additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.
We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management, as well as certain key employees. For example,
key members of our management have experience successfully scaling an early stage medical device company to achieve profitability. Our success will
depend on our ability to retain our current management and key employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for
senior management and key employees in our industry is intense and over the past year we have also experienced general labor shortages in various areas
of our business. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. In addition, we may need to increase
employee wages and benefits in order to attract and retain our personnel, which would increase our expenses. The loss of the services of certain members
of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management’s
attention to seeking qualified replacements, and any general labor shortages could also negatively impact our ability to expand and scale functions that are
needed to support the ongoing development of our products and the future growth of our business. Each member of senior management, as well as the vast
majority of our employees may terminate employment without notice and without cause or good reason. The members of our senior management are not
subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain members of senior management could be
compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.
We depend upon key employees in a competitive market, and if we are unable to provide meaningful equity incentives to retain key personnel, it could
adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
We are highly dependent upon the members of our management team, as well as other key employees. In our industry, it is common to attract
and retain executive talent and other employees with compensation packages that include a significant equity component. We have issued, and may
continue to issue, additional equity incentives that we believe will enhance our ability to retain our current key employees and attract the necessary
additional executive talent. It may be more difficult to continue to incentivize employees during a period of rapid growth in our overall headcount while
limiting the utilization of the share reserve under our current stock incentive plans. However, even if we issue significant additional equity incentives, there
can be no assurance that we will be able to attract and retain key executive talent. A loss of any of our key personnel, or our inability to hire new personnel,
may have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our business strategy.
45
We began commercialization of our products outside of the United States, which may result in a variety of risks associated with international
operations that could materially adversely affect our business.
During 2018, we began commercialization of the t:slim X2 insulin pump in select geographies outside of the United States. We have limited
experience commercializing our products outside of the United States and expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to international business
markets, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
different regulatory requirements for product approvals in foreign countries;
differing U.S. and foreign medical device import and export rules;
more restrictive privacy laws relating to personal information of end-users and employees, including GDPR and other EU
member state directives;
reduced protection for our intellectual property rights in foreign countries;
unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;
different reimbursement systems;
economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;
compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad or with U.S. regulations
that would apply to activities in such foreign jurisdictions, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;
foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations
incident to doing business in another country; and
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, natural disasters, or incidence of disease,
including as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic.
In addition, entry into international markets may require significant financial resources, impose additional demands on our manufacturing,
quality, regulatory, customer support and other general and administrative personnel, and could divert management’s attention from managing our core
business. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or
successfully operate in new markets. If we are unable to expand internationally, manage the complexity of our global operations successfully or if we incur
unanticipated expenses, we may not achieve the expected benefits of this expansion and our financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely impacted.
We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of products or technologies, or investments in businesses, and the failure to successfully
manage these acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.
From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire or invest in other companies, products or technologies that may enhance our
product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or otherwise advance our business strategies. Potential and completed
acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including:
•
•
•
•
problems assimilating, maintaining or operating the acquired products or technologies;
issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;
unanticipated costs, impairment charges or write-offs associated with acquisitions or investments;
diversion of management’s attention from our existing business;
46
•
•
risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; and
increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or to comply with regulatory requirements or other compliance
matters.
We have experienced and may continue to experience one or more of these risks in connection with our acquisition of Sugarmate, which was
completed in 2020. For example, as a result of an update to Dexcom’s data systems in October 2021, Sugarmate users in all geographies were unable to
receive Dexcom CGM data in the Sugarmate app. Connections for users in the United States were restored in December 2021 but we have not yet restored
connections in other geographies. While we continue to work towards restoring service for most users outside the US, we may not be able to restore
services to all countries on the same timeline, or restore services to all users. These service disruptions, or other problems utilizing the mobile app or other
assets acquired from Sugarmate, could adversely affect our ability to realize the expected benefits from the Sugarmate acquisition. Further, it is possible
that we could experience a loss of Sugarmate customers or reputational harm arising from this service outage or similar events, which could adversely
affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
We do not know if we will be able to identify future acquisitions or investments we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully
complete any such acquisitions or investments on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or
technologies into our business. Our potential inability to integrate any acquired products or technologies effectively may adversely affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Future Financings and Financial Results
We may need or otherwise determine to raise additional funds in the future and if we are unable to raise additional funds when necessary or desirable,
we may not be able to achieve our strategic objectives.
At December 31, 2021, we had $623.8 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Our management expects the continued
growth of our business, including the expansion of our customer service infrastructure to support our growing base of customers, our plans to expand
commercial sales of our products outside of the United States, the growth of our manufacturing and warehousing operations, increasing the size of our
facility footprint due to increases in headcount and additional R&D activities, will continue to increase our expenses. In addition, the amount of our future
product sales is difficult to predict and actual sales may not be in line with our forecasts. Accordingly, our future capital requirements will depend on many
factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the revenue generated by sales of our insulin pump products, and the related insulin cartridges and infusion sets, and any other
future products that we may develop and commercialize;
the gross profits and gross margin we realize from the sales we generate;
the costs associated with maintaining and expanding an appropriate sales, marketing, clinical and customer service
infrastructure;
the expenses we incur or other capital expenditures we make to maintain or enhance our manufacturing operations and
distribution capabilities, including leasing additional property, hiring additional personnel, and purchasing additional equipment;
the expenses associated with developing and commercializing our proposed products or technologies;
the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearance or approval for our products and our manufacturing facilities;
the cost of ongoing compliance with legal and regulatory requirements
47
•
•
•
•
•
the expenses we incur in connection with current or future litigation or governmental investigations;
expenses we may incur or other financial commitments we may make in connection with current and potential new acquisitions,
investments, business or commercial collaborations, development agreements or licensing arrangements;
anticipated or unanticipated capital expenditures;
unanticipated general and administrative expenses; and
impacts and disruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism, natural disasters, or incidence of
disease, including as a result of the impacts from the COVID-19 global pandemic.
As a result of these and other factors we may in the future seek additional capital from public or private offerings of our equity or debt
securities, or from other sources. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, we may
incur significant financing or debt service costs, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our
existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnership arrangements
or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses
on terms that are not favorable to us.
If we are unable to raise additional capital when necessary, we may not be able to maintain our existing sales, marketing, clinical and customer
service infrastructure, enhance our current products or develop new products, take advantage of future opportunities, respond to competitive pressures,
changes in supplier relationships, or unanticipated changes in customer demand. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our
strategic objectives, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.
There has been and may continue to be meaningful variability in our operating results from quarter to quarter, as well as within each quarter,
especially around the time of anticipated new product launches or regulatory approvals by us or our competitors, and as a result of the commercial launch
of our products in geographies outside of the United States. Our operating results, and the variability of these operating results, will be affected by
numerous factors, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to commercialize and sell our current and future products and our ability to increase sales and gross profit from our
products, including insulin pumps and the related insulin cartridges and infusion sets;
the number and mix of our products sold in each quarter;
acceptance of our products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers and third-party
payors;
the pricing of our products and competitive products, including the use of discounts, rebates or other financial incentives by us
or our competitors;
the effect of third-party coverage and reimbursement policies;
our ability to maintain our existing infrastructure;
the amount of, and the timing of the payment for, insurance deductibles required to be paid by our customers and potential
customers under their existing insurance plans;
interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;
48
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to simultaneously manufacture multiple products that meet quality, reliability and regulatory requirements;
seasonality and other factors affecting the timing of purchases of our products;
timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;
results of clinical research and trials on our existing and future products;
the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of components that meet our requirements for product
quality and reliability;
regulatory clearance or approvals, or adverse regulatory or legal actions, affecting our products or those of our competitors; and
the timing of revenue and expense recognition associated with our product sales pursuant to applicable accounting standards.
In addition, we expect our operating expenses will continue to increase as we expand our business, which may exacerbate the quarterly
fluctuations in our operating results. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectation of investors or securities analysts, the price of
our common stock could decline substantially. Further, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our
common stock to fluctuate substantially, and these price fluctuations could result in further pressure on our stock price. We believe quarterly comparisons
of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Potential Litigation
Our ability to comprehensively protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.
We rely primarily on patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, to protect our proprietary
technologies. As of December 31, 2021, our patent portfolio consisted of approximately 117 issued U.S. patents and 83 pending U.S. patent applications.
Of these, our issued U.S. patents expire between approximately 2022 and 2040. Our foreign patent portfolio consisted of approximately 41 issued patents
and 15 pending patent applications in other countries throughout the world. Of these, our issued foreign patents expire between approximately 2025 and
2036. In addition, we also have 94 trademark registrations, including 18 U.S. trademark registrations and 76 foreign trademark registrations.
We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. If we fail to file a patent application
timely in any jurisdiction, it could result in us forfeiting certain patent rights in that jurisdiction. Further, we cannot assure you that any of our patent
applications will be granted in a timely manner or at all. The rights granted to us under our patents, and the rights we are seeking to have granted in our
pending patent applications, may not provide us with any commercial advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested or circumvented by
our competitors, or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our
technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Even if we are successful in receiving patent
protection for certain products and processes, our competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes which
are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights. Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented
intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are
granted outside of the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available.
We rely on our trademarks and trade names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to
register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our current or future trademark applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all.
From time to time, third parties oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote
additional resources to marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have
adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
49
We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our officers, employees, temporary
employees and consultants regarding our intellectual property and proprietary technology. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with potential
collaborators and other counterparties, and the terms of our collaboration agreements typically contain provisions governing the ownership and control of
intellectual property. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of those agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful
protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information.
If a competitor infringes one of our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents, trademarks and other
intellectual property rights may be difficult, expensive and time consuming. Patent law relating to the scope of claims in the industry in which we operate is
subject to rapid change and constant evolution and, consequently, patent protection in our industry can be uncertain. Even if successful, litigation to defend
our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could divert management’s attention from managing our
business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or incentive to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual
property rights. Litigation also puts our patents at risk of being invalidated or narrowly interpreted and our patent applications at risk of not issuing.
Additionally, pursuing litigation may provoke third parties to assert counterclaims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the
damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Patent litigation in the medical device industry is not uncommon, and from time to time, we may be subject to litigation that could be costly, result in
the diversion of management’s time and efforts, or require us to pay damages.
Our success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties. Significant litigation
regarding patent rights exists in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and
have made considerable investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that
will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make and sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances,
and the complexities of the technology involved increase the risk of patent litigation.
From time to time, we may receive communications from third parties alleging our infringement of their intellectual property rights or offering a
license to their intellectual property relating to products that we are currently developing. Any intellectual property-related discussions, disputes or
litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
stop selling our products or using technology that allegedly infringes third-party intellectual property;
prevent or limit our ability to sell a product that we are currently developing;
incur significant legal expenses;
pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we are allegedly infringing;
redesign those products that allegedly infringe third-party intellectual property; or
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable
terms or at all.
We do not currently maintain insurance to cover the expense or any liability that may arise from an intellectual property dispute with a third
party. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, or even preparing for a potential dispute or litigation before it arises, may cause us to
incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources and divert the attention of management from our core business. Any
litigation or claim against us may also harm our reputation. Further, as we launch new products and increase our sales, and the number of participants in the
diabetes market increases, we believe the possibility of our involvement in intellectual property disputes will increase.
50
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our
competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.
Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including those that are our direct competitors or could
potentially become our direct competitors. In some cases, those employees joined our company recently. We may be subject to claims that we, or our
employees, have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In
addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to allegations that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-
solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we successfully defend against these claims, litigation could
cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business
and harm our reputation. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or
personnel. We cannot guarantee that this type of litigation will not continue, and any future litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to
hire additional direct sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize proposed
products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the design, manufacture, testing, inspection, and sale of medical
devices. We are subject to product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing flaws, manufacturing defects, negligence in
manufacturing, design defects, negligence in design, or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks, warnings, or product-related information resulted in
an unsafe condition, injury or death to customers. The risk of one or more product liability claims or lawsuits may be even greater after we launch new
products with new features or enter new markets where we have no prior experience selling our products and rely on newly-hired staff or new independent
distributors or contractors to provide new customer training and customer support. In addition, the misuse of our products or the failure of customers to
adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant harm to customers, including death, which could result in product liability claims. We may also
identify deficiencies in our products that we determine are immaterial and do not pose safety risks, and therefore decide not to initiate a voluntary recall.
However, any such deficiency may be more significant than we expect and lead to product liability claims. Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety
alerts or product recalls, with or without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources,
divert the attention of management from our core business, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, any of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of
our insurance policies. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies typically have substantial deductibles for which
we are responsible. In addition, we expect the cost of our product liability insurance will increase as our product sales increase and we may also increase
the amount of our deductibles over time. Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in further
increases of our product liability insurance premiums. Insurance coverage varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain, and we cannot guarantee that we will
be able to obtain insurance coverage in the future on terms acceptable to us or at all. Our inability to obtain sufficient insurance coverage to protect against
potential product liability claims could prevent or limit our commercialization of current products or products currently under development.
Risks Related to Our Legal and Regulatory Environment
Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our
business to suffer.
The medical device industry is regulated extensively in the United States by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding
state regulatory agencies. The regulations are very complex and are subject to rapid change and varying interpretations. Regulatory restrictions or changes
could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA and other
U.S. governmental agencies and international regulatory authorities regulate numerous elements of our business, including:
•
product design and development;
51
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
pre-clinical and clinical testing and trials;
product safety;
establishment registration and product listing;
labeling and storage;
marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;
pre-market clearance or approval;
servicing and post-market surveillance;
advertising and promotion; and
recalls and field safety corrective actions.
Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing product in the United States, we must obtain
either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or approval of a pre-market approval (PMA) application from the FDA, unless
an exemption from pre-market review applies. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially
equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order
to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. The PMA pathway requires an applicant
to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device based on extensive data. The PMA process is typically required for devices that are deemed to
pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices. Products that are approved through a PMA application generally need
FDA approval before they can be modified. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through the 510(k) clearance process may require a
new 510(k) submission. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, and we
may not be able to obtain these clearances or approvals on a timely basis or at all for our proposed products.
If the FDA or other regulatory authority requires a more rigorous examination for our future products or modifications to existing products than
we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline or to not increase in line
with our forecasts.
The FDA or other regulatory authority can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of one of our devices for many reasons, including:
•
•
•
our inability to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;
the data from our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval; and
failure of the manufacturing process or facilities we use to meet applicable requirements.
In addition, the FDA or other regulatory authority may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing
regulations, or take other actions which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or impact our ability to modify our
currently cleared or approved products on a timely basis. More recently, the FDA has stated that the review process for new submissions may take longer
than normal due to the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic.
Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating
revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Moreover, customers may defer purchasing our existing products in anticipation of a new product
launch. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers and regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased
scrutiny on us, could dissuade some customers from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our
products.
52
Since our inception we have been audited or inspected by various regulatory authorities on numerous occasions. We also regularly respond to
routine inquiries from regulatory authorities. In some instances these audits, inspections and inquiries result in findings that require us to take corrective
actions, which could include changes to our internal policies, procedures or operations, revisions to our product labeling, issuances of customer
notifications or the initiation of product recalls, any of which could result in product liability claims and lawsuits. Since mid-2021 we have completed
several audits and inspections, some of which include findings that require us to take one or more corrective actions. Our failure to appropriately respond to
these findings and take corrective actions, or our failure to comply with applicable regulations for any other reason, could jeopardize our ability to sell our
products and result in enforcement actions such as fines, civil penalties, injunctions, warning letters, recalls of products, delays in the introduction of
products into the market, refusal of the FDA or other regulators to grant future clearances or approvals, delays by the FDA or other regulators in granting
clearances or approvals, and the suspension or withdrawal of existing approvals by the FDA or other regulators. Any of these sanctions could result in
higher than anticipated costs, lower than anticipated sales, and diversion of management time and resources, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
Further, we commenced commercial sales of our products in select international markets during the third quarter of 2018. As we expand our
operations outside of the United States and launch new products, we will become subject to various additional regulatory and legal requirements in the
international markets we enter. These additional legal and regulatory requirements may result in our incurring significant costs and expenditures. We have
limited experience complying with applicable laws and regulations in international markets generally, and in particular when we enter new markets, and if
we are not able to comply with any such requirements, our international expansion and business could be significantly harmed.
New products or modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearances or PMAs, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the
modified products until clearances are obtained.
Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in
its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this
determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether
new clearances or approvals are necessary for changes that we have made to our products. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to
submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared or approved products, for which we concluded that new clearances or
approvals were not necessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may
be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
Further, the FDA’s ongoing review of and potential changes to the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to modify our previously
cleared products, either by imposing stricter requirements on when a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or
by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions.
If we or our third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers and service providers fail to comply with good manufacturing practice regulations, this could
impair our ability to market our products in a cost-effective and timely manner.
We and our third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers and service providers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System
Regulation (QSR), which covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging,
sterilization, storage and shipping of our products. We also are subject to similar requirements by regulatory authorities in other geographies. The FDA and
other regulatory bodies routinely audit our compliance with the QSR and equivalent international requirements through periodic announced and
unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities which may occur at any time. We cannot assure you that our facilities or our contract
manufacturer or third-party suppliers’ facilities would pass any quality system inspection or audit. If we or our suppliers, contract manufacturers and
service providers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers, contract manufacturers or service
providers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action against us and the manufacturing or
distribution of our devices could be interrupted and our operations disrupted.
If we, or our third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers and service providers, fail to adhere to QSR requirements, this could delay production
of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances, recalls, enforcement actions, including injunctive relief or consent decrees,
or other consequences, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
53
A recall or suspension of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact on us.
The FDA and equivalent foreign regulatory authorities have the authority to require the recall or suspension, either temporarily or permanently,
of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in quality systems, product design or manufacture or in the event that a product
poses an unacceptable risk to health. Regulatory authorities have broad discretion to require the recall or suspension of a product or to require that
manufacturers alert customers of safety risks, and may do so even in circumstances where we do not believe our product poses an unacceptable risk to
health. In addition, manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product or suspend sales if any material deficiency in a product is found or alert
customers of unanticipated safety risks. A government-mandated or voluntary recall or suspension by us, one of our distributors or any of our other third-
party suppliers could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other
deficiencies and issues. Recalls, suspensions or other notices relating to any products that we distribute would divert managerial and financial resources,
and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.
Further, under the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulations and equivalent regulations in other geographies, we are required to maintain
appropriate quality systems and report incidents in which our product may have caused or contributed to serious injury or death in which our product
malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to serious injury or death. Repeated product malfunctions may result
in a voluntary or involuntary product recall or suspension of product sales, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to
manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results. We
have initiated product recalls in the past, and our risk of future product recalls may increase as we launch new products or offer new software updates for
existing products.
Any adverse event involving any products that we distribute, either domestically or internationally, could result in future voluntary corrective
actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement
action. For example, the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) temporarily suspended our pump product sales in Australia commencing
November 24, 2020, however sales of pump-related supplies were allowed to continue. Effective April 1, 2021, following discussions with the TGA, the
temporary suspension was lifted for our t:slim X2 with Basal-IQ technology, subject to certain post-market surveillance obligations and other conditions.
We have discontinued sales of earlier generation products in Australia and to date we have not offered our Control-IQ technology in Australia but may elect
to do so in the future. There can be no assurance that the TGA will not reimpose the suspension of our pump product sales or impose other regulatory
restrictions in the future. In addition, other regulatory bodies may take similar actions against us, and any regulatory challenges we encounter could have a
negative impact on our product sales and harm our reputation. Any corrective actions we take in response to this action or future matters with the TGA or
other regulatory bodies, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, may distract management from operating our
business, may harm our reputation and financial results or could result in additional regulatory scrutiny in other geographies.
Our failure to comply with U.S. federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback laws and other U.S. federal and state anti-referral
laws, could have a material, adverse impact on our business.
There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws, physician self-referral
laws, and false claims laws. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these
laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state
healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.
Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex and evolving, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute
or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:
•
the federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and
willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, paying or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or
indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the
purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare
programs such as the Medicare and state Medicaid programs;
54
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
federal and state false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or
causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, state Medicaid programs, or other third-party payors that are false
or fraudulent;
federal and state physician self-referral laws, such as the Stark Law, that prohibit a physician from referring Medicare or
Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical
equipment, with which the physician has a financial relationship unless that financial relationship meets an exception under the
applicable law;
federal and state laws, such as the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, that prohibit an individual or entity from offering or
transferring remuneration to any person eligible for benefits under a federal or state health care program which such individual
or entity knows or should know are likely to influence such eligible individual’s choice of provider, practitioner or supplier of
any item or service for which payment may be made under federal health care programs such as Medicare and state Medicaid
programs;
federal criminal laws enacted as part of HIPAA that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or
making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
federal disclosure laws, such as the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which require certain manufacturers, including medical
device manufacturers, to submit annual data pertaining to payments or other transfers of value to covered recipients, including
physicians;
the Federal Trade Commission Act and similar laws regulating advertisement and consumer protections;
federal and state laws governing the use, disclosure and security of personal information, including protected health information,
such as HIPAA and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health; and
foreign and U.S. state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may
apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.
Possible sanctions for violation of these laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other
federal healthcare programs, and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of those prohibitions and in some circumstances, treble damages. Any
violation of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse
effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results. The reporting requirements under the Physician Payments Sunshine Act have
been expanded, and we will need to implement additional processes and controls in order to comply with these new tracking and disclosure obligations.
Any failure to submit the required data in an accurate and timely manner may result in the imposition of civil monetary penalties. Federal government
agencies have issued final rules making modifications to the Anti-Kickback Statute “safe harbors” and the Stark Law regulations, and the full impact of
such modifications on the health care industry and our business operations is not yet known. Further, the federal government has published proposed rules
for public comment which would make material modifications to HIPAA. It is unknown if or when these proposed rules may be adopted and what final
form the proposed rules may take and how they may impact our business operations.
To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) in conjunction with other federal agencies, has increased its
scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and
settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from our
core business. Additionally, if a healthcare company settles an investigation with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies, we may be forced to agree to
additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or
settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
55
The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal or
state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any of these challenges could have a material adverse effect
on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results. Any state or federal regulatory review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be
costly and time-consuming. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws and whether they might be retroactive.
We may be liable if we engage in the promotion of the off-label use of our products.
Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition
against the promotion of the off-label use of our products or the pre-promotion of unapproved products. Healthcare providers may use our products off-
label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our
promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use or the pre-promotion of an unapproved product, it could request that we modify
our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter,
injunction, seizure, civil fines and criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they
consider our promotional or training materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties. Although
our policy is to refrain from statements that could be considered off-label promotion of our products or pre-promotion of an unapproved product, the FDA
or another regulatory agency could disagree and conclude that we have engaged in improper promotional activities. In addition, the off-label use of our
products may increase the risk of product liability claims, which are expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us and harm
our reputation.
Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may result in downward pressure on the price of and decrease reimbursement for our products, and
uncertainty regarding the healthcare regulatory environment could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health
administration authorities, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations. Both the federal and state
governments in the United States continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to, among other things, expand healthcare
coverage to more individuals, contain or reduce the cost of healthcare, and improve the quality of healthcare outcomes. This legislation and regulation may
result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices, which may create additional pressure to reduce the prices charged for medical devices. Reduced
reimbursement rates could significantly decrease our revenue, which in turn would place significant downward pressure on our gross margins and impede
our ability to become profitable.
The Affordable Care Act (ACA), substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages
improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services, and significantly impacts the medical device industry. However, a number of legislative
changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, and legislation has also been and will likely continue to be proposed that could
modify or repeal the ACA. In addition, the ACA continues to be the subject of various legal challenges. The uncertainties regarding the future of the ACA,
and other healthcare reform initiatives, may have an adverse effect on our customers’ purchasing decisions regarding our products.
In the future, additional changes could be made to governmental healthcare programs that could significantly impact the success of our
products. Cost control initiatives could decrease the price that we receive for our products. At this time, we cannot predict which, if any, additional
healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted or what impact they may have on the existing regulatory environment, or our
ability to operate our business. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate significantly.
The trading price of our common stock has been volatile in recent years. We believe our stock price has been, and will continue to be, subject to
wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the following:
•
•
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial and operating results from period to period;
our actual or perceived need for additional capital to fund our operations;
56
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
market acceptance of our current products and products under development, and the recognition of our brand;
introduction of proposed products, technologies or treatment techniques by us or our competitors;
announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions or divestitures by us or our competitors;
regulatory approval of our products or the products of our competitors, or the failure to obtain such approvals on the projected
timeline or at all;
the announcement of a product recall, suspension or other safety notice associated with our products or the products of our
competitors, or other similar regulatory enforcement actions;
the inclusion or removal of our stock from one or more market indexes;
speculative trading practices of market participants;
issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;
threatened or actual litigation and government investigations;
sales of shares of our common stock by our employees, directors or principal stockholders; and
general political or economic conditions, including the impacts and disruptions caused by the COVID-19 global pandemic.
These and other factors might cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our stock price may
negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock, which could further impact our stock price.
In recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the
market price of securities issued by many companies across many industries. These changes may occur without regard to the financial condition or
operating performance of the affected companies. Accordingly, the price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing
to do with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce the market price of our common stock.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition
would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could reduce our stock price and prevent our stockholders from replacing or removing our current
management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our
company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
authorize the issuance of preferred stock with powers, preferences and rights that may be senior to our common stock, which can
be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval;
provide for the adoption of a staggered board of directors whereby the board is divided into three classes each of which has a
different three-year term;
provide that the number of directors shall be fixed by the board;
prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies;
provide for the removal of a director only with cause and then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares;
prohibit stockholders from calling special stockholder meetings;
57
•
•
•
prohibit stockholders from acting by written consent without holding a meeting of stockholders;
require the vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares to approve amendments to the certificate of incorporation or
bylaws; and
require advance written notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations
with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or
initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. Any delay
or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Our board of directors is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue
5,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each
such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, and the
issuance of such shares in the future may reduce the value of our common stock.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
As of December 31, 2021, we had accumulated federal and state net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $301.2 million, and
$291.0 million, respectively, which included the reduction recorded in 2019 discussed below. Of the total federal NOL carryforwards, approximately
$112.1 million were generated after January 1, 2018, and therefore do not expire. NOL generated after January 1, 2018, is subject to 80% limitation in
accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The remaining federal NOL carryforwards of $189.1 million will begin to expire in 2026, and state tax
loss carryforwards continue to expire in 2022, unless previously utilized. If there is an “ownership change” with respect to our company, as defined under
Section 382 of the Code, the utilization of our NOL and research credit carryforwards may be subject to substantial limitations imposed by the Code, and
similar state provisions. Limitations imposed on our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards could cause U.S. federal income taxes to be paid earlier than
would be paid if such limitations were not in effect and could cause NOL carryforwards to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit
of our NOL carryforwards. In general, an ownership change occurs whenever there is a shift in ownership of our company by more than 50% by one or
more 5% stockholders over a specified time period.
We have completed analyses through December 31, 2020 to determine whether our net operating losses and credits are likely to be limited by
Section 382. Based on the 2018 study completed in 2019, the Company determined that offerings of our securities caused an ownership change, as defined
under Section 382, in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating loss and credit carryovers
before they expire. As a result, in 2019 the Company significantly reduced its deferred tax assets for the net operating loss and research credit
carryforwards that were projected to expire unused. In addition, future ownership changes under Section 382 may further limit the Company’s ability to
fully utilize any remaining tax benefits.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for
use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, investors may
have to sell some or all of their shares of our common stock in order to generate cash flow from their investment.
58
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or
prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the
trading price of our common stock.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate
disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered
in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. For example, Mr. Sheridan, our principal executive officer, and Ms.
Vosseller, our principal financial and accounting officer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. While our board of directors
is informed of the relationship and appropriate actions have been taken to ensure compliance with Company policies and procedures, the existence of this
relationship could create additional risk, or the perception of additional risk, that our controls and procedures may not be effective. In addition, any testing
by us conducted in connection with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any testing conducted by our independent registered public accounting
firm in connection with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed
to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further
attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a
negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
We are required to disclose changes made to our internal control procedures on a quarterly basis and our management is required to assess the
effectiveness of these controls annually. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require
us to incur the expense of remediation.
We may be at increased risk of securities class action litigation.
In the past, securities class action litigation has been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the
price of a company’s securities. We believe this risk may be particularly relevant to us as we have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent
years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our
business, financial condition and results of operations. Our stock price volatility and the increase in our market capitalization during the past year may also
result in higher expenses associated with our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance program.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, our stock price and
trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or
our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock
price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecasts of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of
these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause
our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Risks Related to Our Convertible Senior Notes
We have indebtedness in the form of convertible senior notes, which could adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to respond to
changes in our business.
In May 2020, we completed the offering of $287.5 million principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (the Notes), which we
refer to as the Note Offering. Holders of the Notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change
(as defined in the indenture governing the Notes) at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion of the Notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion, we
will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes being converted. Furthermore, the indenture governing the Notes provides that, in the event
of an event of default (as defined in the indenture) for the Notes, the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, may become due prior to the maturity
date for the Notes. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay these amounts when due, or that we will be able to refinance this indebtedness on
acceptable terms or at all.
As a result of our increased level of indebtedness due to the Notes Offering:
•
our level of vulnerability to adverse economic conditions and competitive pressures may be heightened;
59
•
•
•
we are required to dedicate a portion of our liquidity position or cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the
availability of cash for other purposes;
our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry may be more limited; and
our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, investments or
general corporate purposes may be impaired.
We cannot be sure that our leverage resulting from the completion of the Notes Offering will not materially and adversely affect our ability to
finance our operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. In addition, we cannot be sure that additional financing will be available
when required or, if available, will be on terms satisfactory to us.
Servicing the Notes will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to repay the Notes.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal and interest on or to refinance the Notes depends on our future business operations and
liquidity, which are subject, to some extent, on economic, financial, regulatory, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control, including,
without limitation, market acceptance of our products, regulatory approval for our products under development, and the impacts and disruptions caused by
the COVID-19 global pandemic. Our business may not generate or sustain a level of cash flow from operations sufficient to service the Notes and any
future indebtedness we may incur, while operating our business and making necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we
may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling or licensing assets, refinancing indebtedness,
or obtaining additional equity capital. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service
obligations. Our ability to successfully engage in these activities will depend on a number of factors, including the value of our assets, our operating results
and financial condition, the value of our common stock, and the status of the capital markets at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these
activities on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could result in a default on the Notes or our future indebtedness.
We may incur substantial additional debt or take other actions which could diminish our ability to make payments on the Notes.
We and our subsidiaries are not prevented by the terms of the indenture governing the Notes, or otherwise, from incurring substantial additional
indebtedness in the future, which may include the issuance of secured debt. We are not restricted under the terms of the indenture governing the Notes from
incurring additional indebtedness, securing existing or future indebtedness, or recapitalizing our indebtedness. We are similarly not restricted under the
terms of the indenture from taking a number of other actions that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on the Notes when due.
We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the Notes upon a fundamental change, or to settle conversions of the Notes,
and our future indebtedness may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon repurchase or conversion of the Notes.
Holders of the Notes have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change at a repurchase price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion of the Notes,
unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion, we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the Notes
being converted. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of Notes
surrendered therefor or Notes being converted. In addition, our ability to repurchase the Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of the Notes may be
limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase Notes at a time when the repurchase
is required by the indenture, or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the Notes as required by the indenture, would constitute an event of
default under the indenture. An event of default under the indenture, or the fundamental change itself, could also lead to an event of default under
agreements governing any future indebtedness we may have issued. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated, we may not have
sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness, while also repurchasing the Notes or making cash payments upon conversions thereof.
The conditional conversion feature of the Notes may adversely affect our liquidity.
60
In the event the conditional conversion feature of the Notes is triggered, holders of the Notes will be entitled to convert the Notes at any time
during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by
delivering solely shares of our common stock, we would be required to settle all or a portion of our conversion obligation through the payment of cash,
which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their Notes, we could be required, under applicable
accounting rules, to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would adversely
affect our liquidity.
Conversion of the Notes will, to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of such Notes, dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders and
may otherwise have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the Notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, including holders who had previously
converted their Notes, to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of any of the Notes. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issued upon
the conversion of the Notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the perception that some or all of the Notes
may be converted into shares of our common stock in the future could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.
The fundamental change repurchase feature of the Notes may delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover attempt.
The terms of the Notes require us to repurchase the Notes in the event of a fundamental change. A takeover of the Company would trigger an
option of the holders of the Notes to require us to repurchase the Notes. In addition, if a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture)
occurs prior to the maturity date of the Notes, we will, in some cases, be required to increase the conversion rate of the Notes for a holder that elects to
convert its Notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change. These and other provisions set forth in the indenture may have the effect of
delaying or preventing a takeover of the Company.
The Capped Call Transactions may affect the value of the Notes and our common stock.
In connection with the issuance of the Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the Capped Call Transactions) with the option
counterparties. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of the
Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such
reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.
The option counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives
with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions prior to the
maturity of the Notes (and are likely to do so during any observation period related to a conversion of Notes). This activity could also cause or avoid an
increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock or the Notes, which could affect a Note holder’s ability to convert the Notes and, to the
extent the activity occurs during any observation period related to a conversion of Notes, it could affect the number of shares and the value of the
consideration that a Note holder will receive upon conversion of the Notes. In addition, if such Capped Call Transactions fail to become effective, the
option counterparties or their respective affiliates may unwind their hedge positions with respect to our common stock, which could adversely affect the
value of our common stock.
The potential effect, if any, of any of these transactions and activities on the market price of our common stock or the Notes will depend in
part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time, but any of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock and the
value of the Notes and, under certain circumstances, the ability of the Note holders to convert the Notes.
We do not make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any potential effect that the transactions described above
may have on the value of the Notes or the trading price of our common stock. In addition, we do not make any representation that the option counterparties
will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
61
We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Capped Call Transactions.
The option counterparties are financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that any or all of them may default under the Capped Call
Transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties will not be secured by any collateral. If an option counterparty becomes subject to
insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings, with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under our transactions
with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, in general, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the
market price and volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer more dilution than we currently
anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
Not applicable.
Item 2. Properties.
Substantially all of our operations are currently conducted at leased facilities, including our manufacturing processes, research and development
activities, customer and technical support, and management and administrative functions. As of December 31, 2021, we occupied facilities with an
aggregate total of approximately 367,000 square feet, increasing to 511,000 square feet in the first quarter of 2022, as follows:
United States
•
Roselle Street Leases: 77,458 square feet of general office and laboratory space located on Roselle Street in San Diego, California. All of our
existing leases for facilities on Roselle Street are scheduled to expire in May 2023.
• Vista Sorrento Parkway Lease: 73,929 square feet of general office space located on Vista Sorrento Parkway in San Diego, California, which
is scheduled to expire in January 2028. We have two options to extend the term of the Vista Sorrento Parkway lease, with each option
providing for an additional period of five years.
•
Barnes Canyon Lease: 48,880 square feet of general office, manufacturing and warehouse space located on Barnes Canyon Road in San
Diego, California, which is scheduled to expire in November 2023. We have a one-time option to extend the term of the Barnes Canyon lease
for a period of not less than three years and not greater than five years.
• Marindustry Place Lease: 40,490 square feet of general office and warehouse space located on Marindustry Place in San Diego, California,
which is scheduled to expire in April 2026. We have a one-time option to extend the term of the Marindustry Place lease for a period of no
less than three years and no more than five years.
• High Bluff Sublease: 30,703 square feet of general office space located on High Bluff Drive in San Diego, California. The High Bluff
sublease is scheduled to expire in March 2022.
• High Bluff Lease: 31,372 square feet of general office space located on High Bluff Drive, in San Diego, California. The High Bluff lease is a
direct lease agreement for the same property subject to the High Bluff sublease. The lease term begins in April 2022 following the termination
of the High Bluff sublease in March 2022, and is scheduled to expire in March 2024.
•
•
Tech Center Lease: 181,949 square feet of general administrative, laboratory and research and development office space located on High
Bluff Drive in San Diego, California. Phase I of the lease, consisting of 143,850 square feet, is expected to commence in the first quarter of
2022. Phase II of the lease, consisting of 38,099 square feet, is expected to commence in 2025. The lease term covering both Phase I and
Phase II is currently expected to expire in April 2035. We have two options to extend the term of the lease, with each option providing for an
additional period of five years.
Shoreline Lease: 94,562 square feet of general office space located on Shoreline Drive in Boise, Idaho. The Shoreline lease term commenced
in July 2020, and is scheduled to expire in June 2027. We have a one-time option to extend the term of the Shoreline lease for a period of
three years.
International
62
• Markham Lease: 667 square feet of general office space located in Markham, Ontario, Canada. This is a month-to-month lease that can be
canceled by delivering written notice of no less than one month to the landlord.
We believe that the facilities that we presently occupy will be sufficient to support our current operations and that suitable additional facilities
would be available to us should our operations require it.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
In April 2020, we were named as a defendant in four federal class action lawsuits relating to a data breach we experienced in January 2020, each
of which was subsequently dismissed.
In addition, in May 2020 we were named as a defendant in three California state court class action lawsuits arising from the same data breach.
Collectively, these lawsuits seek statutory, compensatory, actual, and punitive damages; equitable relief, including restitution; pre- and post-judgment
interest; injunctive relief; and attorney fees, costs, and expenses from us. On July 24, 2020, these three pending lawsuits were consolidated into a single
case in the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San Bernardino entitled Joseph Deluna et al v. Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. The
consolidated case alleges violations of the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (CMIA), California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), California’s
Unfair Competition Law (UCL), and breach of contract. We filed a demurrer seeking dismissal of all claims, which was heard by the Court on October 27,
2020, and which resulted in the following outcome: (i) the demurrer of the CMIA claim was denied; (ii) the demurrer of the CCPA claim was sustained;
and (iii) the demurrer of the UCL and contract claims were sustained with leave to amend the pending complaint. A second demurrer was heard by the
Court on March 29, 2021 with the following outcome: (i) the demurrer of the CMIA claim was denied; and (ii) the demurrer of the UCL and contract
claims were narrowed in scope to dismiss three plaintiffs for failing to allege cognizable damages or injuries-in-fact, resulting in two remaining plaintiffs.
Although we intend to vigorously defend against these claims, there is no guarantee that we will prevail. We are presently unable to determine the ultimate
outcome of these lawsuits or determine the amount (or range) of possible losses associated with the lawsuits.
In September 2020, we were named as a defendant in a lawsuit entitled Buck Walsh, individually and on behalf of others similarly situated v.
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., which was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San Diego. The alleged violations include
business and professions code and labor code violations for failure to compensate wages, unpaid meal and rest periods, and failure to reimburse for
necessary business-related expenses. The case was brought as a class action and was later amended to also include a representative action under the
California Private Attorney General Act, or PAGA. The class of plaintiffs includes hourly paid or non-exempt employees of the Company who were
employed from April 6, 2016 through the date of adjudication. The parties recently agreed to resolve all claims in the lawsuit. The settlement of claims
covered by the PAGA matter were approved by the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San Diego on September 21, 2021 and
settlement amounts were disbursed in 2021. Also in October 2021, a settlement of the class action related claims was preliminarily approved by an
independent arbitrator mutually acceptable to both parties. The class action settlement is intended to resolve the claims of the individual plaintiff, as well as
the remaining members of the class, unless an individual class member submits a timely request for exclusion. The material terms of the settlement are set
forth in a binding Memorandum of Agreement dated as of July 1, 2021, which is subject to the completion of a number of conditions, as well as final
approval by the independent arbitrator. There is no guarantee that the conditions will be met or that final approval will be obtained. If the final class
settlement is not approved, or if other conditions to approval of the settlement are not met, the case will continue and the Company will continue to
vigorously defend against the claims.
From time to time, we are involved in various other legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes or claims arising from or related to
the normal course of our business activities, including actions with respect to intellectual property, data privacy, employment, regulatory, product liability
and contractual matters. Although the results of legal proceedings, disputes and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe we are not
currently a party to any legal proceeding(s) which, if determined adversely to us, would, individually or taken together, have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. However, regardless of the merit of the claims raised or the outcome, legal proceedings
may have an adverse impact on us as a result of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management time and resources, and other factors.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
63
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on November 14, 2013 under the symbol “TNDM.” Prior to such time, there
was no public market for our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low intraday sales prices per share of our common stock as
reported on the Nasdaq Global Market for the period indicated.
Year Ended December 31, 2021
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Year Ended December 31, 2020
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter
Holders of Record
Price Range
High
Low
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
105.00 $
100.80 $
130.73 $
155.86 $
91.65 $
99.33 $
116.89 $
123.74 $
77.77
76.19
92.17
116.21
43.69
59.24
91.93
84.56
As of February 17, 2022, there were approximately 42 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of common stockholders is
greater than the number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and
other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Information about our equity compensation plans, as set forth in this Annual Report under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in Part III, Item 12, is incorporated herein by reference.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
None.
Repurchases of Equity Securities
We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with “Selected Financial Data” in Part II, Item 6 and our consolidated financial
statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, which statements are subject to considerable
risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements as a result of various
factors, including those set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.
64
Certain statements contained in this Annual Report are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and are subject to the “safe harbor” created by these sections. Future filings with the SEC, future
press releases and future oral or written statements made by us or with our approval, which are not statements of historical fact, may also contain forward-
looking statements. Because such statements include risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, actual results may differ materially
from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements can be found under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, and elsewhere in this Annual
Report. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update such statements to
reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they are made.
Overview
We are a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of technology solutions for people living with
diabetes. Diabetes management can vary greatly from person-to-person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal
preferences. Our goal is to lead in insulin therapy management across multiple of these market segments by providing a portfolio of delivery devices,
software, and data insight solutions to people living with diabetes, as well as their caregivers and healthcare providers.
Since our initial commercial launch, we have rapidly innovated and brought more products to market than our competitors. We have
commercially launched seven insulin pump configurations in the United States since 2012 and three insulin pump configurations outside the United States
since 2018. Today, our software-updatable t:slim X2 Insulin Delivery System (t:slim X2) hardware platform represents 100% of our new pump shipments.
In the four-year period ended December 31, 2021, we shipped nearly 330,000 insulin pumps, which is representative of our estimated global installed
customer base, assuming the typical four-year reimbursement cycle. Nearly 240,000 of these pumps were shipped to customers in the United States and
nearly 90,000 were shipped to international markets.
Our manufacturing, sales and support activities principally focus on our flagship pump platform, the t:slim X2 and our complementary product
offerings. Our simple-to-use t:slim X2 is based on our proprietary technology platform and is the smallest durable insulin pump available in the United
States. We have commercially offered two different automated insulin dosing (AID) algorithms on t:slim X2, including our Control-IQ technology, which
is an advanced hybrid-closed loop feature, designed to help increase a user's time in their targeted glycemic range. It was the first system cleared by the
U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to deliver automatic correction boluses in addition to adjusting insulin to help prevent high and low blood sugar
based on continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) readings. Approximately 200,000 t:slim X2 users have our Control-IQ technology, which launched in the
United States in the first quarter of 2020, and is now available in more than 20 countries. Our Control-IQ technology uses information from Dexcom Inc.’s
(Dexcom) G6 sensor, which is the third generation of Dexcom CGM that we have integrated with our pump technology.
The t:slim X2 is unique in that it is the only pump on which remote software updates have been made commercially available in the United
States. Now available in the countries we serve worldwide, our Tandem Device Updater (TDU), is a revolutionary tool that has allowed more than 130,000
people to update their t:slim X2 software from a personal computer. This offering is a competitive advantage as it allows us to bring new features, such as
our AID technology and CGM integration, to our customers faster than the industry has been able to historically.
Our insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at least four years. In addition to
insulin pumps, we sell disposable products that are used together with our pumps and are replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and
delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a user’s body. Additionally, we sell accessories such as belt clips and cases for use
with pumps which are designed to enhance usability. In the United States, we also offer t:connect, our data management web application that provides
users, their caregivers and their healthcare providers with a fast, easy and visual way to display diabetes therapy management data from our pumps,
integrated CGMs and supported blood glucose meters.
Our primary research and development and administrative headquarters are located in San Diego, California. We also operate a manufacturing
facility and a warehousing facility in San Diego. In addition, we maintain offices in Boise, Idaho and in Markham, Ontario, Canada. We employed
approximately 2,000 regular full-time employees as of December 31, 2021.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our consolidated sales were $702.8 million, $498.8 million, and $362.3 million,
respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our net income was $15.6 million. For the years ended 2020 and 2019, our net loss was $34.4 million,
and $24.8 million, respectively. Worldwide pump sales accounted for 59%, 63%, and 68% of our total sales, respectively, for the years ended December 31,
2021, 2020 and 2019, while pump-related supplies and accessories accounted for the remainder in each year.
65
Recent Developments
On February 16, 2022, we announced FDA clearance for the t:connect mobile app, which is the first-ever smartphone application capable of
initiating insulin delivery on both iOS and Android operating systems. The updated t:connect mobile app is designed to offer t:slim X2 insulin pump users
the ability to program and cancel bolus insulin requests through the convenience of their compatible smartphone. The new feature will be offered in the
United States for no additional cost to new t:slim X2 insulin pump customers, and to in-warranty customers through remote software updates for both the
t:slim X2 insulin pump and t:connect mobile app.
COVID-19 Global Pandemic Impact and Considerations
Our business has been impacted in a variety of ways since the onset of the COVID-19 global pandemic in early 2020, and will likely continue to
be impacted for the remainder of 2022. Specific factors that have influenced our financial results and the way in which we operate include fluctuations in
shelter-in-place restrictions, supply chain constraints, labor shortages, the timing and extent of vaccine availability and surges in infection and
hospitalization rates as new COVID variants have emerged. Throughout this time, we have responded to each of these unique challenges, while prioritizing
the health and safety of our employees and customers and working diligently to maintain a continuous supply of products, training and customer support.
Most notably, our sales results reflected a high degree of variability across the quarters during this time, unlike historical seasonal trends. We
experienced a modest impact early in 2020, which became more pronounced and continued in varying degrees as the pandemic progressed. Initially, the
impact on our business was relatively consistent worldwide but we have since seen variations in individual markets based on local conditions and anticipate
ongoing fluctuations may continue.
Our inventory levels have also fluctuated as we respond to supply chain constraints, due to availability of components from the various
suppliers we use to build our products. While we have adequate raw material inventory for a substantial portion of our pump and cartridge components, we
are below our targeted stocking levels for others. In early 2020, we initiated regular discussions with our key suppliers regarding their abilities to fulfill
existing orders and assess their ongoing capacity. Over the course of the pandemic, we have increased the frequency of those communications. We continue
to monitor factors that could negatively impact our supply chain, such as global shortages of semiconductors, copper and paper, as well as custom
components for our insulin pumps and cartridges where we rely on a limited number of qualified suppliers. We anticipate experiencing continued
challenges managing supply chain constraints, including the potential for limitations on availability of components as well as increased purchase costs.
Generally, our entire operation has been impacted as we navigate the generalized labor shortages impacting global markets. The labor
challenges affect our ability to recruit and hire key talent at the same pace as in years past, but we remain active in our recruiting efforts and competitive in
our offerings. In particular, these labor challenges combined with regulatory delays have impacted our product development and launch timelines. The
FDA has generally stated that its review process may take longer than normal due to prioritization of COVID-related products and services. We have
experienced lengthy delays in the review of pending submissions with the FDA, making regulatory timelines increasingly difficult to predict.
We have adapted well in our commercial operations and customer-facing functions. Our sales organization balances remote and in-person
interactions based on the needs and requirements of the customers with whom they interact. For example, prior to the onset of the pandemic, nearly all
trainings for customers purchasing our pump platform were in-person. We quickly pivoted to nearly all trainings being provided on remote platforms. Since
that time, we have achieved a balance that includes options for the individual based on their unique needs. We continue to see variability across the markets
in which we operate and anticipate these fluctuations between in-person and remote interactions will continue.
Our facilities have been closed for non-essential purposes throughout most of the pandemic, while our manufacturing operations were deemed
essential due to the critical nature of our product and the communities that we serve. To help ensure the safety and health of those employees working in
our facilities, we have implemented preventative measures by requiring employees to wear masks and perform temperature checks before each shift. We
are currently developing a return-to-work strategy for the rest of the organization that will incorporate a hybrid approach to meet the needs of our
employees, as well as optimize usage of our facilities.
66
Overall, we anticipate that our sales and operating results will continue to be impacted and subject to unpredictable variability. The full extent of
the impact of the pandemic on our future business and operations is difficult to estimate and will depend on a number of factors including the scope and
duration of the COVID-19 global pandemic, and the relative impact of COVID-19 on the business operations of our contract manufacturers, suppliers and
competitors.
Products Under Development
Our products under development support our strategy of developing insulin delivery systems as part of a therapy management portfolio that is
designed to improve patient experience and outcomes. Our product development efforts fall into three pillars of innovation: delivery devices, device
software including algorithms, and data and insights.
Delivery Devices
We are developing a family of delivery device solutions to meet the varying needs of people living with type 1 and type 2 diabetes by providing
choice within our own portfolio. Preferences in the size, shape, and mode of operation that comprise an insulin pump’s hardware often impact a person’s
pump purchasing decision and overall user experience.
Mobi
Formerly referred to under its development name, t:sport, the Tandem Mobi is approximately half the size of our t:slim X2 pump, and is being
designed for people who seek even greater discretion and flexibility with the use of their insulin pump. Its features include a 200-unit cartridge, an on-pump
bolus button, inductive charging, an AID algorithm, and is waterproof. We anticipate that Mobi will be our first insulin pump to support full pump-control
from our mobile application.
t:slim X3
Advancing our flagship t:slim platform, the t:slim X3 is being designed to provide a modernized user interface and even greater usability for our
planned feature updates. It is also being designed to include enhanced technology, such as greater processing power and capacity to support our advanced
algorithms, as well as increased battery life, improved durability, and wireless software update capabilities.
Mobi: Tubeless
This offering is being developed to provide an alternative tubeless infusion site option for Mobi pump users. A goal of this design is to allow for
people living with diabetes to customize the way they wear their pump with each cartridge change to best suit their personal preferences and lifestyle
Patch
Our patch pump design is in its early stages and is being developed for people living with diabetes who want a disposable tubeless solution.
Device Software
Our device software is used to control our pumps either directly through the pump’s interface or through our mobile application. It also includes
our AID technology and the software used to support remote pump updatability.
Control-IQ Advancements
We are driving innovation in our algorithms, emphasizing automation, personalization and simplification, all intended to continue to improve
therapeutic outcomes and provide a positive patient experience characterized by simplicity and ease of use. Additionally, we have initiated clinical studies
to expand the indications of our Control-IQ technology to include people with type 1 diabetes ages 2 to 5 years old, as well as people living with type 2
diabetes. We are also researching the use of different insulins with our Control-IQ technology.
Mobile Control
67
We are working to expand our mobile control capability. In the future, our t:connect mobile app is planned to include additional pump control
features, such as full operation of our Mobi pump.
Integration
Building a robust ecosystem and portfolio around our flagship insulin pumps requires product development efforts to integrate, add and enhance
complementary system components.
Dexcom CGM: In November 2020, we entered into an agreement with Dexcom to extend our current collaboration to include integration with
their future G7 CGM technology. Following integrated product development work, and required regulatory clearances or approvals, this will be the fourth
generation of Dexcom CGM that we intend to integrate with our devices.
Abbott CGM: In June 2020, we announced an agreement with Abbott Laboratories (Abbott), to develop and commercialize integrated diabetes
solutions that combine Abbott’s CGM technology with our insulin delivery systems. Following the completion of our integrated product development
work, and after obtaining required regulatory clearances or approvals, we intend to focus our initial commercial activities on integrated products in the U.S.
and Canada, with additional geographies considered in the future.
Data and Insights
Our goal is to innovate across our digital health platforms by using the vast amount of data that we collect, in combination with technology such
as artificial intelligence or machine learning, to provide information and insights to people living with diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers
and insurance payors. Key areas of development include making these insights easy to understand, provided in a flexible format with mobile or web apps,
and available real time. In addition, we are working to integrate health-related information from third-party sources and use our data to support current and
future products under development.
Tandem Source
Expanding the capabilities of our t:connect data management application available for customers in the United States, Tandem Source is our
second-generation web-based data management application that is being designed to become our single, global platform. This application enhances clinical
data visualization, provides added interface customization for users to personalize how they engage with their data and for healthcare providers to better
manage their care. In the second quarter of 2021, we began limited testing of an initial version of Tandem Source in the United Kingdom. We continue to
develop and test new features for Tandem Source in anticipation of a future commercial release of the product.
Settings Automation
Our automation research and development activities center around opportunities for enhanced user and healthcare provider experience, and
improved clinical outcomes. In support of this effort, we are working to automate our pump settings adjustments to further enhance ease of use and expand
adoption of our insulin pump products.
For additional information, see the section of this Annual Report under the caption “Business” in Part I, Item 1.
Pump Shipments
From inception through June 2018, we derived nearly all of our sales from the shipment of insulin pumps and associated supplies to customers
in the United States. Starting in the third quarter of 2018, we commenced sales of our t:slim X2 insulin pump in select international geographies. We
consider the number of insulin pump units shipped per quarter domestically and internationally to be an important metric for managing our business.
Insulin pumps in the markets we serve worldwide are generally subject to a four-year reimbursement cycle, imposed by the third-party
insurance carrier, government plan or healthcare system that serves as the primary payor. At the end of each four-year cycle, customers may be eligible for
the purchase of a new insulin pump, subject to the rules and requirements of the primary payor. The majority of our pump sales through the current period
have been generated by new customers, but the opportunity for existing customers to purchase a renewal insulin pump increases each period as individual
customer warranties expire. With programs dedicated to customer retention efforts, we expect such renewal purchases to represent a more significant
portion of our shipments in the long-term.
68
Since inception through December 31, 2021, we have shipped approximately 395,000 pumps worldwide, of which nearly 330,000 insulin
pumps were shipped in the last four years, which is representative of our estimated global in-warranty installed customer base, assuming the typical four-
year reimbursement cycle. Nearly 240,000 of these pumps were shipped to customers in the United States, and nearly 90,000 were shipped to international
markets. In the year ended December 31, 2021, we shipped 128,312 insulin pumps worldwide, compared to 90,771 insulin pumps shipped in 2020.
Pump shipments to customers in the United States by fiscal quarter were as follows:
Pump Units Shipped for Each of the Three Months Ended in Respective Years - U.S.
September 30
December 31
June 30
March 31
—
852
1,723
2,487
4,042
2,816
4,444
9,669
13,158
16,644
9
1,363
2,235
3,331
4,582
3,427
5,447
12,799
14,735
20,665
204
1,851
2,935
3,431
3,896
3,868
7,379
13,814
18,380
20,296
844
2,406
3,929
6,234
4,418
6,950
12,935
17,453
24,552
25,712
Pump shipments to international customers by fiscal quarter were as follows:
Total
1,057
6,472
10,822
15,483
16,938
17,061
30,205
53,735
70,825
83,317
Pump Units Shipped for Each of the Three Months Ended in Respective Years - International
September 30
December 31
June 30
Total
March 31
N/A
5,063
4,220
8,708
N/A
8,459
3,952
13,152
1,055
4,025
3,641
11,262
3,233
2,149
8,133
11,873
4,288
19,696
19,946
44,995
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2018
2019
2020
2021
Trends Impacting Financial Results
Overall, we have experienced considerable sales growth each year since the commercial launch of our first product in the third quarter of 2012,
only recognizing an operating profit on a full year basis for the first time in 2021. Our operating results have historically fluctuated on a quarterly or annual
basis, particularly in periods surrounding anticipated regulatory approvals, the commercial launch of new products by us and our competitors, the
commercial launch of our products in geographies outside of the United States and due to general seasonality in the United States. We expect these periodic
fluctuations in our operating results to continue.
We believe that our financial condition and operating results, as well as the decision-making process of our current and potential customers, has
been and will continue to be impacted by a number of general trends, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
market acceptance of our products and competitive products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare
providers;
the introduction of new products, treatment techniques or technologies for the treatment of diabetes, including the timing of the
commercialization of new products by us and our competitors;
seasonality in the United States associated with annual insurance deductibles and coinsurance requirements associated with the medical
insurance plans utilized by our customers and the customers of our distributors;
incidence of disease or illness, including the COVID-19 global pandemic, that may impact customer purchasing patterns or disrupt our
supply chain, or create uncertainty or delay with respect to regulatory approvals;
timing of holidays and summer vacations, which may vary by geography and may be further influenced by the lifting or relaxation of
COVID-19 related restrictions and broader availability of vaccines;
69
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the buying patterns of our distributors and other customers, both domestically and internationally;
changes in the competitive landscape, including as a result of companies entering or exiting the diabetes therapy market;
access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors, and reimbursement decisions by
third-party payors;
the magnitude and timing of any changes to our facilities, manufacturing operations and other infrastructure, and factors impacting our
ability to access our facilities;
the impact of any potential claims, investigations, information requests, or legal, regulatory or administrative proceedings with respect to
potential or asserted violations of law, including: sales and marketing practices, anti-corruption and FCPA, antitrust, securities,
employment, product liability, environmental, data privacy breaches and patent infringement, which may subject us to fines, penalties,
expenses, or reputational harm;
anticipated and actual regulatory approvals of our products and competitive products; and
product recalls impacting, or the suspension or withdrawal of regulatory clearance or approval relating to, our products or the products of
our competitors.
In addition to these general trends, we believe the following specific factors have materially impacted, and could continue to materially impact,
our business going forward:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 global pandemic on suppliers, third-party manufacturers, healthcare providers, distributors and our
existing or potential customers;
continued increase in demand following the commercial launch of t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology in additional geographies, and the
demonstrated success of our Tandem Device Updater;
anticipated new product launches;
increased opportunity to achieve customer renewals as customers become eligible for insurance reimbursement to purchase a new insulin
pump at the end of the typical four-year reimbursement cycle;
ability to enter into, maintain agreements, and accomplish continued success in current and future product integrations with CGM partners;
expansion and new product launches in select international geographies, including initial orders to stock inventories; and
ability to effectively scale our operations to support rapid growth, including expanding our facilities, advancing our research and
development efforts, increasing manufacturing capacity through third-party manufacturers, and hiring and retaining employees in customer
service and support functions.
In addition to working to achieve our sales growth expectations, in the long-term we intend to continue to leverage our infrastructure
investments to realize additional manufacturing, sales, marketing and administrative cost efficiencies with the goal of improving our operating margins and
ultimately achieving sustained profitability. We achieved profitability for the first time in the fourth quarter of 2018 and again in the fourth quarters of 2019
and 2020, and were profitable for the year ended December 31, 2021. Though we have yet to achieve profitability consistently from period to period, we
believe we can ultimately achieve sustained profitability by driving incremental sales growth in the United States and international markets, meeting our
pump renewal sales objectives, maximizing manufacturing efficiencies on increased production volumes, and leveraging the investments made in our sales,
clinical, marketing and customer support organizations.
70
Components of Results of Operations
Sales
We offer products for people with insulin-dependent diabetes. We commenced commercial sales of our original t:slim insulin pump platform in
the United States in the third quarter of 2012 and continued to launch various iterations of that platform during the following years. In October 2016, we
began shipping our flagship pump platform, the t:slim X2 insulin pump. The t:slim X2 insulin pump platform with remote software update capabilities,
now represents 100% of our new pump shipments and is used by nearly all of our in-warranty customers. Our products also include disposable insulin
cartridges and infusion sets, as well as our complementary t:connect, TDU and mobile application products. We also offer additional accessories including
protective cases, belt clips, and power adapters, although sales of these products are not significant.
In the United States, we primarily sell our products through national and regional distributors on a non-exclusive basis. These distributors are
generally providers of medical equipment and supplies to individuals with diabetes. Our primary end customers are people with insulin-dependent diabetes.
Similar to other durable medical equipment, the primary payor is generally a third-party insurance carrier and the customer is usually responsible for any
medical insurance plan copay or coinsurance requirements. We believe we can continue to increase sales by promoting our products to a greater number of
potential customers, caregivers and healthcare providers, although the COVID-19 global pandemic has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact
on our sales.
In the third quarter of 2018, we began the launch of our t:slim X2 hardware platform through distribution partners outside the United States. Our
products are now sold in more than 20 countries, including in Canada, France and Germany. Our independent international distributor partners perform all
sales, customer support and training in their respective markets. In Canada, we market with a direct sales force and, similar to the United States, use a
distributor partner for certain billing and fulfillment activities. Historically, we have experienced consistent levels of reimbursement for our products in the
United States, but we expect the average sales price will vary in international markets based on a number of factors, such as the geographical mix, nature of
the reimbursement environment, government regulations and the extent to which we rely on distributor relationships to provide sales, clinical and
marketing support.
In general, in the United States we have experienced pump shipments being weighted heavily towards the second half of the year, with the
highest percentage of pump shipments expected in the fourth quarter due to the nature of the reimbursement environment. Consistent with these historical
seasonality trends, our domestic pump shipments have typically decreased significantly from the fourth quarter to the following first quarter. Outside the
United States, we do not expect this same impact from seasonality associated with reimbursement, although the quarterly sales trends may be impacted by a
number of other factors, including summer vacations, the timing of product launches into new geographies and variability in the ordering patterns of our
distributor partners.
Since early 2020, the COVID-19 global pandemic had a major impact on businesses around the world, as well as our own quarterly trends.
Initially, the impact on our business was relatively consistent worldwide but we have since seen varying degrees of impact in individual markets based on
local conditions. For example, during 2021, we saw a gradual increase in the amount of in-person sales and training activities in the United States as
vaccination availability expanded and social-distancing requirements were relaxed. During the second half of 2021, we saw reduced availability of
customers and healthcare providers relating to people taking time off to vacation, which adversely impacted our sales of new pumps to customers during
the period. We anticipate that our sales may not follow historical trends and may be subject to unpredictable variability in the coming months based on
varying levels of impact of the global pandemic across the markets in which we operate. The full extent of the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic
on our business and operations will depend on a number of factors, including the scope and duration of the pandemic, varying government responses to the
pandemic and potential delays to product development timelines.
Separate from any impacts of the COVID-19 global pandemic, our quarterly sales have historically fluctuated, and may continue to fluctuate
substantially in the periods surrounding anticipated and actual regulatory approvals and commercial launches of new products by us or our competitors. We
believe customers may defer purchasing decisions if they believe a new product may be launched in the future. Additionally, upon the announcement of
FDA approval or commercial launch of a new product, either by us or one of our competitors, potential new customers may reconsider their purchasing
decisions or take additional time to consider such FDA approval or product launch before making their purchasing decisions. For example, we believe
certain customers paused their decision-making during the second half of 2019 in anticipation of the commercial availability of the t:slim X2 with Control-
IQ technology, and similar occurrences may occur in future periods. However, it is difficult to quantify the extent of the impact of these or similar events on
future purchasing decisions.
71
Cost of Sales
Historically, we have manufactured our pumps and disposable insulin cartridges at our manufacturing facility in San Diego, California. In early
2020, our third-party cartridge manufacturer completed validation and commenced commercial-scale manufacturing to supplement our existing cartridge
manufacturing capacity. By the end of 2021, the majority of our t:slim cartridge manufacturing capacity transitioned to our partner in order to create
capacity for t:sport cartridge manufacturing in the future. Infusion sets and pump accessories are manufactured by third-party suppliers. Cost of sales
includes raw materials, labor costs, manufacturing overhead expenses, product training costs, royalties, freight, reserves for expected warranty costs, costs
of supporting our digital health platforms, scrap and charges for excess and obsolete inventories. Manufacturing overhead expenses include expenses
relating to quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment, information technology and
operations supervision and management.
Over the long term, we expect our overall gross margin percentage, which for any given period is calculated as sales less cost of sales divided
by sales, to improve, as our sales increase and our overhead costs are spread over larger production volumes. We expect we will be able to leverage our
manufacturing cost structure across our products that utilize the same technology platform and manufacturing infrastructure and will be able to further
reduce per unit costs with increased automation, process improvements and raw materials cost reductions. We also expect our warranty cost per unit to
decrease as we release additional product features and functionality utilizing the Tandem Device Updater. Pumps have, and are expected to continue to
have, a higher gross margin percentage than our pump-related supplies. Therefore, the percentage of pump sales relative to total sales could have a
significant impact on our overall gross margin percentage. In the event that customers delay their pump purchasing decisions or physicians pause in
prescribing new pumps, it is possible that we may experience a higher percentage of pump-related supply sales than anticipated, which in turn could
adversely impact our overall gross margin percentage. However, our overall gross margin percentage may fluctuate in future quarterly periods as a result of
numerous factors aside from those associated with production volumes and product mix. For instance, as a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic we
implemented temporary operational changes that introduced variability to our cost of sales, such as supplemental staffing, incremental expenses to protect
the health, safety and welfare of our employees working on-site and to enable other employees to work remotely. We are also experiencing higher costs as
we manage global supply challenges and anticipate that this will continue for the remainder of 2022. In addition, as demand for our products increases, we
may continue to make additional investments in manufacturing capacity or increase our reliance on third parties for manufacturing-related services, either
of which could have a negative impact on our gross margins. Specifically, we have and will continue to evaluate investing in additional manufacturing
equipment to substantially increase our existing capacity in order to meet anticipated long-term demand for our cartridges, which may initially place
downward pressure on the gross margin percentage associated with our pump-related supplies.
Other factors impacting our overall gross margin percentage may include the changing percentage of products sold to distributors versus directly
to individual customers, varying levels of reimbursement among third-party payors in domestic and international markets, the timing and success of new
regulatory approvals and product launches, the impact of the valuation and amortization of employee stock awards on non-cash stock-based compensation
expense allocated to cost of sales, changes in warranty estimates, training costs, licensing and royalty costs, cost to support our digital health platforms,
cost associated with excess and obsolete inventories, and changes in our manufacturing processes, capacity, costs or output.
72
Selling, General and Administrative
Our selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses primarily consist of salary, cash-based incentive compensation, fringe benefits and
non-cash stock-based compensation for our sales, marketing and administrative functions, which also includes our clinical, customer support, technical
services, insurance verification and regulatory affairs personnel. We had approximately 95 sales territories in the United States in 2021 and we commenced
an expansion in the fourth quarter of 2021 to approximately 110 sales territories. Our existing territories are generally maintained by sales representatives
and field clinical specialists, and supported by managed care liaisons, additional sales management and other customer support personnel, which have also
been rapidly expanding to support our growing installed base. Our operations in Canada are comprised of approximately ten sales territories. Other
significant SG&A expenses typically include those incurred for product demonstration samples, commercialization activities associated with new product
launches, travel, trade shows, outside legal fees, independent auditor fees, outside consultant fees, insurance premiums, facilities costs and information
technology costs. While we experienced reduced spending in areas such as travel and trade shows in 2020 and 2021 due to the COVID-19 global pandemic,
we may experience additional costs as our employees return to work at our offices and as we adapt to alternative hybrid work models, or as needed to
respond to general labor shortages and heightened competition for employees with specialized skills. Overall, we expect our SG&A expenses, including the
cost of our customer support infrastructure, to continue to increase as our customer base grows in the United States and international markets. In addition,
we will continue to evaluate, and may further increase, the number of our field sales and clinical personnel in order to optimize the coverage of our existing
territories. In the longer term, SG&A expenses may also increase due to anticipated costs associated with additional compliance and regulatory reporting
requirements.
Research and Development
Our research and development (R&D) activities primarily consist of engineering and research programs associated with our hardware, software
and digital health products under development, as well as activities associated with our core technologies and processes. R&D expenses are primarily
related to employee compensation, including salary, cash-based incentive compensation, fringe benefits, non-cash stock-based compensation and temporary
employee expenses. We also incur R&D expenses for supplies, development prototypes, outside design and testing services, depreciation, allocated
facilities and information services, clinical trial costs, payments under our licensing, development and commercialization agreements and other indirect
costs. We expect our R&D expenses to increase as we advance our products under development, develop new products and technologies and support more
clinical trials. Similar to our SG&A expenses, our future R&D spending may be impacted by the COVID-19 global pandemic. For instance, we may
experience lower spending associated with delays in the advancement of particular programs, which may be offset by increased spending to support the
retention, health, safety and welfare of our employees or to enable development activities under alternative conditions.
Other Income and Expense
Other income and expense primarily consists of interest expense which includes the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our 1.50%
Convertible Senior Notes due 2025, issued in May 2020 (our Notes), changes in the fair value of certain warrants issued in connection with our public
offering of common stock in October 2017, and interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments. We expect interest expense in future
quarters to be comparable with the amount expensed in 2021, through the date of conversion or redemption of the Notes. We expect the revaluation of the
outstanding Series A warrants will not have a significant impact on our other income and expense through their expiration in the fourth quarter of 2022.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Because the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets, income tax expense is expected to primarily
consist of current state and foreign cash tax expense as a result of taxable income anticipated or incurred in those jurisdictions. Income tax expense
(benefit) may fluctuate in future quarters due to adjustments related to non-recurring transactions and changes in certain tax assessments.
73
Results of Operations
(in thousands, except percentages)
Sales:
Domestic
International
Total sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Gross margin
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net:
Interest income and other, net
Interest expense
Change in fair value of common stock warrants
Total other expense, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
524,907
177,892
702,799
326,584
376,215
$
415,680
83,150
498,830
238,310
260,520
302,084
60,221
362,305
168,093
194,212
54 %
52 %
54 %
261,508
92,054
353,562
22,653
674
(6,040)
(1,386)
(6,752)
15,901
335
15,566
$
204,903
63,574
268,477
(7,957)
1,567
(12,805)
(17,087)
(28,325)
(36,282)
(1,900)
(34,382)
$
165,735
45,199
210,934
(16,722)
3,193
—
(11,075)
(7,882)
(24,604)
149
(24,753)
$
$
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2021, sales were $702.8 million, which included $177.9 million of international sales. For the year
ended December 31, 2020, sales were $498.8 million, which included $83.2 million of international sales.
The increase in worldwide sales of $204.0 million in 2021, as compared to 2020, was driven by a 41% increase in worldwide pump shipments
to 128,312 in 2021, compared to 90,771 in 2020, and a 56% increase in pump-related supply sales. Sales of pump-related supplies increased primarily due
to a 52% growth in our estimated worldwide installed base of customers.
Domestic sales by product were as follows (in thousands):
Pump
Infusion sets
Cartridges
Other
Total Domestic Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
319,898 $
140,387
63,375
1,247
524,907 $
269,856
99,743
45,342
739
415,680
74
Domestic pump sales were $319.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $269.9 million in the year ended December 31,
2020, as pump shipments increased 18% compared to the prior year due to continued strong demand for our t:slim X2 insulin pump with Control-IQ
technology despite the challenging COVID-19 environment which has impacted the availability of both customers and healthcare providers. Domestic
pump shipments were 83,317 in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 70,825 in 2020. Sales of pump-related supplies increased primarily due to
a 39% increase in our estimated domestic installed base of customers. Sales to distributors accounted for 67% and 70% of our total domestic sales for the
years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our percentage of sales to distributors versus individual customers is principally determined by the
mix of customers ordering our products within the period and whether or not we have a contractual arrangement with their underlying third-party insurance
payor.
International sales by product were as follows (in thousands):
Pump
Infusion sets
Cartridges
Other
Total International Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
96,458 $
57,063
23,509
862
177,892 $
44,851
28,016
9,884
399
83,150
International pump sales were $96.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $44.9 million in the year ended December 31,
2020. Pump shipments increased 126% compared to the prior year due to strong demand for our products as we continue to expand the launch of our
Control-IQ technology, which began in the third quarter of 2020 outside the United States. Sales of pump-related supplies increased primarily due to an
102% increase in our estimated international installed base of customers. The ordering patterns of our international distributors for pumps and supplies is
highly variable from period to period as they continue to gain familiarity with the markets in which they operate and the acceptance of our products in those
markets. This variability was compounded by the changing levels of impact of the global pandemic across the international markets. Sales to distributors
accounted for 95% and 94% of our total international sales for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Our cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $326.6 million, resulting in gross profit of $376.2
million, compared to cost of sales of $238.3 million and gross profit of $260.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The gross margin for 2021
was 54%, compared to 52% in 2020.
The increase in our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily the result of the $204.0 million increase in total sales.
Gross profit and gross margin both benefited from improvement in the per unit manufacturing costs for pumps and supplies from efficiencies in the
manufacturing process, leverage of fixed overhead, increased volumes from our third-party cartridge manufacturer as well as labor and material cost
reductions. On an aggregate basis, non-manufacturing costs, which primarily consist of warranty, royalty, freight, training and digital health product
support costs, also reflected improvement on a per unit basis. To a lesser extent, overall average selling prices slightly pressured gross margin as
international pump sales comprised a greater portion of total pump sales compared to the prior year, while supply average selling prices reflected modest
benefit from the growth of our international installed base. Other factors that have and may continue to impact the gross margin percentage are changes in
product and geographical mix and the level of non-cash stock-based compensation allocated to cost of sales. Pump sales, which have the highest gross
margin, were 59% of total worldwide sales for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 63% in 2020. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
allocated to cost of sales was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $8.2 million in 2020, representing 1% and 2% of sales in
those periods, respectively.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 28% to $261.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from
$204.9 million for the same period in 2020. Employee-related expenses for our SG&A functions comprise the majority of the SG&A expenses. The
increase compared to 2020 was primarily the result of a $43.9 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation and other employee benefits due to an
increase in personnel to support additional sales territories, higher sales and other services in support of our growing installed customer base. We also
experienced a $12.7 million increase in other non-employee discretionary spending for software maintenance, outside consulting and services and supplies.
75
Research and Development Expenses. R&D expenses increased 45% to $92.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, from $63.6 million
for the same period in 2020. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily the result of an increase of $20.7 million in salaries, incentive compensation and
other employee benefits due to an increase in personnel to support our product development efforts, as well as a $7.8 million increase in other non-
employee discretionary spending, including outside consulting and services, equipment and supplies attributable to R&D.
Other Income (Expense). Total other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $6.8 million, compared to $28.3 million in 2020.
Other expense for 2021 primarily consisted of $6.0 million of interest expense which included the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our Notes
issued in the second quarter of 2020, and a $1.4 million revaluation loss from the change in the fair value of certain warrants. Other expense for 2020
consisted primarily of an $17.1 million revaluation loss from the change in the fair value of certain warrants due to the appreciation in our stock price
during 2020, and $12.8 million of interest expense which included the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs related to our Notes issued in
the second quarter of 2020. The decrease in interest expense in 2021 was primarily due to the adoption of ASU No. 2020-06 in the first quarter of 2021 (see
Note 7, “Debt”). Interest income and other, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, primarily consisted of interest earned on our cash equivalents
and short-term investments, which decreased in 2021 primarily due to the lower interest rate environment as compared to 2020.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit). We recognized income tax expense of $0.3 million on pre-tax income of $15.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2021, compared to an income tax benefit of $1.9 million on a pre-tax loss of $36.3 million for the same period in 2020. The income tax
expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to state and foreign income tax expense as a result of current taxable income in
those jurisdictions. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to benefit associated with the release of valuation
allowance related to the acquisition of Sugarmate, partially offset by state and foreign income tax expense as a result of current taxable income in those
jurisdictions.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Sales. For the year ended December 31, 2020, sales were $498.8 million, which included $83.2 million of international sales. For the year ended
December 31, 2019, sales were $362.3 million, which included $60.2 million of international sales.
The increase in worldwide sales of $136.5 million in 2020, as compared to 2019, was primarily driven by a $69.4 million increase in pump-
related supplies sales due to 52% growth in our estimated worldwide installed base of customers, and a $67.1 million increase in pump sales driven by a
24% increase in worldwide pump shipments to 90,771 in 2020, compared to 73,431 in 2019 which benefited from the effect of certain non-recurring
international market dynamics..
Domestic sales by product were as follows (in thousands):
Pump
Infusion sets
Cartridges
Other
Total Domestic Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
269,856 $
99,743
45,342
739
415,680 $
205,492
66,034
30,022
536
302,084
Domestic pump sales were $269.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $205.5 million in the year ended December 31,
2019, as pump shipments increased 32% compared to the same period in the prior year due to continued strong demand for our products following the
January 2020 domestic launch of our t:slim X2 insulin pump with Control-IQ technology. Domestic pump shipments were 70,825 in the year ended
December 31, 2020 compared to 53,735 in 2019. Sales of pump-related supplies increased primarily due to a 46% increase in our estimated domestic
installed base of customers. Sales to distributors accounted for 70% and 73% of our total domestic sales for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively. Our percentage of sales to distributors versus individual customers is principally determined by the mix of customers ordering our products
within the period and whether or not we have a contractual arrangement with their underlying third-party insurance payor.
International sales by product were as follows (in thousands):
76
Pump
Infusion sets
Cartridges
Other
Total International Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
44,851 $
28,016
9,884
399
83,150 $
42,094
11,221
6,656
250
60,221
International pump sales were $44.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $42.1 million in the year ended December 31,
2019. The first half of 2019 was positively impacted by the transition of former Animas customers to our products and the fulfillment of certain
international pump demand from backlog that existed at the end of 2018 due to supply constraints in prior periods. Sales of pump-related supplies benefited
from an 83% increase in our estimated international installed base of customers. The ordering patterns of our international distributors for pumps and
supplies is highly variable from period to period. This variability was compounded by the varying levels of impact of the global pandemic across the
international markets in which we operate. Sales to distributors accounted for 94% and 92% of our total international sales for the years ended December
31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit. Our cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $238.3 million, resulting in gross profit of $260.5
million, compared to cost of sales of $168.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, resulting in gross profit of $194.2 million. The gross margin for
2020 was 52%, compared to 54% in 2019.
The increase in our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2020, was primarily the result of the $136.5 million increase in total sales.
Gross profit and gross margin in 2020 were negatively impacted by royalty costs, for which there was no comparable expense in 2019. During the year
ended December 31, 2020, we recognized $6.7 million of product royalty costs, or approximately one percent of sales, associated with sales of pumps with
Control-IQ technology launched in the first quarter of 2020, and free software updates downloaded by existing customers in the United States, as well as in
certain international markets where we launched Control-IQ beginning in the third quarter of 2020. Excluding the impact of royalty, gross margins for both
pumps and supplies saw improvement compared to the prior year, but were still slightly pressured by the product mix. Gross margin was also pressured to a
lesser extent by other factors that are more temporary in nature or anticipated to be leveraged through growth in future quarters, including costs associated
with COVID-19 risk mitigation, managing pump production to achieve desired stocking levels, the expansion of cartridge manufacturing capacity and
increased spending to support our digital health product offerings. Other factors that have and may continue to have an impact on the gross margin
percentage are changes in product and geographical mix and the level of non-cash stock-based compensation allocated to cost of sales. Pump sales, which
have the highest gross margin, were 63% of total worldwide sales for the year ended December 31, 2020, versus 68% in 2019. Non-cash stock-based
compensation expense allocated to cost of sales was $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $6.4 million in the same period of
2019, representing 2% of sales in both periods.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 24% to $204.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from
$165.7 million for the same period in 2019. Employee-related expenses for our SG&A functions comprise the majority of the SG&A expenses. The
increase compared to 2019 was primarily the result of a $32.8 million increase in salaries, incentive compensation and other employee benefits due to an
increase in personnel to support additional sales territories, higher sales and other services in support of our growing installed customer base, offset by a
$1.3 million decrease in non-cash stock-based compensation expense. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense allocated to SG&A was $41.6 million
in 2020, compared to $42.9 million in 2019. The increase in non-cash stock-based compensation expense associated with increased headcount in 2020 was
more than offset by a decrease in non-cash stock-based compensation expense from the valuation of certain 2018 employee stock option grants which are
now fully amortized. We also experienced increased costs for equipment and supplies, and outside consulting and services of $11.2 million, offset by a $2.9
million decrease in travel costs.
Research and Development Expenses. R&D expenses increased 41% to $63.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $45.2 million
for the same period in 2019. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily the result of an increase of $9.9 million in salaries, incentive compensation and
other employee benefits due to an increase in personnel to support our product development efforts, as well as an increase of $8.5 million in outside
consulting and services, equipment and supplies attributable to R&D. Non-cash stock-based compensation expense allocated to R&D was $8.7 million in
2020, compared to $8.8 million in 2019.
77
Other Income (Expense). Total other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $28.3 million, compared to $7.9 million in 2019.
Other expense for 2020 primarily consisted of a $17.1 million revaluation loss from the change in the fair value of certain warrants due to the appreciation
of our stock price during 2020, and $12.8 million of interest expense which included the amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs related to
our Notes issued in the second quarter of 2020. Other expense for 2019 consisted primarily of an $11.1 million revaluation loss from the change in the fair
value of certain warrants due to the appreciation in our stock price during 2019. Interest income and other, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and
2019 primarily consisted of interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments, and decreased in 2020 primarily due to the lower interest
rate environment as compared to 2019.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit). We recognized an income tax benefit of $1.9 million on a pre-tax loss of $36.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020, compared to income tax expense of $0.1 million on a pre-tax loss of $24.6 million for the same period in 2019. The income tax benefit
for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to benefit associated with the release of valuation allowance related to the acquisition of
Sugarmate, partially offset by state and foreign income tax expense as a result of current taxable income in those jurisdictions. Income tax expense for the
year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily attributable to state and foreign income tax expense as a result of current taxable income in those
jurisdictions.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2021, we had $623.8 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. We believe that our cash and cash
equivalents and short-term investments balance will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this
filing.
Historically, our principal sources of cash have included cash collected from product sales, private and public offerings of equity securities,
exercises of employee stock awards, and debt financing. Since the beginning of 2019, we completed the following financing activities:
•
•
•
•
In May 2020, we raised $278.7 million in net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, and used $34.1 million of the net proceeds
to pay the cost of the Capped Call Transactions related to the Notes (see Note 7, “Debt”).
From January 2019 through December 31, 2021, we issued 4,887,211 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options,
and 804,275 shares of common stock were purchased under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which generated aggregate
proceeds of $143.6 million.
From January 2019 through December 31, 2021, we received proceeds of $1.8 million from the exercise of 509,785 outstanding
warrants which were originally issued in connection with our registered public offering of common stock in October 2017. As of
December 31, 2021, there were warrants to purchase 1,000 shares outstanding relating to the October 2017 offering.
From January 2019 through December 31, 2021, we received proceeds of $2.1 million from the exercise of 34,728 outstanding
warrants which were originally issued between August 2011 and August 2012. As of December 31, 2021, there were warrants to
purchase 19,722 warrants outstanding relating to these issuances.
Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as the development and
commercialization of our products, the expansion and support of our sales, marketing, clinical and customer support organizations, the expansion of our
R&D activities, the expansion of our commercial activities to select international geographies, the acquisition of intellectual property and equity
investments, expenditures related to increases in our manufacturing capacity and improvements to our manufacturing efficiency, overall expansion of our
facilities and operations, and other working capital needs. Additionally, we have used cash to pay the interest expense associated with our convertible
senior notes.
We expect our sales performance and the resulting operating income or loss, as well as the status of each of our new product development
programs, will significantly impact our cash flow from operations, liquidity position and cash management decisions.
78
The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
111,359 $
(186,876)
51,932
153
(23,432) $
24,669 $
(296,056)
314,438
387
43,438 $
41,906
(56,955)
24,207
191
9,349
Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $111.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to and
$24.7 million and $41.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
The improvement to net cash provided by operating activities for 2021 compared to 2020 was driven by higher sales and gross profit in 2021,
which resulted in a $35.7 million improvement to net income when adjusted for non-cash expenses, particularly stock-based compensation expense and
depreciation and amortization expense, as well as a $51.0 million increase from working capital changes. Working capital changes in 2021 primarily
consisted of increases in accounts payable, employee-related liabilities, deferred revenue, and other current and long-term liabilities, offset by increases in
accounts receivable and inventories, all of which were related to the growth in our business. Accounts receivable increased to $110.7
million at December 31, 2021 from $82.2 million at December 31, 2020, as a result of higher sales in the fourth quarter of 2021 as compared to the fourth
quarter of 2020. Inventories increased to $68.6 million at December 31, 2021 from $63.7 million at December 31, 2020.
The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities for 2020 compared to 2019 was driven by net changes in working capital, partially
offset by a reduction in net loss when adjusted for non-cash expenses, particularly stock-based compensation expense, the change in the fair value of
common stock warrants and non-cash interest expense. Working capital changes in 2020 primarily consisted of increases in accounts receivable and
inventories, offset by increases in employee-related liabilities, deferred revenue, and other current and long-term liabilities, all of which are related to the
growth in our business. Accounts receivable increased to $82.2 million at December 31, 2020 from $46.6 million at December 31, 2019, as a result of
higher sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2019. Inventories increased to $63.7 million at December 31, 2020 from
$49.1 million at December 31, 2019, primarily to support the growth in our business.
Investing activities. Net cash used by investing activities was $186.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was primarily related
to $733.4 million of purchases of short-term investments, $14.2 million in purchases of property and equipment, and $9.3 million cash paid for the
acquisition of intangible assets and equity investments, offset by $570.0 million in proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments. Net cash
used by investing activities was $296.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments
of $497.1 million using the net proceeds from the issuance of our convertible senior notes in May of 2020, and $27.4 million in purchases of property and
equipment, offset by $233.3 million in proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term investments. Net cash used by investing activities was $57.0
million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was primarily related to purchases of short-term investments of $164.6 million and $19.5 million in
purchases of property and equipment, offset by $127.2 million in proceeds from maturities of short-term investments.
Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $51.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, which primarily
consisted of proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our stock plans. Net cash provided by financing activities was $314.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2020, which primarily consisted of $278.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes which was partially
offset by $34.1 million in payments related to the Capped Call Transactions (see Note 7, “Debt”), and $66.9 million in proceeds from the issuance of
common stock under our stock plans. Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was
primarily the result of proceeds of $23.9 million from the issuance of common stock under our stock plans.
Our liquidity position and capital requirements are subject to fluctuation based on a number of factors. In particular, our cash inflows and
outflows are principally impacted by the following:
•
our ability to generate sales, the timing of those sales, the mix of products sold and the collection of receivables from period to
period;
79
•
•
•
•
•
the timing of any additional financings, and the net proceeds raised from such financings;
the timing and amount of the exercise of outstanding warrants, and proceeds from the issuance of equity awards pursuant to
employee stock plans;
fluctuations in gross margins and operating margins;
fluctuations in working capital, including changes in accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable, employee-related
liabilities, and operating lease liabilities; and
the impacts and disruptions caused by the COVID-19 global pandemic.
Our primary short-term capital needs are expected to include expenditures related to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
support of our commercialization efforts related to our current and future products;
expansion of our customer support resources for our growing installed customer base;
research and product development efforts, including clinical trial costs;
acquisitions, leasing or licensing of equipment, technology, intellectual property and other assets;
additional facilities leases and related tenant improvements;
investments for the development, improvement and acquisition of manufacturing, testing and packaging equipment to support
business growth and increase capacity; and
payments under licensing, development and commercialization agreements.
Although we believe the foregoing items reflect our most likely uses of cash in the short-term, we cannot predict with certainty all of our
particular cash uses or the timing or amount of cash used. In addition, from time to time we may consider opportunities to acquire or license other products
or technologies that may enhance our product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or advance our business
strategies. Any such transaction may require short-term expenditures that may impact our capital needs. If for any reason our cash and cash equivalents
balances, or cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our working capital requirements, we may in the future be required to seek additional
capital from public or private offerings of our equity or debt securities, or we may elect to borrow capital under new credit arrangements or from other
sources. We may also seek to raise additional capital from such offerings or borrowings on an opportunistic basis when we believe there are suitable
opportunities for doing so. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, we may incur
significant financing or debt service costs, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing
stockholders. There can be no assurance that financing will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to raise additional financing may be
negatively impacted by a number of factors, including our recent and projected financial results, recent changes in and volatility of our stock price,
perceptions about the dilutive impact of financing transactions, the competitive environment in our industry, uncertainties regarding the regulatory
environment in which we operate and conditions impacting the capital markets more generally, including economic weakness, inflation, political instability,
war and terrorism, natural disasters, incidence of illness or disease, or other events beyond our control.
Indebtedness
In May 2020, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with certain counterparties for the sale of an aggregate of $287.5 million
principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers (the Notes). The Notes were issued
pursuant to an Indenture, dated May 15, 2020, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The proceeds from the issuance of the
Notes were $244.6 million, net of debt issuance costs and cash used to pay the cost of the Capped Call Transactions (see Note 7, “Debt”). The Notes are the
Company’s senior unsecured obligations. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears beginning on November 1, 2020 at a rate of 1.50% per year.
The Notes mature on May 1, 2025 unless repurchased, redeemed, or converted in accordance with their terms prior to the maturity date.
80
Cash payments due by calendar year for our Convertible Senior Notes at December 31, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
Contractual interest
Principal amount of convertible senior notes
Total
Total
2022
2023
2024
2025
$
$
14,357 $
287,500
301,857 $
4,313 $
—
4,313 $
4,313 $
—
4,313 $
4,313 $
—
4,313 $
1,418
287,500
288,918
Contractual Obligations & Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Contractual Obligations
The Company leases general office space, laboratory, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, and equipment under noncancelable operating
leases for use in our operations. For a description of our contractual obligations related to leases at December 31, 2021, see Note 6 “Leases” to the
consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
The Company has agreements with suppliers and other parties to purchase inventory, other goods and services and long-lived assets. For a
description of our contractual obligations related to purchase order commitments at December 31, 2021, see Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” to
the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2021, we are a party to certain standby letter of credit arrangements in support of our operating lease obligations. For a
description of the arrangements we consider significant, see Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II,
Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Critical Accounting Policies Involving Management Estimates and Assumptions
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements
requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our
estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis
for making judgments about our financial condition and results of operations that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ
materially from these estimates.
While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual
Report, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated
financial statements.
81
Revenue Recognition
Our revenue is generated primarily from sales of our insulin pumps, disposable insulin cartridges and infusion sets to individual customers with
third-party insurance coverage and through a network of distributors that resell the products to insulin-dependent diabetes customers. We are paid directly
by customers who use the products, distributors and third-party insurance payors. We recognize revenue when control of our products is transferred to our
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive from our customers in exchange for those products, net of estimated returns.
This process involves identifying the contract with a customer, determining the performance obligations in the contract, determining the contract price,
allocating the contract price to the distinct performance obligations in the contract, and recognizing revenue when the performance obligations have been
satisfied. Revenue recognition for contracts with multiple performance obligations is based on the separate satisfaction of each distinct performance
obligation within the contract. A performance obligation is considered distinct from other obligations in a contract when it provides a benefit to the
customer either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer and is separately identified in the contract. We
consider a performance obligation satisfied once we have transferred control of a product to the customer, meaning the customer has the ability to direct the
use of and obtain the benefit from the product. Complementary products, such as the t:connect cloud-based data management application and the Tandem
Device Updater, are considered distinct performance obligations satisfied over time, as access and support for these products is provided throughout the
typical four-year warranty period of the insulin pumps. Accordingly, revenue related to the complementary products is deferred and recognized over a four-
year period. When there is no standalone value for the complementary product, we determine its value by applying the expected cost plus a margin
approach and then allocate the residual to the insulin pumps.
Warranty Reserve
We generally provide a four-year assurance type warranty on our insulin pumps to end user customers and may replace any pumps that do not
function as intended in accordance with the product specifications within the warranty period. Insulin pumps returned to us may be refurbished and
redeployed. We establish the warranty reserve liability when control of the pump is transferred to the customer, and we reevaluate our estimate of the
warranty obligation at each reporting period. Warranty costs are estimated primarily based on the current expected product replacement cost and expected
replacement rates utilizing historical experience. Experience has shown that initial data for any given pump version may be insufficient; therefore, our
process relies on long-term historical averages until sufficient data are available. As actual experience becomes available, we use the data to update the
historical averages. Changes to the actual replacement rates or the expected product replacement cost could cause a material increase or decrease to our
estimated warranty reserve and related cost of goods sold. We may make further adjustments to the warranty reserve when deemed appropriate, giving
additional consideration to the length of time each pump version has been in the field and revised future expectations of performance based on new features
and capabilities that may become available through Tandem Device Updater.
Income Taxes
Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation allowance
recorded against net deferred tax assets. We use the asset and liability approach to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is established
when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. Significant judgment is required to
evaluate the need for a valuation allowance. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and
includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after
permanent differences, projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable future, earnings history, and reliability of forecasting. We will continue to
assess the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Changes in the
recognition or measurement of valuation allowance could result in material increases or decreases in our income tax expense in the period in which we
make a change, which could have a material impact on our effective tax rate and operating results.
82
Utilization of our net operating loss and research credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change
limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in
the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. We have completed analyses through December 31, 2020 to determine whether our net
operating losses and credits are likely to be limited by Section 382. Based on the 2018 study completed in 2019, we determined that an ownership change,
as defined under Section 382, occurred in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced our ability to utilize our net operating loss and credit
carryovers before they expire. As a result, in 2019 we reduced our deferred tax assets for the net operating loss and research credit carryforwards that were
projected to expire unused with a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance recorded against such assets. Additionally, future ownership changes
under Section 382 may also limit our ability to fully utilize any remaining tax benefits.
We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by
determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of
related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being
realized upon settlement. While we believe we have appropriate support for the positions taken on our tax returns, we regularly assess the potential
outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We continually assess the likelihood and
amount of potential revisions and adjust the income tax provision, income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to
a revision become known.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Credit and Interest Rate Risks
We invest our excess cash in marketable securities consisting primarily of commercial paper, corporate debt securities, U.S. Treasury securities
and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise securities. Some of the financial instruments in which we invest subject us to market risk, in that a change in
prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the instrument to fluctuate. Other financial instruments in which we invest subject us to credit
risk, in that the value of the instrument may fluctuate based on the issuer’s ability to pay. As a result of the COVID-19 global pandemic and the perceived
increased credit risks associated with certain securities, credit rating agencies have, from time to time, issued downgrades or revised outlooks to negative
for certain issuers of the debt securities held in our short-term investments portfolio. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities at December 31,
2021 were not significant. Based on the credit quality of the available-for-sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position, and our current
estimates of future cash flows to be collected from those securities, we believe the unrealized losses were not credit losses (see Note 3, “Short-Term
Investments”).
The primary objectives of our investment activities are to maintain liquidity and preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive
from our financial instruments without significantly increasing risk. We have established guidelines regarding approved investments and maturities of
investments, which are primarily designed to maintain liquidity and preserve principal.
Because of the short-term maturities of our financial instruments, we do not believe that an increase or decrease in market interest rates would
have any significant impact on the realized value of our investment portfolio. If a 10% change in interest rates were to have occurred on December 31,
2021, it would not have had a material effect on the fair value of our investment portfolio as of that date.
In May 2020, we issued $287.5 million principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 1.50% per year.
Accordingly, we are not subject to interest rate risk as a result of the Convertible Senior Notes (see Note 7, “Debt”).
83
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Our operations are primarily located in the United States, and nearly all of our sales since inception have been made in U.S. dollars. With the
exception of a portion of our sales in Canada, our sales outside of the United States are currently made to independent distributors under agreements
denominated in U.S. dollars. As we expand our operations in markets outside the United States, we may be exposed to further foreign currency exchange
rate risk. We believe our exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations is currently limited to our operations in Canada, where fluctuations in the rate of
exchange between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar could adversely affect our financial results. In addition, from time to time, we may have foreign
currency exchange risk related to existing assets and liabilities, committed transactions and forecasted future cash flows. In certain circumstances, we may
seek to manage such foreign currency exchange risk by using derivative instruments such as foreign currency exchange forward contracts to hedge our risk.
In general, we may hedge foreign currency exchange exposures up to 12 months in advance. However, we may choose not to hedge some exposures for a
variety of reasons, including prohibitive economic costs.
84
Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2021, and the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in this report as listed in the index.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
86
88
89
90
91
92
85
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the
related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2021 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 22, 2022 expressed an unqualified
opinion thereon.
Adoption of ASU No. 2020-06
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for convertible instruments in 2021 due to
the adoption of ASU No. 2020-06, Debt–Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging–Contracts in Entity’s
Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion
on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion
on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
86
Warranty reserve – Estimation of Product Replacement Reserve
Description of the Matter
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a warranty
reserve of $30.4 million. The Company provides insulin pump end customers with a four-year
warranty and may replace any pumps that do not function in accordance with the product
specifications. Warranty costs are estimated at the time of shipment. Management applies
significant judgment to determine relevant assumptions to calculate the reserve, including the
assessment of historical warranty experience and replacement cost.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
Auditing management’s estimate of warranty reserve on pumps was complex and judgmental
due to the significant estimation required by management in estimating the value of the
warranty reserve. In particular, the warranty reserve estimate is sensitive due to significant
assumptions including replacement rates and replacement product costs, especially as it relates
to recently released pump versions for which replacement rates specific to that version are not
yet known. As such, replacement rates of recently released pumps are based primarily upon
historical rates of prior versions which ultimately may not be predictive of the experience of
new pumps, due to new features and capabilities of the more recent releases. These
assumptions are affected by actual customer experience and changes in these assumptions
could have a material impact on the Company’s estimated reserve. This in turn led to a high
degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating
audit evidence related to these determinations and management’s significant assumptions for
the warranty reserve.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of
the Company’s controls over the warranty reserve estimation process. For example, we tested
controls over management's review and calculation of significant assumptions underlying the
warranty reserve, such as replacement rates and actual replacement product costs, and tested
controls over the accuracy and completeness of data used.
To test the Company’s warranty reserve, we performed audit procedures that included, among
others, testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the estimation
calculation and evaluated the appropriateness of management’s methodology to calculate the
warranty reserve. We also evaluated the reasonableness of management’s significant
assumptions related to replacement rates and replacement cost, including review for contrary
evidence. Evaluating management’s significant assumptions involved evaluating the historical
claims data utilized by management in estimating both the replacement rates and costs of
known and anticipated claims. We assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates
by performing a lookback analysis and performing sensitivity analyses of the significant
assumptions to evaluate the impact of changes in the warranty reserve that would result from
changes in the assumptions. We tested the mathematical accuracy of the warranty reserve
calculation and obtained documentation and performed inquiries of Company management to
evaluate the completeness of the Company’s estimate. In addition, for revisions made to the
estimated reserve, we evaluated the reasonableness of the subsequent changes by comparing
the revised assumptions to the original estimated assumptions and evaluated the reasons for the
subsequent change
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2009.
San Diego, California
February 22, 2022
87
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands except par value)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Other long-term assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Employee-related liabilities
Deferred revenue
Common stock warrants
Operating lease liabilities
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Convertible senior notes, net - long-term
Operating lease liabilities - long-term
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 200,000 shares authorized, 63,833 and 62,335 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
December 31,
2021
2020
71,181 $
552,630
110,725
68,551
8,433
811,520
50,386
27,503
15,728
905,137 $
28,032 $
9,419
51,556
10,182
147
9,279
23,241
131,856
281,467
23,922
34,780
472,025
—
94,613
390,323
82,195
63,721
6,383
637,235
50,022
19,773
9,385
716,415
17,805
4,783
34,159
6,082
14,261
9,421
17,341
103,852
202,984
15,914
27,360
350,110
—
64
1,068,259
(616)
(634,595)
433,112
905,137 $
62
1,025,233
220
(659,210)
366,305
716,415
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
88
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except per share data)
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Total operating expenses
Operating income (loss)
Other income (expense), net:
Interest income and other, net
Interest expense
Change in fair value of common stock warrants
Total other expense, net
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments
Foreign currency translation gain (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share - basic
Net income (loss) per share - diluted
Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share
Weighted average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share
$
$
$
$
$
$
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
702,799 $
326,584
376,215
498,830 $
238,310
260,520
261,508
92,054
353,562
22,653
674
(6,040)
(1,386)
(6,752)
15,901
335
15,566 $
(693) $
(143)
14,730 $
0.25 $
0.24 $
63,000
64,349
204,903
63,574
268,477
(7,957)
1,567
(12,805)
(17,087)
(28,325)
(36,282)
(1,900)
(34,382) $
(20) $
118
(34,284) $
(0.56) $
(0.56) $
60,990
60,990
362,305
168,093
194,212
165,735
45,199
210,934
(16,722)
3,193
—
(11,075)
(7,882)
(24,604)
149
(24,753)
77
58
(24,618)
(0.42)
(0.42)
58,507
58,507
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
89
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
Common Stock
Shares
Amount
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Accumulated
Deficit
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
57,554
$
57
$
731,306
$
(13)
$
(600,075)
$
Balance at December 31, 2018
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Exercise of common stock warrants
Fair value of common stock warrants at time of
exercise
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized gain on short-term investments, net of
deferred tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2019
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Exercise of common stock warrants
Fair value of common stock warrants at time of
exercise
Equity component of convertible senior notes
issuance, net of issuance costs
Payment for capped call transactions related to
convertible senior notes
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized loss on short-term investments
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2020
Effect of change in accounting for convertible senior
notes (1)
Exercise of stock options
Vesting of restricted stock units, net of shares
withheld for taxes
Issuance of common stock for Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
Exercise of common stock warrants
Fair value of common stock warrants at time of
exercise
Stock-based compensation expense
Unrealized loss on short-term investments
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Net income
1,422
327
93
—
—
—
—
—
59,396
$
2,341
303
295
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62,335
$
—
1,129
38
173
158
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
59
2
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
64
17,674
6,205
327
5,492
58,622
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
77
58
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(24,753)
$
819,626
$
122
$
(624,828)
$
57,748
9,115
2,950
26,335
85,803
(34,069)
57,725
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(20)
118
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(34,382)
$
1,025,233
$
220
$
(659,210)
$
(85,803)
41,821
(1,551)
11,069
899
15,500
61,091
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(693)
(143)
—
9,049
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15,566
$
1,068,259
$
(616)
$
(634,595)
$
131,275
17,675
6,206
327
5,492
58,622
77
58
(24,753)
194,979
57,750
9,116
2,950
26,335
85,803
(34,069)
57,725
(20)
118
(34,382)
366,305
(76,754)
41,823
(1,551)
11,069
899
15,500
61,091
(693)
(143)
15,566
433,112
Balance at December 31, 2021
63,833
$
(1) The Company adopted ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity effective January 1, 2021 (see Note 2,
“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
90
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
$
15,566
$
(34,382)
$
(24,753)
Depreciation and amortization expense
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs
Provision for expected credit losses
Provision (recovery) for inventory obsolescence
Change in fair value of common stock warrants
Amortization of premium (discount) on short-term investments
Benefit for deferred income taxes
Stock-based compensation expense
Other
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Other long-term assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Employee-related liabilities
Deferred revenue
Operating leases and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing Activities
Purchases of short-term investments
Proceeds from maturities of short-term investments
Proceeds from sales of short-term investments
Purchases of property and equipment
Acquisition of intangible assets and equity investments
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of $8,809 debt issuance costs
Payment for capped call transactions related to convertible senior notes
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Company stock plans, net
Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants
Net cash provided by financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations
Property and equipment included in accounts payable
Intangible costs in accounts payable and other long-term liabilities
13,845
1,727
2,333
467
1,386
365
—
60,752
546
(30,980)
(4,954)
(1,570)
1,313
10,275
4,640
17,399
10,611
6,217
1,421
111,359
(733,388)
545,735
24,288
(14,180)
(9,331)
(186,876)
—
—
51,340
592
51,932
153
(23,432)
94,613
10,451
10,096
3,016
(57)
17,087
(1,296)
(2,126)
58,431
38
(38,837)
(15,361)
(2,427)
129
1,118
(3,256)
5,339
7,029
5,789
3,888
24,669
(497,076)
180,922
52,392
(27,408)
(4,886)
(296,056)
278,691
(34,069)
66,866
2,950
314,438
387
43,438
51,175
$
$
$
$
$
$
71,181
$
94,613
$
4,313
260
15,191
1,034
1,029
$
$
$
$
$
2,707
177
11,022
1,082
2,244
$
$
$
$
$
6,072
—
2,322
2,353
11,075
(565)
(25)
58,071
(295)
(13,698)
(30,975)
(584)
(580)
8,910
4,076
4,285
4,589
4,216
7,412
41,906
(164,572)
114,908
12,250
(19,541)
—
(56,955)
—
—
23,880
327
24,207
191
9,349
41,826
51,175
—
67
11,635
2,134
—
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
91
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization and Basis of Presentation
The Company
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. is a medical device company focused on the design, development and commercialization of technology solutions
for people living with diabetes. Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. is incorporated in the state of Delaware. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms the
“Company” or “Tandem” refer to Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the U.S. and Canada.
The Company manufactures, sells and supports insulin pump products that are designed to address the evolving needs and preferences of
differentiated segments of the insulin-dependent diabetes market. The Company’s manufacturing, sales and support activities principally focus on the t:slim
X2 Insulin Delivery System (t:slim X2), the Company’s flagship pump platform which is capable of remote software updates and is designed to display
continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) sensor information directly on the pump home screen. The Company’s insulin pump products are compatible with
other complementary digital health offerings, such as the t:connect cloud-based diabetes management application (t:connect) and the Tandem Device
Updater, a Mac and PC-compatible tool which offers and supports updates of the Company’s insulin pump software from a personal computer. The
Company’s insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at least four years. In addition to
insulin pumps, the Company sells disposable products that are used together with the pumps and are replaced every few days, including cartridges for
storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a user’s body, as well as other accessories for enhanced usability.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The Company has prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The statements include the accounts of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries in the
U.S. and Canada. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiary is the local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of its
foreign subsidiary into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for each period for revenue, costs
and expenses. Translation related adjustments are included in other comprehensive income (loss), and in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in
the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from balances denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency are recognized in interest income and other, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
There have been no material changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies during the year ended December 31, 2021, other than the
adoption of ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, effective January 1, 2021 (see Note 7,
“Debt”).
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Some of those judgments can be
subjective and complex, and therefore, actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase and that can be
liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.
92
Short-Term Investments
The Company’s short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale securities. Such securities are carried at fair value as determined by
prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial
instruments in the fair value hierarchy. The net unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities that are not related to credit factors are reported as
a component of other comprehensive income (loss) within the statements of operations and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate
component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines realized gains or losses on the sale of available-for-sale
securities using the specific identification method and includes net realized gains and losses as a component of other income or expense within the
consolidated statements of operations.
The Company reviews its available-for-sale debt securities for credit losses quarterly, considering a variety of factors, including the significance
of the decline in value as compared to the amortized cost basis; underlying factors contributing to a decline in the prices of securities in a single asset class;
the security’s relative performance versus its peers, sector or asset class; the market and economy in general; views of external investment managers; news
or financial information that has been released specific to the investee; and the outlook for the overall industry in which the investee operates. Losses on
available-for-sale debt securities as a result of credit factors are recognized by recording an impairment loss as a component of other income or expense
within the consolidated statements of operations and a corresponding allowance for credit losses. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses
related to its short-term investments during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Accounts Receivable
The Company grants credit to various customers in the ordinary course of business and is paid directly by customers who use its products,
distributors and third-party insurance payors. The Company maintains an allowance for its current estimate of expected credit losses. Provisions for
expected credit losses are estimated based on historical experience, assessment of specific risk, review of outstanding invoices, forecasts about the future,
and various assumptions and estimates that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, which included the Company’s estimates of credit risks
as a result of the coronavirus pandemic (COVID-19 global pandemic). Uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance after appropriate
collection efforts have been exhausted and when it is deemed that a balance is uncollectible.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-
term investments and accounts receivable. The Company maintains deposit accounts in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured
limits. The Company also maintains investments in money market funds that are not federally insured. Additionally, the Company has established
guidelines regarding investment instruments and their maturities, which are designed to maintain preservation of principal and liquidity.
The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of accounts receivable, net:
Customer A
Customer B
December 31,
2021
*
11.2 %
2020
12.7 %
12.3 %
* Amount related to the respective customer represented less than 10% for the period presented.
The following table summarizes customers who accounted for 10% or more of total sales for the periods presented:
Customer B
Customer C
* Amount related to the respective customer represented less than 10% for the period presented.
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
11.9 %
15.9 %
12.9 %
14.8 %
15.4 %
2021
*
93
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and employee-related liabilities
are reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Short-term investments are carried at fair value.
The carrying value and estimated fair value of certain of the Company’s common stock warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model as
of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (see Note 5, “Fair Value Measurements”).
The Company’s convertible senior notes are carried at amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 7, “Debt”). The Company
determined the fair value of its convertible senior notes to be $430.0 million and $333.5 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, based on
Level 2 quoted market prices as of that date.
Valuation of Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined by the first-in, first-out method. Inventory is recorded using
standard cost, including material, labor and overhead costs. The Company periodically reviews inventories for potential impairment and adjusts inventory
for potentially excess or obsolete goods to state inventories at their net realizable value. Factors influencing these adjustments include quantities on hand
and firm purchase commitments, expectations of future use, judgments based on quality control testing data and assessments of the likelihood of scrapping
or obsoleting certain inventories based on future demand for its products and market conditions.
Long-Lived Assets
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, which primarily consist of office furniture and equipment, manufacturing equipment, scientific equipment, computer
equipment, and leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment are depreciated over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, generally three to seven years, using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the
estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets and Liabilities
Lease right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation
to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company takes possession of the
leased property (the Commencement Date) based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. For lease agreements entered into or
reassessed after the adoption of ASC 842 Leases, the Company combines lease and non-lease components. Rent expense on noncancelable leases
containing known future scheduled rent increases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases beginning on the
Commencement Date. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is accounted for as a component of operating lease right-of-use assets on the
Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Landlord improvement allowances and other similar lease incentives are recorded as a reduction of the right-of-use
leased assets, and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to operating lease costs.
Cost Basis Equity Investment
During the second quarter of 2021, the Company made an $8.1 million equity investment in a private company, which represented less than 5%
of the outstanding equity of that company. The investment is recorded using the cost minus impairment adjusted for changes in observable prices and is
included as a component of other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2021. We monitor this investment to evaluate
whether any increase or decline in its value has occurred, based on the implied value of recent company financings, public market prices of comparable
companies and general market conditions.
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
Finite-lived intangible assets are recorded at cost, net of accumulated amortization and, if applicable, impairment charges. Amortization of
finite-lived intangible assets is recognized over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis. The Company reviews its finite-lived intangible assets
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company has not
recognized any impairment losses during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
94
On June 24, 2020, the Company acquired Sugarmate, Inc. (Sugarmate), the developer of a mobile app designed to help people visualize diabetes
therapy data in innovative ways. The Sugarmate acquisition was accounted for as an acquisition of assets in accordance with ASU No. 2017-01, Business
Combinations (Topic 805) Clarifying the Definition of a Business. Substantially all of the fair value was concentrated in a single identifiable asset, a
technology-based intangible asset. The purchased intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of five years. The
Company’s results of operations include the operating results of Sugarmate since the date of acquisition, the amounts of which were not material.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is generated primarily from sales of insulin pumps, disposable insulin cartridges and infusion sets to individual customers with third-
party insurance coverage and through a network of distributors that resell the products to insulin-dependent diabetes customers. The Company recognizes
revenue when it transfers control of the promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, net of estimated returns.
Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations
The Company considers the individual deliverables in its product offering as separate performance obligations. The transaction price is
determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based either on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be
collected in non-contracted arrangements. The Company allocates the consideration to the individual performance obligations and recognizes the
consideration based on when the performance obligation is satisfied, considering whether or not this occurs at a point in time or over time. Generally,
insulin pumps, cartridges, infusion sets and accessories are deemed performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time when the customer obtains
control of the promised good, which typically is upon shipment for our distributor arrangements and upon receipt for sales directly to individual customers.
Complementary products, such as t:connect and the Tandem Device Updater, are considered distinct performance obligations that are satisfied over time, as
access and support for these products is provided throughout the typical four-year warranty period of the insulin pumps. Accordingly, revenue related to the
complementary products is deferred and recognized over a four-year period. Where there is no standalone value for the complementary product, the
Company determines its value by applying the expected cost plus a margin approach and then allocates the residual to the insulin pumps. Deferred revenue
related to these performance obligations that are satisfied over time was included in the following consolidated balance sheet accounts in the amounts
shown as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Deferred revenue
Other long-term liabilities
Total
Sales Returns
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
$
$
9,625 $
16,940
26,565 $
5,508
10,426
15,934
The Company offers a 30-day right of return to customers in the U.S. and Canada from the date of shipment of its insulin pumps, provided a
physician’s confirmation of the medical reason for the return is received. Estimated allowances for sales returns are based on historical returned quantities
as compared to pump shipments in those same periods of return, adjusted for known or expected changes in the marketplace when appropriate. The amount
recorded in deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for allowances for sales returns was $0.6 million and $0.6 million at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Actual product returns have not differed materially from estimated amounts recorded in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
95
Warranty Reserve
The Company generally provides a four-year warranty on its insulin pumps to end user customers and may replace any pumps that do not
function as intended in accordance with the product specifications within the warranty period. Insulin pumps returned to the Company may be refurbished
and redeployed. Additionally, the Company offers a six-month warranty on disposable insulin cartridges and infusion sets. Estimated warranty costs are
recorded at the time of shipment, and the Company reevaluates the estimate of the warranty reserve obligation at each reporting period. Warranty costs are
estimated primarily based on the current expected product replacement cost and expected replacement rates utilizing historical experience. Experience has
shown that initial data for any given pump version may be insufficient; therefore, our process relies on long-term historical averages until sufficient data are
available. As actual experience becomes available, we use the data to update the historical averages. The Company may make further adjustments to the
warranty reserve when deemed appropriate, giving additional consideration to the length of time each pump version has been in the field and revised future
expectations of performance based on new features and capabilities that may become available through Tandem Device Updater.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in product warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and
2019 (in thousands):
Balance at beginning of the year
Provision for warranties issued during the period
Settlements made during the period
Decrease in warranty estimates
Balance at end of the year
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
22,075 $
27,604
(18,768)
(510)
30,401 $
16,724 $
21,135
(13,736)
(2,048)
22,075 $
9,138
18,335
(10,167)
(582)
16,724
As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, total product warranty reserves of $30.4 million and $22.1 million, respectively, were
included in the following consolidated balance sheet accounts (in thousands):
Other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total warranty reserve
Common Stock Warrant Liabilities
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
13,076 $
17,325
30,401 $
8,409
13,666
22,075
The Company accounts for certain stock warrants as a liability in the consolidated financial statements when they contain a provision within the
warrant contracts that could require cash settlement in the event the Company did not have an active registration statement. The fair value of these common
stock warrants is remeasured at each financial reporting period with any changes in fair value being recognized as a component of other income (expense)
in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
96
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the portion that is ultimately
expected to vest is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. The Company estimates the fair value of
stock options issued under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (2013 Plan) and the fair value of the employees’ purchase
rights under the Company’s 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-
Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of assumptions about a number of variables, including stock price volatility, expected term, dividend yield
and risk-free interest rate (see Note 8, “Stockholders’ Equity”). The fair value of restricted stock unit (RSU) awards issued under the Company’s 2013 Plan
that vest solely based on service is estimated based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The fair value of RSU awards
issued under the 2013 Plan that vest based upon the Company’s actual performance relative to predefined performance metrics is estimated based on the
fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant and the probability that the specified performance criteria will be met, subject to the
awardee’s continuing service through the measurement date. At each reporting period, we reassess the probability of the achievement of such performance
metrics. Any expense change resulting from an adjustment in the estimated shares to be released is recorded in the period of adjustment.
Shipping and Handling Expenses
Shipping and handling expenses associated with product delivery are included within cost of sales in the Company’s statements of operations.
Amounts billed to a customer for shipping and handling are reported as revenues.
Research and Development Costs
All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Such costs include personnel-related costs, including stock-based
compensation, supplies, license fees, development prototypes, outside design and testing services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information
services, clinical trial costs, milestone payments under the Company’s development and commercialization agreements and other indirect costs.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized based on the
temporary differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the
differences are expected to reverse. Tax law and rate changes are reflected in income in the period such changes are enacted. A valuation allowance is
recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company includes interest and penalties related to
income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits, within income tax expense.
The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service
and other tax authorities. In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax
regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for
recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including
resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely
of being realized upon settlement. While the Company believes it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company regularly
assesses the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company continually
assesses the likelihood and amount of potential revisions and adjusts the income tax provision, income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in
which the facts that give rise to a revision become known.
Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and the valuation
allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the enacted tax rates in effect for the years in
which those tax assets are expected to be realized. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not the future realization of all or some
of the deferred tax assets will not be achieved. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and
includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable future,
determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, earnings history, and reliability of forecasting. The Company will continue
to assess the need for a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to
the net deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations for the period that the adjustment is determined to be
required.
97
The Company is required to file federal and state income tax returns in the United States and various other state jurisdictions, and a corporation
income tax return in Canada. The preparation of these income tax returns requires the Company to interpret the applicable tax laws and regulations in effect
in such jurisdictions, which could affect the amount of tax paid by the Company. An amount is accrued for the estimate of additional tax liability, including
interest and penalties, for any uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return. The Company reviews and updates the accrual
for uncertain tax positions as more definitive information becomes available (see Note 10, “Income Taxes.” for further information).
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
All components of comprehensive income (loss), including net income (loss), are reported in the consolidated financial statements in the period
in which they are recognized. Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and
circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.
Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur if
securities exercisable for or convertible into common stock were exercised for or converted into common stock. Dilutive common share equivalents are
comprised of stock options and unvested RSUs outstanding under the Company’s stock plans, potential awards to be granted pursuant to the ESPP, and
common stock warrants, each calculated using the treasury stock method; and shares issuable upon conversion of the convertible senior notes calculated
using the if-converted method. For common stock warrants that are recorded as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, the calculation
of diluted loss per share requires that, to the extent the average market price of the underlying shares for the reporting period exceeds the exercise price of
the warrants and the presumed exercise of the warrants is dilutive to loss per share for the period, an adjustment is made to net loss used in the calculation
to remove the change in fair value of the warrants from the numerator for the period. Likewise, an adjustment to the denominator is required to reflect the
related dilutive shares, if any, under the treasury stock method.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there was no difference in the weighted average number of shares used to calculate basic and
diluted net loss per share due to the Company’s net loss position. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the numerator and denominator of the diluted net
income per share computation were calculated as follows (in thousands):
Net income - basic and diluted
$
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
Dilutive common share equivalents:
Options to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase common stock
Awards to be granted under the ESPP
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
98
Year Ended December 31,
2021
15,566
63,000
1,129
62
157
1
64,349
Potentially dilutive securities outstanding and not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share (because inclusion would be anti-
dilutive) are as follows (in thousands, in common stock equivalent shares):
Options to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase common stock
Awards granted under the ESPP
Convertible senior notes (if-converted)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
3,124
—
1
—
2,554
5,679
5,021
78
379
3
1,605
7,086
5,619
N/A
611
5
N/A
6,235
In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in
an Entity’s Own Equity, which is intended to simplify the accounting for convertible instruments. This new guidance eliminated certain models that require
separate accounting for embedded conversion features, and eliminated certain of the conditions for equity classification for contracts in an entity’s own
equity. Accordingly, a convertible debt instrument will be accounted for as a single liability measured at its amortized cost, as long as no other features
require bifurcation and recognition as derivatives. The new guidance could be adopted through either a modified retrospective method of transition or a
fully retrospective method of transition. ASU 2020-06 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including
interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within
those fiscal years. The Company elected to early adopt the new standard on January 1, 2021 using the modified retrospective method and, accordingly,
recorded a net reduction to accumulated deficit of $9.0 million, a decrease to additional paid-in capital of $85.8 million, and an increase to convertible
senior notes, net - long-term of $76.8 million to reflect the impact of the accounting change (see Note 7, “Debt”).
3. Short-Term Investments
The Company invests in marketable securities primarily consisting of debt instruments of the U.S. Government, U.S. Government-sponsored
enterprises, and financial institutions and corporations with strong credit ratings. The following represents a summary of the estimated fair value of short-
term investments at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
At December 31, 2021
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate debt securities
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
Supranational bonds
Total
At December 31, 2020
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate debt securities
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
Total
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gain
Gross Unrealized
Loss
Estimated
Fair Value
222,206 $
218,391
58,881
50,773
3,003
553,254 $
— $
14
—
1
—
15 $
(482) $
(24)
(45)
(88)
—
(639) $
221,724
218,381
58,836
50,686
3,003
552,630
Amortized
Cost
Gross Unrealized
Gain
Gross Unrealized
Loss
Estimated
Fair Value
143,244 $
108,892
85,788
52,330
390,254 $
12 $
5
48
21
86 $
(2) $
(1)
(13)
(1)
(17) $
143,254
108,896
85,823
52,350
390,323
$
$
$
$
99
The contractual maturities of available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2021, were as follows (in thousands):
At December 31, 2021
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
Corporate debt securities
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
Supranational bonds
Total
Years to Maturity
Within One Year
One to Two Years
Estimated Fair Value
$
$
105,231 $
218,381
58,836
32,282
3,003
417,733 $
116,493 $
—
—
18,404
—
134,897 $
221,724
218,381
58,836
50,686
3,003
552,630
The Company has classified all marketable securities, regardless of maturity, as short-term investments based upon the Company’s ability and
intent to use any of those marketable securities to satisfy the Company’s liquidity requirements.
The Company reviews the portfolio of available-for-sale debt securities quarterly to determine if any investment is impaired due to changes in
credit risk or other potential valuation concerns. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2021 were not significant and were
primarily due to changes in market interest rates. The Company does not intend to sell the available-for-sale debt securities that are in an unrealized loss
position, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these debt securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases,
which may be at maturity. Based on the credit quality of the available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, and the Company’s estimates of
future cash flows to be collected from those securities, the Company believes the unrealized losses are not credit losses. Accordingly, the Company did not
recognize any impairment losses related to its available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2021.
4. Composition of Certain Financial Statement Items
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following at (in thousands):
Accounts receivable
Less: allowance for credit losses
Accounts receivable, net
Allowance for Credit Losses
December 31,
2021
2020
$
$
114,974 $
(4,249)
110,725 $
86,052
(3,857)
82,195
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for estimated accounts receivable credit losses for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Balance at beginning of the year
Provision for expected credit losses
Write-offs and adjustments, net of recoveries
Balance at end of the year
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
3,857 $
2,333
(1,941)
4,249 $
3,304 $
3,016
(2,463)
3,857 $
1,837
2,322
(855)
3,304
100
Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following at (in thousands):
Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished goods
Total inventories
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following at (in thousands):
Leasehold improvements
Office furniture and equipment
Computer equipment and software
Manufacturing and scientific equipment
Total cost
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total property and equipment, net
December 31,
2021
2020
26,911 $
16,612
25,028
68,551 $
30,880
15,664
17,177
63,721
December 31,
2021
2020
25,245 $
9,943
11,544
52,823
99,555
(49,169)
50,386 $
22,834
9,876
12,219
44,026
88,955
(38,933)
50,022
$
$
$
$
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $11.7 million, $9.2 million, and $5.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of technology-based intangibles related to the Company’s acquisition of Sugarmate, as well as
patents purchased or licensed that are related to the Company’s commercialized products. Intangible assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020, which were
included in other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets, were as follows (in thousands):
Intangible assets, gross amount
Accumulated amortization
Intangible assets, net
Weighted average remaining amortization period (in months)
December 31,
2021
2020
12,502 $
(5,866)
6,636 $
41
12,502
(3,697)
8,805
52
$
$
Amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization amounted to $2.2 million, $1.2 million and $0.3 million for the years
ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The amortization expense is recorded in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative
expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is $1.9 million for
2022, $1.9 million for 2023, $1.9 million for 2024, and the remaining $0.9 million in 2025.
5. Fair Value Measurements
Authoritative guidance on fair value measurements defines fair value, and provides a consistent framework for measuring fair value and for
disclosures of each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or a nonrecurring basis. Fair value is intended to reflect an
assumed exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in
pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the authoritative guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which
prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
101
Level 1:
Level 2:
Level 3:
Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted
assets or liabilities.
Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or
liability.
Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which
require the reporting entity to develop its own valuation techniques that require input assumptions.
The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as
of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (in
thousands):
(1)
Assets
Cash equivalents
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
Corporate debt securities
Supranational bonds
Total assets
Liabilities
Common stock warrants
Total liabilities
(1)
Assets
Cash equivalents
U.S. Treasury securities
Commercial paper
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
Corporate debt securities
Total assets
Liabilities
Common stock warrants
Total liabilities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2021
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
48,286 $
221,724
218,381
50,686
58,836
3,003
600,916 $
147 $
147 $
48,286 $
221,724
—
—
—
—
270,010 $
— $
—
218,381
50,686
58,836
3,003
330,906 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
Total
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2020
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
87,300 $
143,254
108,896
52,350
85,823
477,623 $
14,261 $
14,261 $
87,300 $
143,254
—
—
—
230,554 $
— $
—
108,896
52,350
85,823
247,069 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
14,261
14,261
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
147
147
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) Generally, cash equivalents include money market funds and investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase.
The Company’s Level 2 financial instruments are valued using market prices on less active markets with observable valuation inputs such as
interest rates and yield curves. The Company obtains the fair value of Level 2 financial instruments from quoted market prices, calculated prices or quotes
from third-party pricing services. The Company validates these prices through independent valuation testing and review of portfolio valuations provided by
the Company’s investment managers.
102
The Company's Level 3 liabilities at December 31, 2021 and 2020 included the remaining Series A warrants issued by the Company in
connection with the public offering of common stock in October 2017. The Series A warrants, which expire in October 2022, provide holders the right to
purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were Series A warrants
outstanding to purchase 1,000 shares and 154,700 shares, respectively, of the Company’s common stock (see Note 8, “Stockholders’ Equity”).
The Company reassesses the fair value of the outstanding Series A warrants at each reporting date utilizing a Black-Scholes pricing model.
Variables used in the pricing model include the closing market price of the Company’s common stock at the balance sheet date, as well as estimated stock
price volatility, dividend yield, remaining warrant term and risk-free interest rate. A significant increase (decrease) in any of these inputs in isolation,
particularly the market price of the Company’s common stock, would have resulted in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. The
assumptions used to estimate the fair values of the outstanding Series A warrants at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented below:
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Expected term (in years)
Series A Warrants
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
0.3 %
0.0%
39.1 %
0.8
0.1 %
0.0%
55.3 %
1.8
The following table presents a summary of changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities for the years ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020:
Balance at beginning of year
Loss recognized from the change in fair value of common stock warrants
Common stock warrants exercised during the period
Balance at end of year
2021
2020
$
$
14,261 $
1,386
(15,500)
147 $
23,509
17,087
(26,335)
14,261
Of the loss recognized from the change in fair value of common stock warrants for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, $0.1 million
and $5.5 million, respectively, was attributable to warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.
6. Leases
The Company's leases consist of operating leases for general office space, laboratory, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, and equipment.
These noncancellable operating leases have initial lease terms from two years to twelve years, eight months. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or
less are expensed as incurred and are not recorded as right-of-use assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company is required to
recognize operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities, and begin recording lease expense when the Company takes possession of the leased property
(the Commencement Date). The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Because the Company’s
leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease
Commencement Date to determine the operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease
term. The Company used the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019 for operating leases that commenced prior to that date.
Certain leases include an option to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term for additional periods. The exercise of lease renewal
options is at the Company’s sole discretion. For renewal options that are reasonably certain at the lease Commencement Date of being exercised, the
Company includes the renewal option period in the lease term. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease
term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised.
In November 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 94,562 square feet of additional general office space located
on Shoreline Drive, in Boise, Idaho (Shoreline Lease). The lease term began in July 2020, and expires in June 2027. The Company has a one-time option to
extend the term of the Shoreline Lease for a period of three years. The Company recognized right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease
liabilities of approximately $6.5 million on the consolidated balance sheet on the Commencement Date in the first quarter of 2020.
103
In January 2020, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for approximately 30,703 square feet of general office space located on High
Bluff Drive, in San Diego, California (High Bluff Sublease). The lease term began in April 2020 and expires in March 2022. The Company recognized
right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of approximately $2.3 million on the consolidated balance sheet on the
Commencement Date in the first quarter of 2020.
In September 2020, the Company amended certain leases covering four separate buildings that comprise in aggregate 77,458 square feet of
general office and laboratory space located on Roselle Street in San Diego, California (Roselle Street Leases). The lease amendments extended the term of
each lease for an additional period of one year, and included a rent increase during the additional lease term. The Roselle Street Leases, which would have
expired in May 2022, are now scheduled to expire in May 2023. The Company recognized additional right-of-use leased assets and corresponding
operating lease liabilities of $2.2 million on the consolidated balance sheet in the third quarter of 2020 related to the amendment of the Roselle Street
Leases.
In March 2021, the Company entered into a second amendment (Second Amendment) to its lease agreement for office space located on Vista
Sorrento Parkway in San Diego, California (Vista Sorrento Lease) covering 59,013 square feet of general administrative office space (Existing Premises).
The Second Amendment expanded the Existing Premises by adding 14,916 square feet of general administrative office space (Expansion Space), and
extended the lease term for the Existing Premises through January 2028. The Expansion Space lease Commencement Date occurred in March 2021, and the
lease term expires in January 2028. The Company has two options to extend the term of the Vista Sorrento Lease, covering both the Existing Premises and
the Expansion Space, with each option providing for an additional period of five years. The Vista Sorrento Lease term was determined assuming the
renewal options would not be exercised. The Company recognized right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of $15.1 million
on the consolidated balance sheet in the first quarter of 2021 related to the Second Amendment.
The Company’s lease costs recorded in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in thousands):
Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Total lease cost
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
8,627 $
90
8,717 $
7,514 $
219
7,733 $
4,542
165
4,707
104
Maturities of operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):
Years Ending December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total undiscounted lease payments
Less: amount representing interest
Present value of operating lease liabilities
Less: current portion of operating lease liabilities
Operating lease liabilities - long-term
$
$
9,281
6,949
5,744
5,825
5,531
5,144
38,474
(5,273)
33,201
(9,279)
23,922
The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate for operating leases were as follows:
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years)
Weighted-average discount rate used to determine operating lease liabilities
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
5.0
5.6 %
3.7
5.9 %
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities, representing operating cash flows from operating leases, was
$9.5 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Leases For Which Accounting Has Not Yet Commenced
As of December 31, 2021, the Commencement Date for the High Bluff and Tech Center Leases described below, had not yet occurred.
Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2021 does not include operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities, and
the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 does not include any lease costs, related to the High Bluff Lease and the
Tech Center Lease. In addition, the above disclosures of the Company’s lease costs, maturities of operating lease liabilities, and the weighted-average
remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate, do not include any amounts related to the High Bluff and Tech Center Leases.
High Bluff Lease
In May 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement for approximately 31,372 square feet of general office space located on High Bluff
Drive, in San Diego, California (High Bluff Lease). The High Bluff Lease is a direct lease agreement for the same property subject to the High Bluff
Sublease. The lease term begins in April 2022 following the termination of the High Bluff Sublease in March 2022, and is scheduled to expire in March
2024. The Company expects to recognize right-of-use leased assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities of approximately $3.0 million on the
consolidated balance sheet on the Commencement Date in the second quarter of 2022.
Tech Center Lease
In September 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement for 181,949 square feet of additional general administrative, laboratory, and
research and development office space (the Premises) located on High Bluff Drive in San Diego, California (Tech Center Lease). Possession of the
Premises is expected to be tendered to the Company by the landlord in two phases, with Phase I consisting of 143,850 rentable square feet, and Phase II
consisting of 38,099 rentable square feet. The Company intends to use Phase I of the Tech Center Lease for operations currently located at the Roselle
Street Leases.
105
The initial lease term Phase I Commencement Date will occur on the date the Company is tendered possession of the Phase I portion of the
Premises (which is currently expected to be in March 2022), and rent payments commence six months thereafter (the Phase I Rent Commencement Date).
The Phase II Commencement Date is expected to occur upon the earlier of (i) the date upon which the Company first commences business in the Phase II
portion of the Premises, and (ii) May 1, 2025 (the Phase II Rent Commencement Date). The lease will expire twelve years, eight months from the first day
of the first full month following the Phase I Rent Commencement Date. The Company has two options to extend the term of the lease, with each option
providing for an additional period of five years, by delivering written notice to the landlord in accordance with the terms of the Tech Center Lease.
The Tech Center Lease also includes a first right of offer with respect to an additional 34,569 rentable square feet of general office space should
the space become available. The lease term and associated base rent for the additional space will not be known until the Company is notified that the
additional space has become available, and the Company elects to lease the space on terms mutually satisfactory to the Company and the landlord.
The initial base rent for the Tech Center Lease is approximately $906,000 per month beginning on the Phase I Rent Commencement Date, and
the base rent increases by approximately $255,000 per month on the Phase II Rent Commencement Date. The monthly base rent will increase annually by
3.0% on each annual anniversary of the respective Rent Commencement Date. In addition to the monthly base rent, the Company is required to pay its
proportionate share of certain ongoing operating expenses throughout the duration of the lease. No base rent, other than the proportionate share of operating
expenses, will be due for the Phase I portion of the Premises for months two through nine of the initial lease term, and for the Phase II portion of the
Premises for months two through five following the Phase II Rent Commencement Date.
Future minimum payments for monthly base rent due under the respective High Bluff Lease and Tech Center Lease terms, are currently
estimated to be as follows (in thousands), subject to a number of factors, including the actual Commencement Date of the lease:
Years Ending December 31,
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 through 2035
Total
High Bluff
Lease
(1)
Tech Center
Lease
(2)
Total
$
$
1,029 $
1,594
403
—
—
—
3,026 $
— $
6,453
11,313
12,694
15,181
145,583
191,224 $
1,029
8,047
11,716
12,694
15,181
145,583
194,250
(1) The Company currently estimates that the Commencement Date will occur in the second quarter of 2022, at which time the operating lease right-of-use assets and
liabilities will be recorded.
(2) The Company currently estimates that the Phase I Commencement Date will occur in the first quarter of 2022, and the Phase II Commencement Date will occur in the
first quarter of 2025, at which time the respective operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities will be recorded.
7. Debt
Convertible Senior Notes
In May 2020, the Company entered into a purchase agreement with certain counterparties for the sale of an aggregate of $287.5 million
principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (Notes) in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were $244.6 million, net of debt issuance costs and cash used to pay
the cost of the capped call transactions (Capped Call Transactions) discussed below.
The Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears beginning on November 1, 2020
at a rate of 1.50% per year. The Notes mature on May 1, 2025 unless repurchased, redeemed, or converted in accordance with their terms prior to the
maturity date.
106
The Notes are convertible into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common
stock, at the Company’s election, at an initial conversion rate of 8.8836 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, which is
equivalent to an initial conversion price of $112.57 (Conversion Price) per share of the Company’s common stock. The conversion rate is subject to
customary adjustments for certain events as described in the Indenture. The Company expects to settle conversions through a combination settlement,
which involves payment in cash equal to the principal portion and delivery of shares of common stock for the excess of the conversion value over the
principal portion.
The Company may not redeem the Notes prior to May 6, 2023. The Company has the option to redeem for cash all or any portion of the Notes
on or after May 6, 2023 if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130% of the Conversion Price then in effect for at
least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of
redemption, during any 30 consecutive trading day period, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus
accrued and unpaid interest. No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.
Holders of the Notes may convert all or a portion of their Notes at their option prior to November 1, 2024, in multiples of $1,000 principal
amounts, only under the following circumstances:
•
•
•
•
if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period
of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to
130% of the applicable conversion price of the Notes on each such trading day;
during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount
of the Notes for each day of that five consecutive trading day period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the
Company’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate of the Notes on such trading day;
if the Company calls any or all of the Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the scheduled trading day
immediately preceding the redemption date; or
on the occurrence of specified corporate events.
On or after November 1, 2024, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders
may convert their Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.
Holders of the Notes who convert in connection with a make-whole fundamental change or in connection with a redemption are entitled to an
increase in the conversion rate. Additionally, in the event of a fundamental change, holders of the Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of the
Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
Initially, in accounting for the issuance of the Notes, the Company separated the Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying
amount of the liability component was calculated by measuring the fair value of similar debt instruments, which do not have an associated convertible
feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option for the Notes was $88.5 million and was recorded as a debt
discount, which was being amortized to interest expense at an effective interest rate of 9.9%. In addition, the Company allocated $2.7 million of debt
issuance costs to the equity component and the remaining debt issuance costs of $6.1 million were allocated to the liability component, which were being
amortized to interest expense under the effective interest rate method.
On January 1, 2021, the Company early adopted ASU No. 2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own
Equity, which is intended to simplify the accounting for convertible instruments. The ASU eliminates the cash conversion feature models in ASC 470-20,
Debt with Conversion and Other Options, which required an issuer of certain convertible debt to separately account for embedded conversion features as a
component of equity. Instead, an issuer will account for these securities as a single unit of account, unless the conversion feature meets certain criteria. The
Company adopted the new standard using the modified retrospective method, and recorded a net reduction to accumulated deficit of $9.0 million, a
decrease to additional paid-in capital of $85.8 million, and an increase to convertible senior notes, net - long-term of $76.8 million to reflect the impact of
the accounting change. The Notes are now accounted for as a single liability measured at amortized cost, as no other embedded features require bifurcation
and recognition as derivatives.
107
The liability and equity components of the Notes consisted of the following (in thousands):
Liability:
Principal amount
Unamortized debt issuance costs
Unamortized debt discount
Net carrying amount
Carrying amount of the equity component
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
$
$
$
287,500 $
(6,033)
— $
281,467 $
— $
287,500
(5,446)
(79,070)
202,984
85,803
As of December 31, 2021, the unamortized debt issuance costs of $6.0 million associated with the Notes will be amortized to interest expense,
at an effective interest rate of 2.2% over the remaining period of approximately 3.3 years.
The following table details interest expense recognized related to the Notes for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):
Contractual interest expense
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Amortization of debt discount
Total interest expense
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
$
$
4,313 $
1,727
N/A
6,040 $
2,707
652
9,446
12,805
The Notes will have a dilutive effect to the extent the average market price per share of common stock for a given reporting period exceeds the
conversion price of $112.57. As of December 31, 2021, the if-converted value of the Notes exceeded the principal amount by $96.9 million. As of
December 31, 2020, the “if-converted value” did not exceed the principal amount of the Notes.
Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the Company entered into Capped Call Transactions in May 2020 with certain counterparties at a
net cost of $34.1 million. The Capped Call Transactions are intended to reduce potential dilution to holders of the Company’s common stock beyond the
conversion price of $112.57, up to a conversion price of $173.18 on any conversion of the Notes, or to offset any cash payments the Company is required to
make in excess of the principal amount of such converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction or offset subject to a cap. The cap price of the
Capped Call Transactions is initially $173.18 per share of the Company’s common stock, representing a premium of 100% above the last reported sale
price of $86.59 per share of the Company’s common stock on May 12, 2020, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Capped Call
Transactions. Conditions that cause adjustments to the initial strike price of the Capped Call Transactions mirror conditions that result in corresponding
adjustments for the Notes.
For accounting purposes, the Capped Call Transactions are separate transactions, and not part of the terms of the Notes, while they are
integrated for federal tax purposes. As these transactions met certain criteria under the applicable accounting guidance, the Capped Call Transactions were
recorded in stockholders' equity and were not accounted for as derivatives. The cost of the Capped Call Transactions was recorded as a reduction of the
Company’s additional paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and will not be remeasured.
108
8. Stockholders’ Equity
Shares Reserved for Future Issuance
The following shares of the Company's common stock were reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2021 (in thousands):
Shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of Convertible Senior Notes
Shares underlying outstanding warrants
Shares underlying outstanding stock options
Shares underlying unvested restricted stock units
Shares authorized for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the ESPP
Shares authorized for future equity award grants
Common Stock Warrants
2,554
215
4,814
612
1,216
1,382
10,793
Warrants outstanding to purchase shares of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2021 were as follows:
Issue Date
October 2017
March 2017
August 2011 - August 2012
Exercise Price Per
Share
$3.50
$23.50
$73.73
Warrants
Outstanding
1,000
193,788
19,722
214,510
Expiration Date of Warrants Outstanding
October 2022
March 2027
May 2022 - August 2022
Each warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of the Company's common stock at the exercise price per share of the respective warrant.
The Company issued 155,517 and 295,526 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of warrants during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively.
Stock Plans
The Company’s Amended and Restated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (2013 Plan) was originally approved by the Company’s board of directors in
October 2013. Under the 2013 Plan, the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units to
individuals who are then employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company. In June 2019, the Company received approval from its stockholders
to increase the number of shares of its common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan by an additional 5,000,000 shares.
The Company issued 1,128,791 and 2,339,467 shares of its common stock, respectively, upon the exercise of stock options during the years
ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company issued 38,156 and 1,892 shares of its common
stock, respectively, upon the vesting of RSUs.
Common Stock Options
The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2006 Plan and 2013 Plan is ten years. Common stock options have an exercise price
equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the applicable award date, and generally vest over a four year period as to 25% of the
underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award, with the balance of the options vesting monthly over the following three years.
109
The following table summarizes stock option activities for the 2006 Plan and 2013 Plan:
Outstanding at December 31, 2019
Granted
Exercised
Canceled/forfeited/expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Canceled/forfeited/expired
Outstanding at December 31, 2021
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2021
Exercisable at December 31, 2021
Restricted Stock Units
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)
38.40
83.55
24.69
27.00
52.08
86.68
37.05
76.29
57.08
56.95
49.28
8.45 $
181,408
$
$
7.90 $
$
$
7.07 $
7.06 $
6.50 $
161,688
4,516
268,649
86,149
6,963
452,081
448,460
307,235
Total
Options
7,174,927 $
1,130,040 $
(2,339,467) $
(161,995) $
5,803,505 $
355,008 $
(1,128,791) $
(215,372) $
4,814,350 $
4,769,317 $
3,013,030 $
Restricted stock units (RSUs) have a grant price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the award date, and generally
vest over a four year period based only on service as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award, with the balance of the RSUs
vesting quarterly over the following three years. In addition, the Company granted 25,674 performance-based RSUs during the year ended December 31,
2021. The performance-based RSUs have a grant value equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the award date, and vest upon the
Company’s actual performance relative to predefined performance metrics and subject to the awardee’s continuing service through the December 31, 2024
measurement date. A summary of RSU activity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2019
Granted
Vested
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested
Canceled/forfeited
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2021
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Total RSUs
Weighted-Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
— $
134,694 $
(1,892) $
132,802 $
564,034 $
(53,957) $
(30,705) $
612,174 $
— $
82.82
95.68
82.82 $
96.37
82.74
87.21
95.11 $
—
12,706
92,144
In October 2013, the Company adopted the ESPP, which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock using
their after-tax payroll deductions, subject to certain conditions. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning
of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible employees may contribute, through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of common stock
under the ESPP. The purchase price of common stock under the ESPP is the lesser of: (a) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s
common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85% of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of purchase.
Generally, the ESPP consists of a two-year offering period with four six-month purchase periods.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, 172,694 shares and 302,509 shares of our common stock, respectively, were purchased
under the ESPP for proceeds of $11.1 million and $9.1 million, respectively.
110
Stock-Based Compensation
The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations for
all stock-based compensation arrangements (in thousands):
Cost of sales
Selling, general & administrative
Research and development
Total stock-based compensation expense
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
6,434 $
43,567
10,751
60,752 $
8,210 $
41,563
8,658
58,431 $
6,415
42,857
8,799
58,071
The total stock-based compensation capitalized as part of the cost of the Company’s inventories was $1.0 million and $0.6 million at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
At December 31, 2021, the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $129.2 million will be recognized over the
remaining weighted average vesting term of approximately 2.6 years.
The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model are as follows:
Weighted average grant date fair value (per share)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Expected term (in years)
Weighted average grant date fair value (per share)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Expected term (in years)
Stock Options
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021
2019
$
56.89
$
54.20
$
39.06
1.0 %
0.0 %
75.1 %
6.1
0.6 %
0.0 %
74.6 %
6.1
2.1 %
0.0 %
71.8 %
6.0
ESPP
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021
2019
$
38.19
$
36.83
$
30.32
0.2 %
0.0 %
44.2 %
1.3
0.2 %
0.0 %
60.3 %
1.3
1.9 %
0.0 %
69.9 %
1.3
Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the United States Treasury’s rates for U.S. Treasury zero-coupon
bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.
Expected Dividend Yield. The expected dividend yield is zero because the Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not
presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Expected Volatility. The expected volatility for 2021 was estimated based on a weighted-average of the Company’s actual historical volatility of
its common stock measured over the expected term. During 2020, the Company transitioned to solely using the expected volatility of its own common
stock. Prior to this transition, the expected volatility was estimated based on a weighted-average of the Company’s actual historical volatility since its initial
public offering in November 2013, and the historical stock volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices were publicly available. The
peer group consisted of publicly traded companies in the same industry and in a similar stage of development.
Expected Term. The Company utilized the simplified method for estimating the expected term of stock option grants. Under this approach, the
weighted-average expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. The Company estimates the
expected term of the ESPP using expected life for each tranche during the two-year offering period.
111
The Company also estimates forfeitures at the time of grant, and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from its
estimates. Historical data was used to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are
expected to vest.
9. Employee Benefits
Employee 401(k) Plan
The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan for employees in the United States who are at least 18 years of age. Employees are eligible
to participate in the plan beginning on the first day of the calendar month following their date of hire. Unless they affirmatively elect otherwise, employees
are automatically enrolled in the plan following 30 days from date of rehire or entry date. Under the terms of the plan, employees may make voluntary
contributions as a percent of compensation, and the Company may elect to match a discretionary percentage of employee contributions. The Company did
not provide a matching contribution during the three years ended December 31, 2021, but approved a discretionary match to begin in 2022.
10. Income Taxes
The income (loss) before provision for income taxes for the Company’s domestic and international operations was as follows (in thousands):
U.S.
Foreign
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
15,211 $
690
15,901 $
(36,667) $
385
(36,282) $
(24,888)
284
(24,604)
The components of income tax expense (benefit) were as follows (in thousands):
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total current tax expense
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred income tax benefit
Income tax expense (benefit)
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
— $
174
161
335
—
—
—
—
335 $
— $
75
151
226
(1,760)
(366)
—
(2,126)
(1,900) $
—
86
88
174
(21)
(4)
—
(25)
149
112
The expense (benefit) for income taxes reconciles to the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate to loss before taxes as follows
(in thousands):
(1)
Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate
State income tax, net of federal benefit
Warrants revaluation
Research and development credits
Section 382 limitation
Stock-based compensation
Officers' compensation
Other
Change in valuation allowance
Income tax expense (benefit)
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
3,339 $
(254)
356
(5,703)
(97)
(7,609)
4,024
124
6,155
335 $
(7,619) $
(2,792)
3,588
(5,330)
1,021
(18,309)
2,612
479
24,450
(1,900) $
(5,167)
(1,174)
2,326
(2,091)
25,043
(8,974)
3,133
972
(13,919)
149
$
$
(1) For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the federal statutory tax rate was 21%.
Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are shown below (in thousands). The
Company assesses all available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the
existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative book loss incurred over the three-year period
ended December 31, 2021. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as projections for future growth. On the
basis of this analysis, a valuation allowance of $146.4 million and $121.6 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, has been recorded to offset
the net deferred tax asset as realization of such asset is uncertain. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if
estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are increased, or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no
longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as the Company’s projections for future growth.
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards
Research and development tax credits carryforwards
Capitalized research and development expenses
Accrued compensation
Lease liabilities
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Convertible senior notes
Fixed assets
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Less valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
113
December 31,
2021
2020
$
78,961 $
16,761
5,135
28,970
8,012
20,608
158,447
—
(3,847)
(8,177)
(12,024)
(146,423)
$
— $
86,898
11,261
6,840
24,038
6,112
12,096
147,245
(11,224)
(7,675)
(6,719)
(25,618)
(121,627)
—
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had accumulated federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $301.2 million, and $291.0
million, respectively, Of the total federal net operating loss carryforwards, approximately $112.1 million were generated after January 1, 2018, and
therefore do not expire. NOL generated after January 1, 2018, is subject to 80% limitation in accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The
remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $189.1 million will begin to expire in 2026, and state tax loss carryforwards continue to expire in
2022, unless previously utilized. The remaining California NOL carryforwards of $171.8 million will begin expiring in 2028. The Company has no foreign
tax loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2021.
The Company also has federal and California research credit carryforwards of approximately $12.9 million and $15.5 million, respectively, as of
December 31, 2021. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2038, unless previously utilized. The California research credit will
carry forward indefinitely.
Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and research credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to
ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual
limitations may result in the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. The Company has completed analyses through December 31,
2020 to determine whether its net operating losses and credits are likely to be limited by Section 382. Based on the 2018 study completed in 2019, the
Company determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382, occurred in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced the
Company’s ability to utilize its net operating loss and credit carryovers before they expire. As a result, in 2019 the Company reduced its deferred tax assets
for the net operating loss and research credit carryforwards that were projected to expire unused with a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance
recorded against such assets. Additionally, future ownership changes under Section 382 may also limit the Company's ability to fully utilize any remaining
tax benefits.
The evaluation of uncertainty in a tax position is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. The Company determines whether it is
more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the
technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax position are derived from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes,
legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step is measurement. A
tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial
statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a
taxing authority.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the years
ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands):
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year
Increases related to current year positions
Increases (decreases) related to prior year positions
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year
2021
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
10,107 $
3,482
—
13,589 $
6,580 $
2,234
1,293
10,107 $
8,824
1,076
(3,320)
6,580
$
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $11.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized and realized would impact the
effective tax rate, subject to the valuation allowance.
The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no accrual
for interest and penalties on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and has not recognized interest and penalties in the consolidated statements of
operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases, other than the potential
reduction as a result of the Section 382 limitation, to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.
The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various other state jurisdictions and, starting with 2018, Canada. Prior to 2018, the
losses were all domestic. The Company’s tax years from 2006 (inception) are subject to examination by the United States and state authorities due to the
carry forward of unutilized NOLs and research and development credits.
114
11. Business Segment and Geographic Information
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the
chief operating decision-maker (CODM) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company is organized based
on its current product portfolio, which consists primarily of insulin pumps, disposable insulin cartridges and infusion sets for the storage and delivery of
insulin. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one segment and a single reporting unit because key operating decisions and
resource allocations are made by the CODM using consolidated financial data.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company primarily sells its products through national and regional distributors in the United States on a non-exclusive basis, and through
distribution partners outside the United States, including in select European countries, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, Saudi Arabia and South Africa. In
the United States and Canada, the Company utilizes a direct sales force. The Company disaggregates its revenue by geography and by major sales channel
as management believes these categories best depict how the nature, amount and timing of revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.
Revenues by Geographic Region and Customer Sales Channel
During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, no individual country outside the United States generated revenue that represented
more than 10% of total revenue. The table below sets forth revenues for the Company’s two primary geographical markets, based on the geographic
location to which its products are shipped (in thousands).
United States
International
Total Sales
For the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2021
$
$
524,907 $
177,892
702,799 $
415,680 $
83,150
498,830 $
302,084
60,221
362,305
Sales to distributors accounted for 67%, 70%, and 73% of the Company’s total domestic sales for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and
2019, respectively. Sales to distributors accounted for 95%, 94%, and 92% of the Company’s total international sales for the years ended December 31,
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
12. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal and Regulatory Matters
In April 2020, the Company was named as a defendant in four federal class action lawsuits relating to a data breach it experienced in January
2020, each of which was subsequently dismissed.
In addition, in May 2020 the Company was named as a defendant in three California state court class action lawsuits arising from the same data
breach. Collectively, these lawsuits seek statutory, compensatory, actual, and punitive damages; equitable relief, including restitution; pre- and post-
judgment interest; injunctive relief; and attorney fees, costs, and expenses from the Company. On July 24, 2020, these three pending lawsuits were
consolidated into a single case in the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San Bernardino entitled Joseph Deluna et al v. Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. The consolidated case alleges violations of the Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (CMIA), California Consumer Privacy Act
(CCPA), California’s Unfair Competition Law (UCL), and breach of contract. The Company filed a demurrer seeking dismissal of all claims, which was
heard by the Court on October 27, 2020, and which resulted in the following outcome: (i) the demurrer of the CMIA claim was denied; (ii) the demurrer of
the CCPA claim was sustained; and (iii) the demurrer of the UCL and contract claims were sustained with leave to amend the pending complaint. A second
demurrer was heard by the Court on March 29, 2021 with the following outcome: (i) the demurrer of the CMIA claim was denied; and (ii) the demurrer of
the UCL and contract claims were narrowed in scope to dismiss three plaintiffs for either failing to allege cognizable damages or injuries-in-fact, resulting
in two remaining plaintiffs. Although the Company intends to vigorously defend against these claims, there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail.
The Company presently is unable to determine the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits or determine the amount (or range) of possible losses associated with
the lawsuits.
115
In September 2020, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit entitled Buck Walsh, individually and on behalf of others similarly
situated v. Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., which was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San Diego. The alleged violations
include business and professions code and labor code violations for failure to compensate wages, unpaid meal and rest periods, and failure to reimburse for
necessary business-related expenses. The case was brought as a class action and was later amended to also include a representative action under the
California Private Attorney General Act, or PAGA. The class of plaintiffs includes hourly paid or non-exempt employees of the Company who were
employed from April 6, 2016 through the date of adjudication. The parties recently agreed to resolve all claims in the lawsuit. The settlement of claims
covered by the PAGA matter were approved by the Superior Court of the State of California in the County of San Diego on September 21, 2021 and
settlement amounts were disbursed in 2021. In October 2021, a settlement of the class action related claims was preliminarily approved by an independent
arbitrator mutually acceptable to both parties. The class action is intended to resolve the claims of the individual plaintiff, as well as the remaining members
of the class, unless an individual class member submits a timely request for exclusion. The material terms of the settlement are set forth in a binding
Memorandum of Agreement dated as of July 1, 2021, which is subject to the completion of a number of conditions, as well as final approval by the
independent arbitrator. There is no guarantee that the conditions will be met or that final approval will be obtained. If the final class settlement is not
approved, or if other conditions to approval of the settlement are not met, the case will continue and the Company will continue to vigorously defend
against the claims.
From time to time, the Company is involved in various other legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes or claims arising from or
related to the normal course of our business activities, including actions with respect to intellectual property, data privacy, employment, regulatory, product
liability and contractual matters. Although the results of legal proceedings, disputes and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company
believes it is not currently a party to any legal proceeding(s) which, if determined adversely to the Company, would, individually or taken together, have a
material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. However, regardless of the merit of the claims
raised or the outcome, legal proceedings may have an adverse impact on the Company as a result of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management
time and resources, and other factors.
Except as set forth above, as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no legal proceedings, regulatory matters, or other
disputes or claims for which a material loss was considered probable or for which the amount (or range) of loss was reasonably estimable. However,
regardless of the merits of the claims raised or the outcome, legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes and claims may have an adverse
impact on the Company because of as a result of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management time and resources, and other factors.
Letters of Credit
The Company leases general office space, laboratory, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, and equipment under noncancelable operating
leases for use in our operations (see Note 6, “Leases”). In connection with one of the operating leases, the Company has a $4.9 million unsecured
irrevocable standby letter of credit arrangement with a bank, under which the landlord of the building is the beneficiary. The Company is required to
maintain the standby letter of credit throughout the term of the lease, which is currently expected to expire in April 2035.
Purchase Obligations
The Company has agreements with suppliers and other parties to purchase inventory, other goods and services and long-lived assets. Product
inventory obligations consist primarily of purchase order commitments for raw materials used in the production of insulin pumps and cartridges, and
finished goods infusion sets. Cancellation of outstanding purchase orders is generally allowed under the standard terms of our purchase order agreements,
but may require payment of costs incurred through the date of cancellation. At December 31, 2021, obligations under our purchase agreements totaled
approximately $255 million, of which approximately $251 million is scheduled to be received and become payable within one-year.
116
13. Fourth Quarter Financial Data (Unaudited)
The financial information for the three months ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 presented in the following table reflects all normal recurring
adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods (in thousands, except per share data):
Sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Operating income
Net income
Basic net income per share
Diluted net income per share
For the Quarter Ended
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
209,996 $
113,729 $
100,991 $
12,738 $
10,808 $
0.17 $
0.16 $
168,065
90,556
71,894
18,662
17,000
0.27
0.22
The numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted net income per share computations are calculated as follows for the three months ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020:
(in thousands)
Net income
Less: change in fair value of common stock warrants
Net income - diluted
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
Dilutive common share equivalents:
Options to purchase common stock
Unvested restricted stock units
Warrants to purchase common stock
Awards to be granted under the ESPP
Convertible senior notes (if-converted)
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted
$
$
For the Quarter Ended
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
10,808 $
32
10,840 $
63,650
1,877
227
170
3
—
65,927
17,000
(2,819)
14,181
62,249
2,984
133
308
4
—
65,678
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file with the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and
reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management,
including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As of December 31, 2021, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based
on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a
reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2021.
117
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by or under the supervision of our management,
including our principal executive officer and principle financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America.
As of December 31, 2021, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) (the COSO
criteria). Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 as stated in its report, which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) or
15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during our last fiscal quarter that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over
financial reporting.
Limitation on Effectiveness of Controls
In designing and evaluating our controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In reaching a reasonable level of
assurance, management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. There
are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the
circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. In addition, the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions
about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future
conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may
deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
As discussed above, Mr. Sheridan, our principal executive officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our principal financial and accounting officer, are involved
in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. While our board of directors is informed of the relationship and appropriate actions have been
taken to ensure compliance with our policies and procedures, the existence of this relationship may create additional risk, or the perception of additional
risk, that our controls and procedures may not be effective.
118
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), (the COSO
criteria). In our opinion, Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss),
stockholders‘ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and our report dated February
22, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Diego, California
February 22, 2022
119
Item 9B. Other Information.
Not applicable.
120
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
PART III
Certain information regarding our executive officers and family relationships is set forth in the section of this Annual Report entitled “Business”
in Part I, Item 1.
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer and other senior financial officers (our Chief
Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, Controller and other senior financial officers performing similar functions), which we refer to as the Code of
Ethics (Senior Financial Officers). Our Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) is designed to meet the requirements of Section 406 of Regulation S-K
and the rules promulgated thereunder. We will promptly disclose on our website (i) the nature of any amendment to this Code of Ethics (Senior Financial
Officers) that applies to any covered person, and (ii) the nature of any waiver, including an implicit waiver, from a provision of this Code of Ethics (Senior
Financial Officers) that is granted to one of the covered persons. We have also adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our
directors and employees, which we refer to as the Code of Ethics (Directors and Employees). The Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) and the Code
of Ethics (Directors and Employees) are available on our website at www.tandemdiabetes.com under the Investor Center section of the website. However,
the information contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our website address in this
Annual Report are inactive textual references only.
The information required by this item that is not referenced or set forth above, will be set forth in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2022
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual Report, to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after
the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual Report, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual Report, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual Report, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, or in an amendment to this Annual Report, and is incorporated
herein by reference.
121
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:
PART IV
1. Financial Statements. The following documents are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report and are incorporated by reference
herein:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
86
88
89
90
91
92
2. Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the
required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits.
Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
10.1*
10.2*
Exhibit Description
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation (as amended through August
17, 2018 and currently in effect).
Amended and Restated Bylaws (as amended
through February 4, 2021 and currently in
effect).
Description of Capital Stock.
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
Third Amended and Restated Investors’
Rights Agreement, dated August 30, 2012.
Form of Warrant to Purchase Stock.
Form of Preferred Stock Warrant.
Form of Series A Warrant to Purchase
Common Stock.
Indenture dated May 15, 2020 by and
between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
U.S. Bank National Association.
Form of Global Note, representing Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc.’s 1.50% Convertible
Senior Notes due 2025 (included as Exhibit
A to the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1).
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan.
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the
2006 Stock Incentive Plan.
Incorporated by Reference
Form
10-Q
File No.
001-36189
Date of First
Filing
1-Nov-18
Exhibit
Number
3.1
Provided
Herewith
10-K
001-36189
24-Feb-21
001-36189
333-191601
333-191601
333-216531
333-191601
001-36189
24-Feb-20
1-Nov-13
7-Oct-13
8-Mar-17
7-Oct-13
13-Oct-17
001-36189
15-May-20
001-36189
15-May-20
333-191601
7-Oct-13
333-191601
7-Oct-13
10-K
S-1/A
S-1
S-1
S-1
8-K
8-K
8-K
S-1
S-1
122
3.2
4.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.1
4.1
4.2
10.3
10.4
10.3*
10.4*
10.5*
10.6*
10.7*
10.8*
10.9*
10.10*
10.11*
10.12*
10.13*
10.14*
10.15*
10.16*
10.17*
10.18*
10.19*
Form of Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement under the 2006 Stock Incentive
Plan.
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Amended and
Restated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Amended and
Restated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
under the Amended and Restated 2013 Stock
Incentive Plan.
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the
Amended and Restated 2013 Stock Incentive
Plan.
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the
Amended and Restated 2013 Stock Incentive
Plan (Non-Employee Directors).
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Amended and
Restated 2013 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan.
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. 2021 Sr.
Management Cash Bonus Plan.
Employee Offer Letter, dated June 28, 2013,
by and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and David B. Berger.
Employee Offer Letter, dated January 29,
2013, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and John F. Sheridan.
Employee Offer Letter, dated January 11,
2016, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and Brian B. Hansen.
Employment Severance Agreement, dated
February 1, 2016, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and Brian B. Hansen.
Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated November 4,
2013, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and John F. Sheridan.
Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated November 4,
2013, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and David B. Berger.
Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement, dated November 4,
2013, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and Susan M. Morrison.
Amended and Restated Employment
Severance Agreement dated August 2, 2017,
by and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and Leigh Vosseller.
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
S-1
333-191601
7-Oct-13
10.5
DEF 14A
001-36189
26-Apr-18
Appendix B
10-Q
10-Q
001-36189
30-Jul-2020
001-36189
30-Jul-2020
S-1/A
333-191601
1-Nov-13
S-1/A
333-191601
1-Nov-13
10.2
10.1
10.7
10.8
DEF 14A
001-36189
26-Apr-18
Appendix C
10-Q
001-36189
5-May-2021
333-191601
7-Oct-13
10.2
10.12
S-1
S-1
8-K
8-K
333-191601
7-Oct-13
10.13
001-36189
2-Feb-16
001-36189
2-Feb-16
10.1
10.2
S-1/A
333-191601
8-Nov-13
10.17
S-1/A
333-191601
8-Nov-13
10.18
S-1/A
333-191601
8-Nov-13
10.19
S-1
333-222553
16-Jan-18
10.25
S-1
333-191601
7-Oct-13
10.11
123
10.20
10.21**
10.22**
10.23**
10.24†
10.25†
10.26
10.27
10.28
10.29
10.30
10.31
10.32
Confidential Intellectual Property
Agreement, dated July 10, 2012, by and
between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
Smiths Medical ASD, Inc.
Amended and Restated Development and
Commercialization Agreement, dated
January 4, 2013, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and DexCom, Inc.
Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated
Development and Commercialization
Agreement, dated September 24, 2015, by
and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
DexCom, Inc.
Development Agreement, dated June 4, 2015
by and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and DexCom, Inc.
Development Agreement, dated November
20, 2020, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and DexCom, Inc.
Commercialization Agreement, dated
November 20, 2020, by and between
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and DexCom,
Inc.
Lease Agreement, dated March 7, 2012, as
amended through November 5, 2013, by and
between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
ARE-11025/11075 Roselle Street, LLC.
Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated
December 27, 2017, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and ARE-11025/11075
Roselle Street, LLC
Lease Agreement, dated November 5, 2013,
by and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and ARE-11025/11075 Roselle Street, LLC.
First Amendment to Lease, dated December
27, 2017, by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and ARE-11025/11075 Roselle
Street, LLC
Lease Agreement, dated June 30, 2016, by
and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
ARE-SD REGION NO. 36, LLC.
Lease Agreement, dated November 14, 2019,
by and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and Ameri Shore LLC.
Second Amendment to Lease, dated
September 2, 2020 by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and ARE-11025/11075
ROSELLE STREET, LLC
S-1/A
333-191601
8-Nov-13
10.20
10-Q
001-36189
29-Oct-15
10.1
10-Q
001-36189
29-Oct-15
10.2
10-Q/A
001-36189
9-Nov-18
10.5
10-K
001-36189
24-Feb-21
10.24
10-K
001-36189
24-Feb-21
10.25
S-1/A
333-191601
8-Nov-13
10.1
8-K
001-36189
3-Jan-18
10.2
S-1/A
333-191601
8-Nov-13
10.21
8-K
001-36189
3-Jan-18
10.1
10-Q
001-36189
28-Jul-16
10.3
10-K
001-36189
24-Feb-20
10.36
10-Q
001-36189
5-Nov-2020
10.1
124
10.33
10.34†
10.35†
10.36
10.37
10.38
21.1
23.1
24.1
31.1
31.2
32.1***
32.2***
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104
Fifth Amendment to Lease dated September
2, 2020 by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and ARE-11025/11075 ROSELLE
STREET, LLC
License Agreement, dated July 14, 2016, by
and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
TypeZero Technologies, LLC
Commercialization Agreement, dated
January 14, 2022, by and between Tandem
Diabetes Care, Inc. and Unomedical A/S.
Lease Agreement dated May 10, 2021 by
and Between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
and ONE DEL MAR LLC
Second Amendment to Lease dated March
11, 2021 by and between Tandem Diabetes
Care, Inc. and TREA PACIFIC PLAZA,
LLC
Office Lease dated September 15, 2021 by
and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
Kilroy Realty L.P.
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney (included on the signature
page).
Certification of John F. Sheridan, Chief
Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Leigh A. Vosseller, Chief
Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of John F. Sheridan, Chief
Executive Officer, pursuant to U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
Certification of Leigh A. Vosseller, Chief
Financial Officer, pursuant to U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
Inline XBRL Instance Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Calculation Linkbase Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Definition Linkbase Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label
Linkbase Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension
Presentation Linkbase Document.
Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded
within the Inline XBRL document).
10-Q
001-36189
5-Nov-2020
10.2
10-Q
001-36189
30-Apr-2020
10.1
10-Q
001-36189
5-May-2021
10.2
10-Q
001-36189
3-Nov-2021
10.1
125
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
† Certain confidential portions of this exhibit have been redacted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K. The Company has determined that
such omitted information is (i) not material, and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed.
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
** Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Such portions are omitted from this filing and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
*** This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that
section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
126
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Date: February 22, 2022
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
By:
/s/ John F. Sheridan
John F. Sheridan
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
127
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John F.
Sheridan and Leigh A. Vosseller, and each of them individually, his and her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and her and in his and her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be
done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ JOHN F. SHERIDAN
John F. Sheridan
/s/ LEIGH A. VOSSELLER
Leigh A. Vosseller
/s/ DICK P. ALLEN
Dick P. Allen
/s/ KIM D. BLICKENSTAFF
Kim D. Blickenstaff
/s/ PEYTON R. HOWELL
Peyton R. Howell
/s/ KATHLEEN MCGRODDY-GOETZ
Kathleen McGroddy-Goetz
/s/ REBECCA B. ROBERTSON
Rebecca B. Robertson
/s/ DOUGLAS A. ROEDER
Douglas A. Roeder
/s/ RAJWANT S. SODHI
Rajwant S. Sodhi
/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. TWOMEY
Christopher J. Twomey
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)
February 21, 2022
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
February 21, 2022
Lead Independent Director
February 21, 2022
Chair of the Board
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
128
February 21, 2022
February 21, 2022
February 21, 2022
February 21, 2022
February 21, 2022
February 21, 2022
February 21, 2022
Exhibit 10.35
DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT
[***]: Certain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of marking such portions with asterisks because the identified
confidential portions (i) are not material, and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.
This Distributor Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of January 14, 2022 (“Effective Date”), by and between Unomedical A/S, a
Danish corporation having its principal place of business at Aaholmvej 1-3, Osted, 4320 Lejre, Denmark (“Company”), and Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 11075 Roselle Street, Suite 200, San Diego, California, 92121, USA (“Distributor”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Company is a developer and manufacturer of infusion sets and related products for the delivery of insulin with infusion pumps;
WHEREAS, Distributor wishes to acquire such products from Company for distribution to end users and resellers;
WHEREAS, Company and Distributor have previously entered into a Distributor Agreement dated [***], pursuant to which Company is engaged in the
business of supplying certain infusion sets to Distributor.
WHEREAS, Company and Distributor have on [***] entered into a Quality Agreement which defines the quality requirements for the product
development and/or manufacturing of products pursuant to this Agreement as well as the roles and responsibilities of the Parties with respect to the quality
controls and project deliverables. The Quality Agreement is annexed as Exhibit E.
WHEREAS, Company and Distributor now wish to enter into this amended and restated Distributor Agreement regarding the supply by Company of
certain infusion sets to Distributor. The amended and restated Distributor Agreement shall replace and supersede all previous versions and amendments of
the Distributor Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, Company and Distributor (the “Parties”) hereby agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
AGREEMENT
“Customer” shall mean any end user or redistributor to whom Distributor sells Products, either for such Customer’s own use or for further distribution to
end users.
“Custom Luer” shall mean the connector supplied by the Custom Luer Supplier, conforming to the Custom Luer Specifications, to be affixed by Company
to an infusion set manufactured by the Company of each Product type (an “Infusion Set”). [***].
“Custom Luer Supplier” shall have the meaning set out in Section 3.7.a.1.
“Documentation” shall mean Company’s English language (and other mutually agreed languages) end user documentation that is delivered by Company
in conjunction with the Products.
“Effective Date” shall mean the date of the last signature on this Agreement.
“Minimum Order” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.1.
“Price List” shall mean Company’s published price list for the Products and as may be modified by the Company from time to time.
“Products” means AutoSoft™ 90 infusion sets, AutoSoft™ XC infusion sets, AutoSoft™ 30 infusion sets, TruSteel™ infusion sets and VariSoft™
infusion sets, which are included in Company’s published Price List, as
1
Exhibit 10.35
amended or supplemented from time to time during the term of this Agreement by Company and listed in Exhibit A. Products as delivered to Distributor
will have markings and instructions for use in English and other mutually agreed upon languages. The Products are marked with the Distributor’s
trademarks. The labeling features the Distributor’s name, logo, and address as described in Exhibit A annexed hereto. Infusion Sets with Custom Luers
shall be deemed “Products” under this Agreement.
“Sale”, “Sales”, “Sell”, “Sold” or “Selling” shall mean any sale, or other transfer of the Products to any third party, including Customers, with or without
consideration paid to Distributor.
“Specifications” shall mean Company’s FDA approved functional specifications for the Products as exist as of the Effective Date and as may be modified
from time to time by Company. The Specifications as of the Effective Date are annexed as Exhibit B. The Specifications for Infusion Sets to be used with
the Custom Luer are set forth in Exhibit B-1 and the Specifications for the Custom Luer are set forth in Exhibit B-2 (the “Custom Luer Specifications”).
“Territory” shall mean worldwide, where the Distributor has established distribution of its portfolio of insulin infusion pumps and related accessories.
2. TERM and TERMINATION
2.1 Term. The term of this Agreement (“Term”) shall be from the Effective Date until 31 December 2027 when it shall terminate, unless the
Parties mutually agree in writing to renew or extend the Agreement. Any renewal or extension of this Agreement must be approved in
writing by an authorized representative of both Parties. Distributor acknowledges and agrees that (a) Company has no obligation to agree
or to approve any renewal or extension of this Agreement; and (b) Distributor has no basis for expecting, and has received no assurance,
that its business relationship with Company will continue beyond the stated term of this Agreement.
2.2 Termination for Breach. Either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement before the end of the Term if the other Party
breaches a material term or condition of this Agreement which includes, but is not limited to, breach of Sections 3.5 and 4.1 and fails to
cure such breach following [***]’ written notice from the other party.
Company within [***] after the due date, unless Distributor makes such payment during such [***] period.
The Company may terminate the Agreement upon [***] notice if the Distributor fails to pay any sum from time to time payable to the
Either party may terminate the Agreement without notice in case:
a.
a receiver or administrator is appointed in respect of the undertakings, assets, income or receivables of the other party,
b.
proceedings are commenced for the winding up, liquidation, or dissolution of the other party or its affairs,
c.
proceedings in bankruptcy are commenced against the other party and not dismissed or resolved within [***], or
d.
the other party enters into any scheme, composition or arrangement with its creditors.
2.3 Effect of Termination. In the event of expiration of this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.1, or termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Section 2.2, each Party shall return to the other or destroy all Confidential Information of such other Party pursuant to Section 4.2.
Distributor shall also immediately pay to Company all amounts then owed to Company (subject to Company’s submission of invoices for
any un-invoiced amounts), and each Party shall further have all rights available to such Party in law and equity. The stock of Products
which the Distributor has established at the Effective Date of the termination shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Agreement
2
Exhibit 10.35
2.4 Liability in case of Termination. Neither Party shall incur any liability whatsoever for any damage, loss or expenses of any kind
suffered or incurred by the other arising from or incident to any termination or expiration of this Agreement which complies with the
terms of the Agreement. This shall, however, not apply to termination for breach pursuant to Section 2.2. Without limiting the foregoing,
neither party shall be entitled to any damages on account of prospective profits, anticipated sales, loss of business opportunities or other
indirect losses. Distributor agrees to waive the benefit of any law or regulation providing compensation to Distributor arising from the
termination or expiration of this Agreement and Distributor hereby represents and warrants that such waiver is irrevocable and
enforceable by Company. However, all payments due under the Agreement to one party by the other party shall be paid in full
immediately upon termination or expiration of this Agreement.
2.5 Survival. In the event of expiration or termination of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 1 (“Definitions”), 2.3 (“Effect of
Termination”), 2.4 (“Survival”), 3.3 (“Duties of Distributor”), 3.5 (“Proprietary Rights”), 4 (“Confidentiality”), 5.6 (“Invoicing and
Payments”), 7 (“Taxes”), 9 (“Warranty and Product Quality”), 9 (“Limitation of Liability” ), 10 (“Indemnities”) and 11 (“General”) shall
survive and shall continue to bind the Parties.
3. DISTRIBUTORSHIP
3.1 Distribution Appointment. Subject to the terms of the Agreement, Company authorizes and appoints Distributor as a non-exclusive distributor to
sell Products in the Territory. Distributor may allow redistributors in Distributor’s normal chain of distribution to Sell the Products, but otherwise
Distributor’s rights hereunder are non-sublicensable and non-transferable, except as provided in Section 11.1. [***]
3.2 Relationship. Distributor is an independent contractor of Company under this Agreement, and nothing contained in this Agreement will be
construed to give either Party the power to direct and control the day-to-day activities of the other. All financial obligations associated with
Distributor’s business are the responsibility of Distributor. Distributor will be solely responsible for, and will indemnify, defend and hold
Company harmless from, [***].
3.3 Duties of Distributor. Distributor agrees to market and distribute the Products at its expenses for use in the Territory. Distributor certifies that it is
acquiring the Products for Sale to Customers in the Territory. In addition and for items 3.3a to 3.3e, Distributor will use commercially reasonable
efforts to:
a. Engage in Sales promotion activities in the Territory, designate the Products by their correct name solely pursuant to the
Trademark license granted in Section 10 (“Trademarks, Packaging and Documentation”).
b. Maintain a qualified and Product trained Sales organization to call on Customers and qualified potential Customers in the
Territory.
c. Maintain an adequate staff of trained technicians and sufficient inventory to provide technical support and service to all of
Distributor’s Customers.
d. Maintain an inventory of Products sufficient under normal circumstances to satisfy reasonable short-term replacement
requirements and reasonable short-term delivery requirements of Customers in the Territory.
e. Establish systems and allocate skilled personnel to provide the end users with the training, assistance, and technical support
required to ensure adequate use of the delivery systems.
With respect to items 3.3f to 3.3o, Distributor shall:
f. Not engage in any deceptive, misleading, illegal or unethical business practice.
3
Exhibit 10.35
g. Sell the Product in its approved packaging configuration and may not alter Product or packaging in any way.
h. Provide Company with a draft Forecasted Purchase Volume for the purchases during the following Calendar Year no later than
i.
j.
September 1. The parties shall meet, discuss and agree on the revised draft Forecasted Purchase Volume proposed by Distributor.
Provide Company with an initial Forecasted Purchase Volume at least [***] prior to commercialization.
Provide Company within [***] of a new calendar quarter a non-binding trending forecast showing sales expectations for the
upcoming [***].
k. Distributor will maintain three months of purchase orders by SKU. Distributor’s purchase orders may deviate as follows:
Month 1 - [***]
Month 2 - [***]
Month 3 - [***]
l. The Distributor shall be responsible for communicating all complaints from/to Customers in relation to the Products in
accordance with the following sentence. The Distributor shall record and maintain Product complains and notify Company of
the event promptly and in any case no later than within [***] for allegations of serious injury or harm, and within [***] for other
events. Distributor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to retrieve affected complaint samples from end-user and ship them
to Company and analysis. Such retrieval and shipment shall be at Distributor’s expense, unless the Product subject to the
complaint failed to comply with the warranty set forth in Section 8.1 in which case such retrieval and shipment shall be at
Company expense. Distributor shall forward returned Products to Company on a weekly basis. Distributor and Company shall
establish adequate procedures, processes and logistics for handling complaints and hereto related Product returns.
m. Maintain product liability insurance against such risks relating to sales of the Products in the Territory. Coverage of at least [***]
in the aggregate shall be in effect for the Term and [***] thereafter.
n. Keep Product traceability during the Term of this Agreement and for a period of [***] years thereafter.
o. Notify Company prior to the performance of any clinical studies where Company’s Products are the primary product being
tested.
3.4 Duties of Company.
a. Company shall maintain an integrated Quality Management System complying with the quality system requirements that meet
the requirements of each country where the Products are distributed.
b. Company shall as soon as possible inform Distributor of any matter which may impede the performance by Company of any of
Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
c. Company is responsible for product “recall” activities regarding the Products, including, without limitation, a recall, market
withdrawal, safety alert, field action or similar corrective action (“Recall Activities”). If any of the Recall Activities are initiated
by Company or required by law, Company will be responsible for [***]. The Distributor is not entitled to[***]. Company may
choose to[***]. Company will reimburse Distributor for [***].
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company shall not be responsible for liability, losses, costs and expenses associated with a recall to the extent, and only to
such extent, that the recall [***] and Distributor shall fully indemnify Company for any such liability, losses, costs and expenses. In the event that the recall
is attributable to [***], then Distributor and Company shall bear responsibility, and indemnify the other Party, in proportion [***]
d. Company will keep Distributor informed of marketing, Product and technical information in sufficient and accurate detail to
enable Distributor to properly market the Products.
4
Exhibit 10.35
e. Company shall provide warranty on Products as defined in Section 8 and technical support services pursuant to the terms and
pricing set forth in Exhibits C (Pricing) and D. Any warranty or technical support service is made available to Distributor only
and not to its Customers.
f. Company shall be responsible for investigating Product complaints and reporting certain events to the authorities, including but
not limited to the FDA. Company shall furnish Distributor with a written report with the results of the investigation.
g. Company agrees to provide Sales and technical training at least twice each calendar year to Distributor. Duration, location and
other specifics of such training shall be determined as Distributor sees fit. Additional training may be supplied by Company at
Distributor’s request and for additional fees. Availability and cost of any additional training will be provided by Company upon
request.
h. Company will notify Distributor of any proposed product changes [***] days prior to implementation.
i. Company is the legal manufacturer for the Products as per the Medical Device Directive (EU) and Quality System Regulations
(USA). The Products will bear the CE mark owned by the Company.
3.5 Proprietary Rights. Distributor acknowledges that the Products contain valuable trade secret information and intellectual property rights
of Company. Distributor agrees that it will not, and will not authorize others to, reverse compile, reverse assemble, or reverse engineer
the Products without prior notification to Company. Distributor agrees that it will not, and will not permit others to, remove or modify
any copyright, patent or other proprietary labels or markings on the Products or the packaging provided by Company. Distributor shall as
required reasonably assist the Company at the Company’s expense in order to defend and preserve patents and trademarks of the
Company within the Territory.
3.6 Ownership of Rights.
a.
Intellectual Property. Each Party’s intellectual property including without limitation any patents, trade secrets, processes,
know-how, copyrights, trade dress, trademarks and/or trade names shall remain their exclusive property and nothing herein shall
be construed as transferring any right, title or interest of any kind or nature whatsoever thereto to the other Party hereto. Except
as specifically provided herein, neither Party shall use in any way, the intellectual property of the other Party, and will not do any
act which would in any way infringe upon or be in derogation of the validity of such other Party’s intellectual property and will
notify the other Party of any conflicting claims that challenge any intellectual property of such Party that it is aware of.
IP Indemnification by Distributor. Distributor shall fully defend, indemnify and hold harmless Company from and against any
and all liability, losses or costs for any third party claims, suits, actions, demands and threats based on any infringement of third
party intellectual property rights [***]. In the event that the infringement of third party intellectual property 1ights is attributable
to [***], then Distributor and Company shall bear responsibility, and indemnify the other Party, in proportion to [***].
c. Ownership of Tooling. Designs, tools, jigs, dies, fixtures, templates, patterns, drawings, and other information and things
b.
(herein collectively, the “Tools”) directly paid for or furnished by Distributor shall be Distributor's property and Company shall
not encumber or dispose of them in any way. Company shall maintain such Tools in reasonably good working condition. The
Tools shall be used exclusively for Company’s performance of its obligations hereunder. Any and all costs incurred by Company
in order to replace due to wear and tear, scale up, significantly upgrade or modify the Tools, other than scheduled maintenance,
loss or abuse by Company, shall be reimbursed by Distributor.
3.7 Manufacture and Supply of Products with Custom Luer.
This Section 3.7 shall only apply to Products containing a Custom Luer.
5
Exhibit 10.35
a. Manufacture.
1. Company shall procure the Custom Luer from a third party supplier designated by Distributor (the “Custom Luer Supplier”)
and approved by Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The initial Custom Luer Supplier designated by
Distributor and approved by Company is [***]. The Custom Luer is exclusive and proprietary to Distributor and shall not be
used by Company for any purpose other than incorporation into the Products and shall not be sold to any third party. Company
shall have no intellectual property rights in the Custom Luer, except, for the avoidance of doubt, that all rights to the Company’s
design of [***] of the Custom Luer to the Infusion Set shall be the property of Company.
2. Prior to manufacture of the Products, Distributor shall obtain injection molding qualification and validation documentation from
the Custom Luer Supplier in a form reasonably acceptable to Company.
3. Company shall incorporate the Custom Luer into the Infusion Sets in accordance with the Specifications. If the Custom Luer
Supplier cannot deliver Custom Luers that comply with the Custom Luer Specifications, Company shall have no obligation to
deliver Products incorporating the Custom Luer to Distributor. In the event that Company discovers any failure of the Custom
Luers to comply with the Custom Luer Specifications which could affect meeting the forecasted or expected demand for
Products to Distributor, then Company shall without undue delay notify Distributor and the Parties shall endeavor to remedy the
failure together with the Custom Luer Supplier. Any change to the Custom Luer which could impact the incorporation of the
Custom Luer into the Products shall require written approval by both Parties, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
4. Any change in the price of the Custom Luer payable by Company to the Custom Luer Supplier shall be [***].
b. Custom Luer Supplier. Distributor shall enter into an agreement with the Custom Luer Supplier securing that (i) Company is granted all
necessary rights to purchase the Custom Luer, affix the Custom Luer to the Infusion Sets and sell the Product with the Custom Luer to
Distributor in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) the Custom Luer Supplier will supply Company with
the Custom Luer in sufficient amounts and of a satisfactory quality in order for Company to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement,
Distributor shall not be entitled to raise any claims against Company relating to any breach of the Agreement to the extent that such
breach is a result of failure to deliver or delay in delivery of Custom Luers by the Custom Luer Supplier through no fault of Company.
c. Material Management. Company shall maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity and inventory to fill Distributor’s requirements under
this Agreement at the delivery date or dates specified in the applicable Accepted Purchase Order, however, Company shall be under no
such obligations to the extent that the Custom Luer Supplier does not deliver sufficient quantities of Custom Luers to meet forecasted
demand. Company shall be responsible for procuring all materials and components necessary to fulfill Accepted Purchase Orders for the
portion of such Purchase Order that is not cancellable. If Company foresees any problem in meeting forecasted or expected demand at
any time, it shall advise Distributor as soon as possible in writing. Upon request by Distributor, Company shall provide Distributor with
an accurate written report of the Custom Luer, and Products containing a Custom Luer, inventory at Company’s facility. For production
and capacity planning purposes, Distributor shall issue an updated rolling forecast of its requirements for the next [***], Distributor will
provide [***] which will forecast its estimated quantity requirements of Products. For long-term capacity planning purposes, Distributor
shall furnish Company with a [***].
d. End of Life.
1. Should any significant material or significant component (excluding the Custom Luer) be discontinued or set for end of life by
the applicable vendor, Company hereby agrees to notify Distributor as soon as possible upon receipt of written notice from the
applicable
6
Exhibit 10.35
vendor. In addition, with respect to any such material or component of the Infusion Sets, the Parties agree to use reasonable
efforts to cooperate in order to find a replacement which meets the form, fit and function set out in the Specifications of such
end of life component or material such that Accepted Purchase Orders and forecasts can be met, however, Company has the sole
right to determine the replacement. Any replacement which is anticipated to involve a regulatory filing shall be disclosed by
Company to Distributor in writing within [***] of the Company's determination that such a filing is reasonably likely.
2. Company shall not discontinue manufacture of any Product covered by this Agreement without providing Distributor with at
least [***] and good faith negotiation by the Parties of a mutually satisfactory replacement plan for such Products.
4. CONFIDENTIALITY
4.1 Confidential Information. Each Party (the “Disclosing Party”) may, from time to time during the Term, deliver or make available to
the other Party (the “Receiving Party”) certain non- public information of the Disclosing Party, including formulas, flow charts,
diagnostic routines, business information, forecasts, financial plans and data, customer information, marketing plans, and unannounced
product information and the Company may make available to the Distributor information regarding the Company’s intellectual property
rights (collectively, “Confidential Information”). Such Confidential Information shall be in writing, and marked prominently with the
legend “confidential”, “proprietary”, or with a similar legend, or if disclosed orally shall be described as Confidential Information at the
time of oral disclosure and confirmed as such in writing [***]. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, non-public Product
information, and the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information of Company.
4.2 Protection. The Receiving Party shall not use or disclose Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, except as expressly
authorized by this Agreement or in writing by the Disclosing Party, using the same degree of care which the Receiving Party uses with
respect to its own proprietary information, but in no event with less than with reasonable care. Upon the expiration or termination of this
Agreement, the Receiving Party shall promptly return to the Disclosing Party all Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party in
tangible form, and shall promptly confirm in writing to the Disclosing Party that it has done so. The Receiving Party shall have written
agreements with its own employees to whom Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party shall be made available, and such written
agreements shall have terms at least as restrictive as those contained herein. The Receiving Party agrees to deliver copies of such written
agreement to the Disclosing Party upon request; provided, however, that such copies shall themselves be deemed the Confidential
Information of the Receiving Party.
4.3 Limitation. The foregoing obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to any information which the Receiving Party can show is or
was:
a. Already known to the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure without obligation of confidentiality;
b.
Independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or access to the Confidential Information;
c. Approved for disclosure by the Disclosing Party beforehand and in writing;
d. Publicly known without breach of this Agreement;
e. Lawfully received by the Receiving Party from a third party without obligation of confidentiality.
In addition, the Receiving Party may disclose information required to be disclosed by applicable law or order of a court, tribunal or other governmental
agency; provided, however, that the Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party in writing of such requirement, and shall cooperate with the
Disclosing Party to minimize the scope of any such disclosure, and in the obtaining of a confidentiality, protective or similar order.
7
Exhibit 10.35
5. PURCHASE OF PRODUCT BY DISTRIBUTOR: PRICING AND PAYMENTS
5.1 Minimum Order. Distributor agrees to acquire from Company in minimum order quantities (“Minimum Order”) as described in
Exhibit C for each Product SKU per Purchase Order.
5.2 Purchase Orders. In addition to the terms of Section 3.3 the Distributor shall acquire Products by placing purchase orders under this
Agreement, which are accepted by Company, as follows. From time to time during the Term, Distributor shall submit to Company written
or electronic purchase orders (“Purchase Orders”). Company will acknowledge receipt of each Purchase Order in writing within [***]
of receipt and shall either accept such Purchase Order, or reject such Purchase Order. Company shall accept any Purchase Order that
orders Product in accordance with the most recent forecast provided under Section 3.3(h). In the event Company accepts a Purchase
Order, such Purchase Order shall be deemed an accepted Purchase Order (“Accepted Purchase Order”). In the event Company rejects a
Purchase Order, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith regarding possible changes in such Purchase Order which would make such
Purchase Order mutually acceptable. In the event Company fails to acknowledge receipt of any Purchase Order within the [***], such
Purchase Order shall be deemed rejected. In no event shall any Purchase Order add to or modify the terms of this Agreement.
5.3 Pricing. Distributor shall pay to Company the pricing as set forth in Exhibit C for the Products acquired under this Agreement. For the
avoidance of doubt, Product prices [***]. Distributor shall set its own sale prices without consultation with Company.
5.5 Delivery Terms. Delivery is [***]. The Products will be delivered in the Company’s usual packaging.
5.6 Price Changes. [***], the prices for the Products set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement shall apply. Company may change the
prices [***]. In all such cases, the Distributor and Company shall meet in good faith to discuss a mechanism for a change in the prices
[***].
5.7 [***]
5.7 Product Changes. Company may, at its sole discretion, and without incurring any liability to the Distributor, change the features of, or
discontinue the manufacture, license or sale of any Products provided hereunder. Company shall notify the Distributor in advance of any
such changes (prior to internal product validation). Company shall notify the Distributor of any product discontinuation at least [***] in
advance.
5.8 Invoices and Payment. Company shall submit to Distributor a payment invoice for the acquisition price of the Products ordered. All
such invoices shall be paid net within [***] of receipt by Distributor. Distributor agrees that any late payments of such payment invoices
shall bear interest at the rate of [***], from the due date of amount. If the Products are to be delivered in installments, Distributor shall
pay for each installment as provided above. Each shipment shall be treated as a separate transaction, but in the event of any failure of
Distributor to make payment as provided above, Company may decline to make further shipments without in any way affecting its rights
hereunder. If Company elects to continue to make shipments despite any Distributor default, Company’s action shall not constitute a
waiver of such default or in any way affect Company’s legal remedies for default.
5.9 Delivery and Title. Company shall deliver to Distributor Products ordered pursuant to an Accepted Purchase Order. Delivery to
Distributor shall occur, and title shall pass to Distributor, upon delivery by Company to the carrier at Company’s facility, and upon such
delivery Distributor shall be responsible for and bear the entire risk of loss or damage to the Products (including any insurance charges).
5.10 Product Acceptance. Distributor may reject any Product which fails to meet Company’s Specifications. Rejected Products shall be
returned to Company at Company’s expense [***] of rejection but only after Distributor has obtained a return authorization from
Company. A written explanation of the aspects in which such Products fail to so conform shall be included with all
8
Exhibit 10.35
rejected Products. Company shall have a period not to exceed [***] in which to replace such returned Products, and return such Products
to Distributor, at Company’s expense, [***]. The Company may also choose to credit the Distributor for the rejected Products and
provide replacements based on new order placement. The Company shall promptly provide replacements to avoid stock-out at the
Distributor. Products not rejected by written notification to [***] from the date of receipt at Distributor’s main operating facility shall be
deemed to have been irrevocably accepted and can only be returned in accordance with Section 8.
5.11 Sales to End Users and Resellers. Distributor understands and agrees that all Sales by Distributor of Products shall be solely: (i) to end
users located in the Territory; or (ii) to redistributors who have agreed in writing to Sell Products only to end users for such end users’
use in the Territory. In no event shall Distributor sell Products to any third party other than to such end users and redistributors.
Distributor's Sales of the Products is restricted to the Territory in order to ensure that purchasers of Company Products receive Customer
support and services consistent with the requirements set forth in Section 3.3 and to ensure that there is no language barrier in providing
such services and support.
6. EXPORT AND IMPORT LICENSING
6.1 Licenses and Approvals. Prior to shipping any Products to Distributor, Company will obtain, [***], all United States export licenses and
approvals necessary to permit such shipment. Distributor will also obtain [***] all licenses and approvals required by any other
government. Distributor will comply with all applicable rules, policies and procedures of all governments in connection with
Distributor’s import or Sale of the Products. Company and Distributor agree to provide to each other, information and assistance
reasonably required by the other in connection with securing the foregoing licenses and approvals.
6.2 Re-Export. Distributor will ensure that none of the Products are diverted outside the Territory in breach of this Agreement or in a manner
that is contrary to the laws and regulations of any country having jurisdiction including the United States.
7. TAXES
The amounts payable to Company under this Agreement do not include any taxes, levies, or similar governmental charges, now in force or enacted in the
future, however designated (“Taxes”).
8. WARRANTY AND PRODUCT QUALITY.
8.1 Company warrants to Distributor that the Products shall in normal use and for the period set forth on Exhibit D [***]. All dates are
calculated from the date of shipment to Distributor. In the event of a failure of any Product to conform to the foregoing warranty during
the period defined in Exhibit D, Distributor shall return any such non-conforming Product to Company, if reasonably feasible, for
Company’s inspection. Such return shall be at Company’s expense if [***]. In the event that the Company determines that such Product
does not conform to the foregoing warranty, then Company shall, at Company’s option, (a) [***] or (b) [***]. The foregoing, and Section
3.4.c. in the event of any Recall Activities, [***], for any breach of warranty by Company hereunder. Consequently, Company shall only
be liable [***]. Such defects and any damaging effects in consequence thereof shall be covered by Distributor’s obligation to indemnify
Company as set out in Section 10.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this warranty shall not apply [***], Distributor shall fully indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Company for any liability, losses or costs relating to the Custom Luer not complying with the Custom Luer
Specifications as well [***]. In the event that the [***]. Distributor's duty to defend shall include accepting, in a timely manner,
Company’s tenders of defense of [***].
8.2 Distributor shall use reasonable commercial efforts to screen defective Products before returning such to Company pursuant to the
foregoing warranty.
9
Exhibit 10.35
8.3 The foregoing warranty is for the [***]. Distributor shall not [***]. In the event that any such third party contacts Company directly with
respect to Products, Company shall direct such third party to contact Distributor directly.
8.4 Prior to returning any Product, whether for exchange or warranty or non warranty action, Distributor must obtain a return material
authorization from Company, and Company shall promptly furnish the authorization upon request by Distributor following confirmation
of the claimed non-conformity by Company. Distributor shall display such authorization prominently on the packaging for any such
returned Products. Distributor must return all Products to Company. Company shall pay all shipping charges for Product from Distributor.
Any Products returned to Company other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement may be refused by Company, at its sole
discretion.
8.5 Disclaimer. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION 8.1 (“WARRANTY”) HEREOF, PRODUCTS ARE PROVIDED
ON AN “AS IS” BASIS WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY WHATSOEVER, AND COMPANY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, AND STATUTORY INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, NON- INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION ON CONTRACTS FOR THE INTERNATIONAL SALE OF GOODS SHALL
NOT APPLY TO THIS AGREEMENT.
8.6 Quality.
a. Audits and Records. Company will provide Distributor with reasonable access to its manufacturing facilities, where the
Products are being manufactured during regular business hours in order that Distributor may make audits, upon providing a
request to Company not less than [***] advance notice. Distributor shall provide Company with details for the audit with the
notification; such details shall include but not be limited to purpose, scope, auditor’s background and functions. In case of
critical complaints, recall or equivalent severe conditions regarding the Products resulting in Company not being able to comply
with the obligations of this Agreement or as requested or required by a regulatory body, Company shall grant Distributor access
to the manufacturing facilities upon an advance notice of at least [***]. Company shall keep complete and systematic written
records of all Products supplied to Distributor. Such records shall include records relevant to manufacturing, quality and
regulatory obligations and such other material documentation reasonably pertaining to Company’s performance under this
Agreement, and Company shall preserve all such records until [***] . Company shall fully cooperate in any such audit of its
facilities or records, subject to any confidentiality obligations to third parties and the protection of Company trade secrets. All
information which becomes available to Distributor as a result of an audit shall be Confidential Information (as defined in
Section 4.1 of the Agreement). Any audit conducted by Distributor shall not relieve Company from any of its obligation or
liabilities under the Agreement, however, Distributor shall give Company notice within reasonable time of any non-compliance
with the terms of the Agreement of which Distributor becomes aware during an audit or inspection. The audit or inspection will
be conducted at Distributor’s expense. Upon receipt and approval of the audit report from Distributor [***], Company shall take
all necessary or reasonably desirable corrective and preventive actions to resolve any breaches of the Agreement discovered by
any audit conducted by Distributor.
b. Manufacturing Changes. If Company desires to outsource manufacturing of the Products containing Custom Luer to a sub-
contractor, Company will give Distributor at least [***] advance written notice and an opportunity to inspect and audit the new
manufacturing facility. Any material change in the manufacturing process or design of the Products containing Custom Luer
which is anticipated to involve a regulatory filing shall be disclosed by Company to Distributor in writing [***] of the
Company’s determination that such a filing is reasonably likely.
10
Exhibit 10.35
c. Use of Subcontractors. Company shall be solely responsible for the job performance, actions, and/or omissions of each
subcontractor and its employees, agents or representatives in the performance under this Agreement, excluding the Custom Luer
Supplier.
d. Product Traceability. Company agrees to number Products so that they may be traced back to the manufacturing lot in the case
of a recall.
9. TRADEMARKS, PACKAGING AND DOCUMENTATION.
9.1 Trademarks. During the Term, solely in connection with Distributor’s advertising, promotion and marketing of the Products, and in
related brochures and other materials, Company here by grants to Distributor a revocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as
provided in Section 11.1) license (without the right to grant sublicenses) to use the trademarks, trade names and other marketing names
used by Company for the Products as set forth on Exhibit A (the “Trademarks”), solely: (i) on or with the Products, including the
packaging, advertising, marketing and other materials associated therewith; (ii) in full accordance with all guidelines and instructions as
may be promulgated from time to time by Company. Company grants no rights other than as expressly granted hereunder. Distributor
acknowledges Company’s exclusive ownership of such Trademarks, and Distributor agrees not to take any action inconsistent with such
ownership by Company, including without limitation the adoption by Distributor of any marks confusingly similar to the Trademarks, or
the combination of the Trademarks with any other marks. Distributor agrees to maintain the quality of Products Sold by Distributor and
agrees not to register or attempt to register any Trademark in any jurisdiction. Distributor further acknowledges that all goodwill arising
from or in connection with any exercise by Distributor of the foregoing license shall at all times remain solely with Company.
9.2 Reproductions and Proprietary Notice. Any reproductions of the Trademarks shall be true reproductions. Distributor will not remove
or permit the alteration of any labels or identifying markings, including without limitation the Trademarks, on the Products.
10. INDEMNITIES.
10.1 Scope of Company Indemnity. Company shall according to the provisions of this Agreement fully defend, indemnify and hold harmless
Distributor from and against any and all losses or damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any claims, suits, actions, demands and
threats (collectively, “Claims”) based on [***]; provided that Distributor (i) promptly notifies Company, in writing, of all such Claims; (ii)
cooperates reasonably with Company (at Company’s expense) in defending such Claims; and (iii) allows Company the sole right to defend, or at
Company’s option to settle, all such Claims. In the event Company becomes aware of a Claim under clause (b) above, Company may, in its sole
discretion: (x) [***](y) [***] (z) accept return of the Products from Distributor and pay to Distributor a refund of money paid by Distributor for
such Products. [***]. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Distributor [***].
In the event that the Claim is attributable to [***].
10.2 Scope of Distributor Indemnity. Distributor shall fully defend, indemnify and hold harmless Company, its directors, officers, employees,
shareholders, customers, affiliated companies and agents from and against any and all losses, damages or liability (including reasonable attorneys’
fees) for any claims, suits, actions, demands or threats of any third party based [***]. Company shall give prompt, written notice thereof to
Distributor, shall cooperate reasonably with Distributor (at Distributor’s expense), and shall allow Distributor the sole right to defend, or at
Distributor’s option, to settle all of the foregoing.
10.3 [***].
11. GENERAL
11.1Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either Party without the express prior written consent of the other Party, provided
that either Party may assign this Agreement in whole and in part to a third party, in the course of a merger or acquisition by or of such
Party, or in the
11
Exhibit 10.35
course of a reorganization or recapitalization, upon written notice to the other Party. Any attempted assignment by either Party in
derogation of the foregoing shall be void.
113 Notices. Any notices required or permitted to be given to either Party hereunder shall be deemed properly given when received by
certified mail (return receipt requested), hand delivery, or certified overnight delivery such as Federal Express, and directed to such Party
at the address appearing in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Either Party may change its address for purposes of this Section 11.2
(“Notices”) upon delivery of notice of such change to the other Party.
11.3Severability and Headings. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid under any
applicable statute, rule or law, the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions of this
Agreement, and further agree to substitute for the invalid provision a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and
economic effect of the invalid provision. Headings used in this Agreement are provided for convenience only, and shall not in any way
affect the meaning or interpretation hereof.
11.4Waiver. No waiver of any right by either Party under this Agreement shall be of any effect unless such waiver is express, in writing and
signed by the waiving Party. Any purported waiver not consistent with the foregoing shall be void.
11.5Force Majeure. Each Party’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, except any obligation to pay money, shall be excused to the
extent and for the period such performance is prevented by fire, flood, earthquake, acts of God, explosion, casualty of war, labor dispute,
inability to obtain delivery of parts, failure of supplies of electrical power, violence, any governmental law, order, regulation or
ordinance, or any other act or condition beyond the reasonable control of such Party. In such case, the Party so affected shall give prompt,
written notice to the other Party, and shall resume performance promptly once the foregoing condition has abated.
11.6Relationship of the Parties. The Parties understand and agree that their relationship hereunder is one of contract, and that they are not
and shall not be construed as partners, joint ventures, or agent and principal. In no event shall either Party be authorized to act for or on
behalf of the other Party.
11.7Choice of Law and Arbitration. Any dispute arising under this Agreement shall be subject to the laws [***]. Any dispute arising out of
or in connection with this Agreement, including any disputes regarding the existence, validity or termination thereof, shall be settled by
arbitration arranged by [***] in accordance with the rules of arbitration procedure adopted by [***] and in force at the time when such
proceedings are commenced.
11.8Amendment. This Agreement may be amended only in writing, signed by both Parties. Any purported oral modification hereof shall be
void.
11.9Compliance With Laws. At its own expense, Distributor shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, ordinances and orders
regarding its activities related to this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing:
a. Distributor shall fully comply with the relevant export administration and control laws and regulations.
b. Distributor shall comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and shall not make any payments to third parties which
would cause Company or Distributor to violate such law.
c. Distributor shall comply with U.S. Food and Drug Act.
12
Exhibit 10.35
11.10
Licenses and Permits. Distributor shall obtain any required non-U.S. governmental authorizations, including without limitation
any import licenses and foreign exchange permits, and, if applicable, shall file or register this Agreement with the appropriate authorities.
Distributor shall provide proof of compliance with required non-U.S. governmental authorization to Company upon request.
11.11
Language. The official text of this Agreement (and any Exhibit hereof or notice submitted hereunder) shall be in English. In the
event of any dispute concerning the construction or meaning of this Agreement, reference shall be made only to this Agreement as
written in English and not to any translation into another language.
11.12
Entire Agreement. This Agreement is the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to this subject matter, and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, communications and agreements with respect thereto. In the event of any conflict
between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Exhibit, the terms of such Exhibit shall control.
11.13
List of Exhibits:
a. Exhibit A: Products and Trademark Labeling
b. Exhibit B-1: Specifications – Infusions sets
c. Exhibit B-2: Specifications – Custom Luer
d. Exhibit C: Pricing and minimum volumes
e. Exhibit D: Shelf life/Warranty periods
f. Exhibit E: Quality Agreement [***] between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and Unomedical A/S
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Unomedical A/S
By:
/s/ Jim Leal
Jim Leal
Sr. VP, Operations
By:
/s/ John Lindskog
John Lindskog
13
Exhibit 10.35
EXHIBIT A
PRODUCTS AND TRADEMARK LABELING
***
14
Exhibit 10.35
EXHIBIT B-1
***
15
Exhibit 10.35
EXHIBIT B-2
***
16
Exhibit 10.35
EXHIBIT C
[***]
17
Exhibit 10.35
EXHIBIT D
[***]
18
Exhibit 10.35
EXHIBIT E
QUALITY AGREEMENT
[***]
19
Exhibit 10.36
LEASE
BETWEEN
ONE DEL MAR LLC
AND
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
Exhibit 10.36
THIS LEASE is made as of May 10, 2021, by and between ONE DEL MAR LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, hereafter called “Landlord,” and TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC., a Delaware corporation, hereafter called “Tenant.”
LEASE
ARTICLE 1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS
Each reference in this Lease to the “Basic Lease Provisions” shall mean and refer to the following collective terms, the application of which shall be
governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of this Lease.
1. Tenant’s Trade Name: N/A
2. Premises: Suite No. 200
Building: 12544 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, CA 92130
Project: One Del Mar
(The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1.)
3. Permitted Use: General office and for no other use.
4. Commencement Date: April 1, 2022
5. Lease Term: 24 months. The Term of this Lease shall expire at midnight on March 31, 2024.
6. Basic Rent:
Months of Term or Period
Monthly Rate Per Rentable Square Foot
1 to 12
13 to 24
$4.10
$4.28
Monthly Basic Rent
$128,625.20
$134,272.16
7. Property Tax Base : The Property Taxes per rentable square foot incurred by Landlord and attributable to the twelve month period ending June
30, 2022 (the "Base Year").
Project Cost Base: The Project Costs per rentable square foot incurred by Landlord and attributable to the Base Year.
Expense Recovery Period: Every twelve month period during the Term (or portion thereof during the first and last Lease years) ending June 30.
8. Floor Area of Premises: approximately 31,372 rentable square feet
Floor Area of Building: approximately 115,198 rentable square feet
9. Security Deposit: $147,699.38
Exhibit 10.36
10. Broker(s): Irvine Management Company ("Landlord's Broker") is the agent of Landlord exclusively and RE:Align, Inc. ("Tenant's Broker") is
the agent of Tenant exclusively.
11. Parking : 144 unreserved parking passes in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit F to this Lease.
12. Address for Payments and Notices:
LANDLORD
Payment Registration Address:
Email tenantportal@irvinecompany.com to request an account for the Tenant Payment
Portal.
Notice Address:
ONE DEL MAR LLC
12275 El Camino Real, Suite 130 San Diego, CA 92130
Attn: Property Manager
TENANT
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 0200 San Diego, CA 92130
with a copy of notices to:
IRVINE MANAGEMENT COMPANY
550 Newport Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660
Attn: Senior Vice President, Property Operations Irvine Office Properties
13. List of Lease Exhibits (all exhibits, riders and addenda attached to this Lease are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease):
Exhibit A Description of Premises
Exhibit B Operating Expenses
Exhibit C Utilities and Services
Exhibit D Tenant’s Insurance
Exhibit E Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F Parking
Exhibit G Additional Provisions
2.1 LEASED PREMISES. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises shown in Exhibit A (the “Premises”),
containing approximately the floor area set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Floor Area”). The Premises are located in the building
identified in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Building”), which is a portion of the project described in Item 2 (the “Project”). Landlord and
ARTICLE 2. PREMISES
Exhibit 10.36
Tenant stipulate and agree that the Floor Area of Premises set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions is correct.
2.2 ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation
or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project or the suitability or fitness of either for any purpose, except as set forth in this Lease.
Tenant is currently occupying the Premises as a subtenant and accepts the Premises and its improvements in their existing as-is condition, and waives any
right or claim against Landlord arising out of the condition of the Premises. Nothing contained in this Section 2.2 shall affect the commencement of the
Term or the obligation of Tenant to pay rent.
ARTICLE 3. TERM
3.1. GENERAL. The term of this Lease (“Term”) shall be for the period shown in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Term shall commence
(“Commencement Date”) on the date set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall expire (“Expiration Date”) on the date set forth in Item 5
of the Basic Lease Provisions.
ARTICLE 4. RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES
4.1 BASIC RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord without deduction or offset a Basic Rent for the Premises
in the total amount shown (including subsequent adjustments, if any) in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Basic Rent”). If the Commencement
Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, any rental adjustment shown in Item 6 shall be deemed to occur on the first day of the next calendar
month following the specified monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date. The Basic Rent shall be due and payable in advance commencing on the
Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each successive calendar month of the Term, as prorated for any partial month. No
demand, notice or invoice shall be required. An installment in the amount of 1 full month’s Basic Rent at the initial rate specified in Item 6 of the Basic
Lease Provisions shall be delivered to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease and shall be applied against the Basic Rent first due
hereunder; the next installment of Basic Rent shall be due on the first day of the second calendar month of the Term, which installment shall, if applicable,
be appropriately prorated to reflect the amount prepaid for that calendar month.
4.2 OPERATING EXPENSES. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in accordance with Exhibit B of this Lease.
4.3 SECURITY DEPOSIT. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum, if any, stated in Item 9
of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Security Deposit”), to be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations
under this Lease, to pay any rental sums, including without limitation such additional rent as may be owing under any provision hereof, and to maintain the
Premises as required by Sections 7.1 and 15.2 or any other provision of this Lease. Upon any breach of the foregoing obligations by Tenant, Landlord may
apply all or part of the Security Deposit as full or partial compensation. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall within 5 days after
written demand by Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be
required to keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. In no event may
Tenant utilize all or any portion of the Security Deposit as a payment toward any Rent due under this Lease. Any unapplied balance of the Security Deposit
shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease within 30 days following the termination of this
Lease and Tenant's vacation of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or
successor laws now or hereafter in effect, in connection with Landlord’s application of the Security Deposit to prospective rent that would have been
payable by Tenant but for the early termination due to Tenant’s Default (as defined herein).
5.1 USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purposes stated in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions and for no other use whatsoever. The
uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the
United States or any state or political
ARTICLE 5. USES
Exhibit 10.36
subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; or (iii) schools, temporary employment agencies or
other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or
about the Premises which will in any way interfere with the rights or quiet enjoyment of other occupants of the Building or the Project, or use or allow the
Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance or commit any waste in the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall not
perform any work or conduct any business whatsoever in the Project other than inside the Premises. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all present and
future laws, ordinances and requirements of all governmental authorities that pertain to Tenant or its use of the Premises, and with all energy usage
reporting requirements of Landlord. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a
Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52(a)(3)). Pursuant to Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord
hereby provides the following notification to Tenant: "A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the
subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp
inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the
subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on
the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs
necessary to correct violations of construction related accessibility standards within the premises."
5.2 SIGNS. Landlord shall affix and maintain a sign (restricted solely to Tenant’s name as set forth herein or such other name as Landlord may
consent to in writing) adjacent to the entry door of the Premises, together with a directory strip listing Tenant's name as set forth herein in the lobby
directory of the Building. Any subsequent changes to that initial signage shall be at Tenant's sole expense. All signage shall conform to the criteria for signs
established by Landlord and shall be ordered through Landlord. Tenant shall not place or allow to be placed any other sign, decoration or advertising matter
of any kind that is visible from the exterior of the Premises. Any violating sign or decoration may be immediately removed by Landlord at Tenant’s
expense without notice and without the removal constituting a breach of this Lease or entitling Tenant to claim damages.
5.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. Tenant shall not generate, handle, store or dispose of hazardous or toxic materials (as such materials may be
identified in any federal, state or local law or regulation) in the Premises or Project without the prior written consent of Landlord; provided that the
foregoing shall not be deemed to proscribe the use by Tenant of customary office supplies in normal quantities so long as such use comports with all
applicable laws. Tenant acknowledges that it has read, understands and, if applicable, shall comply with the provisions of Exhibit H to this Lease, if that
Exhibit is attached.
ARTICLE 6. LANDLORD SERVICES
6.1 UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Landlord and Tenant shall be responsible to furnish those utilities and services to the Premises to the extent
provided in Exhibit C, subject to the conditions and payment obligations and standards set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to
furnish any services or utilities when the failure is the result of any accident or other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, nor shall Landlord be
liable for damages resulting from power surges or any breakdown in telecommunications facilities or services. Landlord’s temporary inability to furnish
any services or utilities shall not entitle Tenant to any damages, relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or constitute a constructive or other eviction of
Tenant, except that Landlord shall diligently attempt to restore the service or utility promptly. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which
Landlord may reasonably establish for the provision of services and utilities, and shall cooperate with all reasonable conservation practices established by
Landlord. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord. Electricity used by Tenant in the
Premises shall be paid for by Tenant by separate charge billed by the applicable utility company and payable directly by Tenant. However, if the Premises,
or a material portion of the Premises, are made untenantable for a period in excess of 5 consecutive business days as a result of a service interruption or
repair that is reasonably within the control of Landlord to correct and through no fault of Tenant and for reasons other than as contemplated in Article 11,
then Tenant, as its sole remedy, shall be entitled to receive an abatement of Rent payable hereunder during the period beginning on the 6th consecutive
business day of the service interruption or repair and ending on the day the service has been restored.
Exhibit 10.36
6.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS. During the Term, Landlord shall operate all Common Areas within the
Building and the Project. The term “Common Areas” shall mean all areas within the Building and other buildings in the Project which are not held for
exclusive use by persons entitled to occupy space, including without limitation parking areas and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted
areas, hallways and interior stairwells not located within the premises of any tenant, common electrical rooms, entrances and lobbies, elevators, and
restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant.
6.3 COMMON AREAS. The occupancy by Tenant of the Premises shall include the use of the Common Areas in common with Landlord and with
all others for whose convenience and use the Common Areas may be provided by Landlord, subject, however, to compliance with Rules and Regulations
set forth in Exhibit E. Landlord shall at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common Areas, and may restrain or permit any use or
occupancy, except as otherwise provided in this Lease or in Landlord’s rules and regulations. Tenant shall keep the Common Areas clear of any obstruction
or unauthorized use related to Tenant’s operations. Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Common Areas for repairs, remodeling and/or
alterations, to prevent a public dedication or the accrual of prescriptive rights, or for any other reasonable purpose. Landlord’s temporary closure of any
portion of the Common Areas for such purposes shall not deprive Tenant of reasonable access to the Premises or the Parking Area.
6.4 CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to the Building or the Project or
to the attendant fixtures, equipment and Common Areas, and such change shall not entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord.
No such change shall deprive Tenant of reasonable access to or use of the Premises or the Parking Area.
ARTICLE 7. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE
7.1 TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Articles 11 and 12, Tenant at its sole expense shall make all repairs necessary to
keep the Premises and all improvements and fixtures therein in good condition and repair. Notwithstanding Section 7.2 below, Tenant’s maintenance
obligation shall include without limitation all appliances, interior glass, doors, door closures, hardware, fixtures, electrical, plumbing, fire extinguisher
equipment and other equipment installed in the Premises and all Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.3 below, together with any
supplemental HVAC equipment servicing only the Premises. All repairs and other work performed by Tenant or its contractors shall be subject to the terms
of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 below. Alternatively, should Landlord or its management agent agree to make a repair on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s request,
Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all reasonable costs incurred (including the standard supervision fee) upon submission of
an invoice.
7.2 LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Articles 11 and 12, Landlord shall provide service, maintenance and repair with
respect to the heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) equipment of the Building (exclusive of any supplemental HVAC equipment servicing
only the Premises) and shall maintain in good repair the Common Areas, roof, foundations, footings, the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls of the
Building (including exterior glass), and the structural, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems of the Building (including elevators, if any, serving the
Building), except to the extent provided in Section 7.1 above. Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically required
under this Lease, and nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and
replacement costs as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of the California Civil Code or any similar or successor laws to the
contrary, Tenant understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord’s expense or by rental offset. Except as provided in Section 11.1 and Article 12
below, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the
making of any repairs, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building, including repairs to the Premises, nor shall any related activity by
Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction; provided, however, that in making repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall interfere as
little as reasonably practicable with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of
subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor laws now or hereafter in effect.
Exhibit 10.36
7.3 ALTERATIONS. Except for cosmetic alteration projects that do not exceed $25,000.00 during each calendar year and that do not affect the
structural, electrical or mechanical components or systems of the Building, are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, do not change the basic floor
plan of the Premises, and utilize only Landlord’s building standard materials (which work shall require notice to Landlord but not Landlord’s consent),
Tenant shall make no alterations, additions, decorations or improvements (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) to the Premises without the prior
written consent of Landlord. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as long as the proposed Alterations do not affect the structural,
electrical or mechanical components or systems of the Building, are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, do not change the basic floor plan of the
Premises, and utilize only Landlord’s building standard materials (“Standard Improvements”). Landlord may impose, as a condition to its consent, any
requirements that Landlord in its discretion may deem reasonable or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall use Landlord’s
designated mechanical and electrical contractors for all Alterations work affecting the mechanical or electrical systems of the Building. Should Tenant
perform any Alterations work that would necessitate any ancillary Building modification or other expenditure by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly fund
the cost thereof to Landlord. Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the Alterations and shall perform the work in compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and ordinances with contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and except for cosmetic Alterations not requiring a permit, Landlord shall
be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of 5% of the cost of the Alterations. Any request for Landlord’s consent shall be made in writing and shall
contain architectural plans describing the work in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord may elect to cause its architect to review Tenant’s
architectural plans, and the reasonable cost of that review shall be reimbursed by Tenant. Should the Alterations proposed by Tenant and consented to by
Landlord change the floor plan of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at its expense, furnish Landlord with as-built drawings and CAD disks compatible with
Landlord’s systems. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord
Unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing, all Alterations affixed to the Premises, including without limitation all Tenant Improvements constructed
pursuant to the Work Letter (except as otherwise provided in the Work Letter), but excluding moveable trade fixtures and furniture, shall become the
property of Landlord. Such Alterations shall be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term, except that Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given
at the time of Landlord’s approval, require Tenant to remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination date of this Lease, all or any Alterations
(including without limitation any Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter) installed either by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant’s
request (collectively, the “Required Removables”), and to replace any non-Standard Improvements with the applicable Standard Improvements. Tenant, at
the time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion thereof, is
a Required Removable. Within 10 days after receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the subject
Alterations are Required Removables. In connection with its removal of Required Removables, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising
from that removal and shall restore the affected area to its pre- existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted.
7.4 MECHANIC’S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or
obligations incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause any such lien to be released by posting a bond in accordance
with California Civil Code Section 8424 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall not, within 15 days following the imposition of any lien,
cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to
cause the lien to be released by any means it deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien. All expenses so
incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees, shall be reimbursed by Tenant promptly following Landlord’s demand, together with interest
from the date of payment by Landlord at the maximum rate permitted by law until paid. Tenant shall give Landlord no less than 20 days’ prior notice in
writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises.
7.5 ENTRY AND INSPECTION. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them, to supply services in
accordance with this Lease, to make repairs and renovations as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord, and to submit the Premises to prospective or
actual purchasers or encumbrance holders (or, during the final twelve months of the Term or when an uncured Default exists, to prospective tenants), all
without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent except as provided elsewhere in this Lease. If reasonably
necessary, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. Except in emergencies or to
provide Building services, Landlord shall
Exhibit 10.36
provide Tenant with reasonable prior verbal notice (at least 24 hours) of entry and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s
use of the Premises.
ARTICLE 8. SPACE PLANNING AND SUBSTITUTION
Intentionally omitted.
ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
9.1 RIGHTS OF PARTIES.
a. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, Tenant may not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet,
encumber, or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other
than Tenant (each, a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(b). For purposes of this Lease, references to any subletting, sublease or variation thereof
shall be deemed to apply not only to a sublease effected directly by Tenant, but also to a sub-subletting or an assignment of subtenancy by
a subtenant at any level. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, no Transfer (whether voluntary, involuntary or by
operation of law) shall be valid or effective without Landlord’s prior written consent and, at Landlord’s election, such a Transfer shall
constitute a material default of this Lease.
b. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, if Tenant or any subtenant hereunder desires to transfer an interest in this
Lease, Tenant shall first notify Landlord in writing and shall request Landlord’s consent thereto. Tenant shall also submit to Landlord in
writing: (i) the name and address of the proposed transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be
carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of any proposed sublease or assignment (including without limitation the rent
and other economic provisions, term, improvement obligations and commencement date); (iv) evidence that the proposed assignee or
subtenant will comply with the requirements of Exhibit D to this Lease; and (v) any other information requested by Landlord and
reasonably related to the Transfer. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided: (1) the use of the Premises will be
consistent with the provisions of this Lease and with Landlord’s commitment to other tenants of the Building and Project; (2) any
proposed subtenant or assignee demonstrates that it is financially responsible by submission to Landlord of all reasonable information as
Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee, including, but not limited to, a balance sheet of the proposed
subtenant or assignee as of a date within 90 days of the request for Landlord’s consent and statements of income or profit and loss of the
proposed subtenant or assignee for the two-year period preceding the request for Landlord’s consent; (3) the proposed assignee or
subtenant is neither an existing tenant or occupant of the Building or Project nor a prospective tenant with whom Landlord or Landlord's
affiliate has been actively negotiating to become a tenant at the Building or Project; and (4) the proposed transferee is not an SDN (as
defined below) and will not impose additional burdens or security risks on Landlord. If Landlord consents to the proposed Transfer, then
the Transfer may be effected within 90 days after the date of the consent upon the terms described in the information furnished to
Landlord; provided that any material change in the terms shall be subject to Landlord’s consent as set forth in this Section 9.1(b).
Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested Transfer within 30 days following receipt of Tenant’s written notice and the
information set forth above. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), if Landlord approves the Transfer Tenant
shall pay a transfer fee of $1,000.00 to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of a Transfer consent prepared by Landlord.
c. Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (b) above, and except in connection with a “Permitted Transfer” (as defined below), in
lieu of consenting to a proposed assignment or subletting, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease in its entirety in the event of an
assignment, or terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased with a
Exhibit 10.36
proportionate abatement in the rent payable under this Lease, such termination to be effective on the date that the proposed sublease or
assignment would have commenced. Landlord may thereafter, at its option, assign or re-let any space so recaptured to any third party,
including without limitation the proposed transferee identified by Tenant.
d. Should any Transfer occur, Tenant shall, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord, as
additional rent, 50% of any amounts paid by the assignee or subtenant, however described and whether funded during or after the Lease
Term, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the sum of (i) the scheduled Basic Rent payable by Tenant hereunder (or, in the event of
a subletting of only a portion of the Premises, the Basic Rent allocable to such portion as reasonably determined by Landlord) and (ii) the
direct out-of-pocket costs, as evidenced by third party invoices provided to Landlord, incurred by Tenant to effect the Transfer, which
costs shall be amortized over the remaining Term of this Lease or, if shorter, over the term of the sublease.
e. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign this Lease to a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or the purchase of
substantially all of Tenant’s assets, or assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate (defined below), without
the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “Permitted Transfer”): (i) Tenant is not then in
Default hereunder; (ii) Tenant gives Landlord written notice prior to such Permitted Transfer; and (iii) if Tenant ceases to exist as a going
concern as a result of any merger or consolidation of Tenant or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, the resulting
successor entity has a tangible net worth not less than the tangible net worth of Tenant immediately before the Permitted Transfer.
Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include reasonable information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that
each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign and deliver to Landlord a
commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement. “Affiliate” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common
control with Tenant.
9.2 EFFECT OF TRANSFER. No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant, or any successor-in-interest to
Tenant hereunder, of its obligation to pay rent and to perform all its other obligations under this Lease. Each assignee, other than Landlord, shall be deemed
to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of all rent, and for the due
performance of all of Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease. Such joint and several liability shall not be discharged or impaired by any subsequent
modification or extension of this Lease. Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not operate as a waiver or estoppel to the future enforcement by
Landlord of its rights under this Lease.
9.3 SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS. Any sublease, license, concession or other occupancy agreement entered into by Tenant shall be subordinate
and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease is terminated during the term of any such agreement, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat
such agreement as cancelled and repossess the subject space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its
landlord (or licensor, as applicable) under such agreement. Landlord shall not, by reason of such attornment or the collection of sublease rentals, be deemed
liable to the subtenant for the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under the sublease. If Tenant is in Default (hereinafter defined), Landlord is
irrevocably authorized to direct any transferee under any such agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord
shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such Default is cured. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any transferee
shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of Article 9 of this Lease, an approval of any transferee, or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this
Lease, whenever accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s
right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.
ARTICLE 10. INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
10.1 TENANT’S INSURANCE. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide and maintain in effect the insurance described in Exhibit D.
Evidence of that insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date.
Exhibit 10.36
10.2 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE. Landlord shall provide the following types of insurance, with or without deductible and in amounts and
coverages as may be determined by Landlord in its discretion: property insurance, subject to standard exclusions (such as, but not limited to, earthquake
and flood exclusions), covering the Building or Project. In addition, Landlord may, at its election, obtain insurance coverages for such other risks as
Landlord or its Mortgagees may from time to time deem appropriate, including earthquake, terrorism and commercial general liability coverage. Landlord
shall not be required to carry insurance of any kind on any tenant improvements or Alterations in the Premises installed by Tenant or its contractors or
otherwise removable by Tenant (collectively, "Tenant Installations"), or on any trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, interior plate glass, signs or items
of personal property in the Premises, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of the foregoing items should damage occur. All proceeds
of insurance maintained by Landlord upon the Building and Project shall be the property of Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to
make any repairs.
10.3 TENANT’S INDEMNITY. To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to Section 10.5 below, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees, lenders, and affiliates, from and against any and all negligence, claims, liabilities, damages, costs or
expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date which arise from or are caused by Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building
or the Common Areas of the Project, or from the conduct of Tenant’s business, or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or
Tenant’s agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas of the
Project, or from any Default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, or from any act, omission or
negligence on the part of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees. Landlord may, at its option, require
Tenant to assume Landlord’s defense in any action covered by this Section 10.3 through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify Landlord against any liability or expense to the extent it is ultimately determined that the same was
caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees.
10.4 WAIVER OF CLAIMS. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against
Landlord, its employees and agents for loss of or damage to any property, or any injury to any person, resulting from any condition including, but not
limited to, acts or omissions (criminal or otherwise) of third parties and/or other tenants of the Project, or their agents, employees or invitees, fire,
explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises or from the breakage, leakage,
obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, electrical works or other fixtures in the Building,
whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising in the Premises or in other portions of the Building, regardless of the negligence of Landlord,
its agents or any and all affiliates of Landlord in connection with the foregoing. It is understood that any such condition may require the temporary
evacuation or closure of all or a portion of the Building. Should Tenant elect to receive any service from a concessionaire, licensee or third party tenant of
Landlord, Tenant shall not seek recourse against Landlord for any breach or liability of that service provider. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for Tenant’s loss or interruption of business or income (including without limitation, Tenant’s
consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs), or for interference with light or other similar intangible interests.
10.5 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant waive all rights of recovery against the other on account of loss and damage to the
property of such waiving party to the extent that the waiving party is entitled to proceeds for such loss and damage under any property insurance policies
carried or otherwise required to be carried by this Lease. By this waiver it is the intent of the parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any
insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage insured against under any property insurance
policies, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by the negligence of such party, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. The
foregoing waiver by Tenant shall also inure to the benefit of Landlord's management agent for the Building.
Exhibit 10.36
11.1 RESTORATION.
ARTICLE 11. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
a.
If the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged as the result of an event of casualty, then subject to the provisions below,
Landlord shall repair that damage as soon as reasonably possible unless Landlord reasonably determines that: (i) the Premises have been
materially damaged and there is less than 1 year of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty; (ii) any Mortgagee (defined in Section
13.1) requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (iii) proceeds necessary to pay the full cost
of the repair are not available from Landlord’s insurance, including without limitation earthquake insurance. Should Landlord elect not to
repair the damage for one of the preceding reasons, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in the “Casualty Notice” (as defined below), and this
Lease shall terminate as of the date of delivery of that notice.
b. As soon as reasonably practicable following the casualty event but not later than 60 days thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant in
writing (“Casualty Notice”) of Landlord’s election, if applicable, to terminate this Lease. If this Lease is not so terminated, the Casualty
Notice shall set forth the anticipated period for repairing the casualty damage. If the anticipated repair period exceeds 270 days and if the
damage is so extensive as to reasonably prevent Tenant’s substantial use and enjoyment of the Premises, then either party may elect to
terminate this Lease by written notice to the other within 10 days following delivery of the Casualty Notice.
c.
In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to Section 11.1(b), Landlord shall repair all material damage
to the Premises or the Building as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in effect for the remainder of the Term. Upon
notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign or endorse over to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance
proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant's insurance with respect to any Tenant Installations; provided if the estimated cost to repair such
Tenant Installations exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant's insurance carrier, the excess cost of
such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord's commencement of repairs. Within 15 days of demand, Tenant shall
also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs that are determined during the performance of the repairs to such Tenant Installations.
d. From and after the 6th business day following the casualty event, the rental to be paid under this Lease shall be abated in the same
proportion that the Floor Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable by the damage from time to time bears to the total Floor Area of
the Premises.
e. Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11.1, but subject to Section 10.5, the cost of any repairs shall
be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to rental abatement or termination rights, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect
of Tenant or its employees, subtenants, contractors, invitees or representatives. In addition, the provisions of this Section 11.1 shall not be
deemed to require Landlord to repair any Tenant Installations, fixtures and other items that Tenant is obligated to insure pursuant to
Exhibit D or under any other provision of this Lease.
11.2 LEASE GOVERNS. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or
destruction and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.
Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi- public use under Law, by
eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any
portion of the Building or Project which would
ARTICLE 12. EMINENT DOMAIN
Exhibit 10.36
have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building or Project. The termination shall be effective as of
the effective date of any order granting possession to, or vesting legal title in, the condemning authority. If this Lease is not terminated, Basic Rent and
Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All
compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord and the right to receive compensation or proceeds in connection with a Taking are
expressly waived by Tenant; provided, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant's personal property and Tenant's reasonable relocation
expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this
Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition
immediately prior to the Taking. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease shall govern any Taking and shall accordingly supersede any contrary
statute or rule of law.
ARTICLE 13. SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
13.1 SUBORDINATION. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s)
now or subsequently arising upon the Building or the Project, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to
as a “Mortgage”). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a “Mortgagee”. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request
from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination and attornment agreement in favor of the Mortgagee, provided such
commercially reasonable agreement provides a non-disturbance covenant benefitting Tenant. Alternatively, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to
subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Upon request, Tenant, without charge, shall attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease in the event
of a foreclosure of any Mortgage. Tenant agrees that any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or lender taking title under a deed in lieu of foreclosure shall not be
responsible for any act or omission of a prior landlord, shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses Tenant may have against a prior landlord, and shall not
be liable for the return of the Security Deposit not actually recovered by such purchaser nor bound by any rent paid in advance of the calendar month in
which the transfer of title occurred; provided that the foregoing shall not release the applicable prior landlord from any liability for those obligations.
Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Mortgagees and their successors-in-interest are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 13.1.
13.2 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, within 10 business days after receipt of a written request from Landlord, execute and deliver a
commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of those parties as are reasonably requested by Landlord (including a Mortgagee or a prospective
purchaser of the Building or the Project).
ARTICLE 14. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
14.1 TENANT’S DEFAULTS. In addition to any other event of default set forth in this Lease, the occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant:
a. The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent required to be made by Tenant, as and when due, where the failure continues for a
period of 3 business days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. The term “Rent” as used in this Lease shall be deemed to mean
the Basic Rent and all other sums, including but not limited to parking charges, required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the
terms of this Lease
b. The assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other Transfer of the Lease by Tenant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, whether by
judgment, execution, transfer by intestacy or testacy, or other means, without the prior written consent of Landlord unless otherwise
authorized in Article 9 of this Lease.
c. The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement provided by Tenant, or by any affiliate, successor or guarantor of Tenant, was
materially false.
d. Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease (in which event the failure to perform by
Tenant within such time period shall be a Default), the failure or inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or
provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in any other subsection of
Exhibit 10.36
this Section 14.1, where the failure continues for a period of 30 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. However, if the nature
of the failure is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if
Tenant commences the cure within 30 days, and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.
The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law, and Landlord shall not be required to
give any additional notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, or any successor statute, in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful
detainer proceeding.
14.2 LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.
a. Upon the occurrence of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may exercise the
following remedies:
i. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall
terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Such termination shall not affect any
accrued obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon termination, Landlord shall have the right to reenter the Premises and
remove all persons and property. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant:
1. The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;
2. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after
termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably
avoided;
3. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of
award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;
4. Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to
perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result from
Tenant’s default, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, commissions and other
expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, renovation, improvement and alteration of the Premises for a new
tenant, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any other reasonable costs; and
5. At Landlord’s election, all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by law. Any
sum, other than Basic Rent, shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount accruing during the 24
month period immediately prior to Default, except that if it becomes necessary to compute such rental before the 24
month period has occurred, then the computation shall be on the basis of the average monthly amount during the
shorter period. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by
allowing interest at the rate of 10% per annum. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award”
shall be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the
time of award plus 1%.
ii. Landlord may elect not to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, in which event Landlord may continue to
enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to collect all rent as it becomes due. Efforts by the
Landlord to maintain, preserve or relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interests under
this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s
Exhibit 10.36
right to possession of the Premises. In the event that Landlord elects to avail itself of the remedy provided by this subsection (ii),
Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or subletting of the Premises subject to the reasonable
standards for Landlord’s consent as are contained in this Lease.
b. The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord in this Lease or otherwise shall be cumulative and, except as otherwise provided by
California law, Landlord may pursue any or all of its rights and remedies at the same time. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise
any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of the right or remedy or of any breach or Default by Tenant. The acceptance by
Landlord of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any preceding breach or Default by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than the
failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding breach or Default at the time of
acceptance of rent, or (ii) a waiver of Landlord’s right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or Default.
The acceptance of any payment from a debtor in possession, a trustee, a receiver or any other person acting on behalf of Tenant or
Tenant’s estate shall not waive or cure a Default under Section 14.1. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount
than the rent required by this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account of the earliest due stipulated rent, nor
shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord shall accept the check or
payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other remedy available to it. Tenant hereby
waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174 or 1179, or under any
successor statute, in the event this Lease is terminated by reason of any Default by Tenant. No act or thing done by Landlord or
Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender
shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept
the keys to the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease, and the delivery of the keys to any employee shall not operate as a
termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.
c.
If a Default by Tenant occurs, Landlord shall not be entitled to recover any resulting consequential damages, lost profit or opportunity
costs, provided that nothing contained in this Section 14.2(c) shall limit or otherwise restrict Landlord’s right to recover damages
resulting from Tenant’s breach of its obligations under Sections 5.3, 7.4 and/or 15.1 of this Lease, or Landlord’s right to recover any
amounts described under Section 14.2(a)(i)(1),(2), (3) and (4) above.
14.3 LATE PAYMENTS. Any Rent due under this Lease that is not paid to Landlord within 5 days of the date when due shall bear interest at the
maximum rate permitted by law from the date due until fully paid. The payment of interest shall not cure any Default by Tenant under this Lease. In
addition, Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the
exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Those costs may include, but are not limited to, administrative, processing
and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering the
Premises. Accordingly, if any Rent due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within 5 days after the date due, then Tenant
shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the interest provided above, a late charge for each delinquent payment equal to the greater of (i) 5% of that delinquent
payment or (ii) $100.00. Acceptance of a late charge by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default with respect to the overdue amount, nor
shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.
14.4 RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. If Tenant is in Default of any of its obligations under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to
perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to
10% of the cost of the work performed by Landlord.
14.5 DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease unless and
until it has failed to perform the obligation within 30 days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of
the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are required for its performance, then Landlord
Exhibit 10.36
shall not be deemed to be in default if it commences performance within the 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion. Tenant
hereby waives any right to terminate or rescind this Lease as a result of any default by Landlord hereunder or any breach by Landlord of any promise or
inducement relating hereto, and Tenant agrees that its remedies shall be limited to a suit for actual damages and/or injunction and shall in no event include
any consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs.
14.6 EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES. Should either Landlord or Tenant bring any action in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall
be entitled to recover as a part of the action its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other reasonable costs. The prevailing party for the purpose of this
paragraph shall be determined by the trier of the facts.
14.7 JUDICIAL REFERENCE/WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant agree that any disputes arising in connection with this Lease
(including but not limited to a determination of any and all of the issues in such dispute, whether of fact or of law) shall be resolved (and a decision shall be
rendered) by way of a general reference as provided for in Part 2, Title 8, Chapter 6 (§§ 638 et. seq.) of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any
successor California statute governing resolution of disputes by a court appointed referee. Nothing within this Section 14.7 shall apply to an unlawful
detainer action. LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF
ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY DOES
HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING
OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE.
14.8 SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENT. The obligations of Landlord do not constitute the personal obligations of the individual partners, trustees,
directors, officers, members or shareholders of Landlord or its constituent partners or members. Should Tenant recover a money judgment against
Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only from the interest of Landlord in the Project and out of the rent or other income from such property
receivable by Landlord, and no action for any deficiency may be sought or obtained by Tenant.
ARTICLE 15. END OF TERM
15.1 HOLDING OVER. If Tenant holds over for any period after the Expiration Date (or earlier termination of the Term) without the prior written
consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance only and a Default by Tenant; such holding over with the prior written consent of
Landlord shall constitute a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the 1st day following the termination of this Lease and terminating 30 days following
delivery of written notice of termination by either Landlord or Tenant to the other. In either of such events, possession shall be subject to all of the terms of
this Lease, except that the monthly rental shall be 150% of the total monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the date of termination, subject to
Landlord’s right to modify same upon 30 days’ notice to Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of monthly hold-over rental in a lesser amount shall not
constitute a waiver of Landlord's right to recover the full amount due unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the
Premises upon the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or
liability, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant relating to such failure to surrender. The foregoing provisions of this
Section 15.1 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord under this Lease or at law.
15.2 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY. Upon the Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease,
Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition and repair as when received or as hereafter may be
improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall remove or fund to Landlord the
cost of removing all wallpapering, voice and/or data transmission cabling installed by or for Tenant and Required Removables, together with all personal
property and debris, and shall perform all work required under Section 7.3 of this Lease. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section
15.2, and remove any personal property within 10 days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, such personal property shall be
conclusively deemed to have been abandoned, then Landlord may effect the removal and/or make any repairs, without notice and without incurring any
liability to Tenant, and the cost to Landlord shall be additional rent payable by Tenant upon demand. Tenant hereby waives all rights under and benefits of
Section 1993.03 of the
Exhibit 10.36
California Civil Code, or any similar or successor laws now or hereafter in effect and authorizes Landlord to dispose of any personal property remaining at
the Premises following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without further notice to Tenant.
ARTICLE 16. PAYMENTS AND NOTICES
All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at its address set
forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or at any other place as Landlord may designate in writing. Unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise,
as for example in the payment of rent pursuant to Section 4.1, all payments shall be due and payable within 10 business days after demand. All payments
requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days in the pertinent calendar month or year, as applicable. Any notice, election,
demand, consent, approval or other communication to be given or other document to be delivered by either party to the other may be delivered to the other
party, at the address set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, by personal service, or by any courier or “overnight” express mailing service. Either
party may, by written notice to the other, served in the manner provided in this Article, designate a different address. The refusal to accept delivery of a
notice, or the inability to deliver the notice (whether due to a change of address for which notice was not duly given or other good reason), shall be deemed
delivery and receipt of the notice as of the date of attempted delivery. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant under this Lease, service of any
notice upon any one of them shall be deemed as service upon all of them.
ARTICLE 17. RULES AND REGULATIONS
Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit E, and any reasonable and nondiscriminatory amendments,
modifications and/or additions as may be adopted and published by written notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order, or
cleanliness of the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of the Rules and Regulations
or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease or any other act or conduct by any other tenant, and the same shall not constitute a constructive
eviction hereunder. One or more waivers by Landlord of any breach of the Rules and Regulations by Tenant or by any other tenant(s) shall not be a waiver
of any subsequent breach of that rule or any other. Tenant’s failure to keep and observe the Rules and Regulations shall constitute a default under this
Lease. In the case of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and this Lease, this Lease shall be controlling.
ARTICLE 18. BROKER’S COMMISSION
The parties recognize as the broker(s) who negotiated this Lease the firm(s) whose name(s) is (are) stated in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions,
and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to those broker(s) unless otherwise provided in this Lease. It is
understood that Landlord's Broker represents only Landlord in this transaction and Tenant's Broker (if any) represents only Tenant. Each party warrants that
it has had no dealings with any other real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold the other
party harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any
other real estate broker or agent employed or claiming to represent or to have been employed by the indemnifying party in connection with the negotiation
of this Lease. The foregoing agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease.
ARTICLE 19. TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST
In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all obligations on the part of
Landlord accruing under this Lease from and after the date of the transfer, provided that Tenant is duly notified of the transfer. Any funds held by the
transferor in which Tenant has an interest, including without limitation, the Security Deposit, shall be turned over, subject to that interest, to the transferee.
No Mortgagee to which this Lease is or may be subordinate shall be responsible in connection with the Security Deposit unless the Mortgagee actually
receives the Security Deposit. It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the
foregoing, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and in respect to their respective successive periods of ownership, and further
provided that any successor pursuant to a voluntary, third party transfer (but not as part of an involuntary transfer
Exhibit 10.36
resulting from a foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof) shall have assumed Landlord’s obligations under this Lease either by contractual obligation,
assumption agreement or by operation of law.
20.1.
NUMBER. Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the plural as well as the
singular.
ARTICLE 20. INTERPRETATION
20.2.
HEADINGS. The captions and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease are for convenience only, are not a part of this Lease
and shall have no effect upon its construction or interpretation.
20.3.
JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant, the obligations imposed upon each shall
be joint and several and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them shall be binding on all of them with
respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, termination or modification of this Lease.
20.4.
SUCCESSORS. Subject to Sections 13.1 and 22.3 and to Articles 9 and 19 of this Lease, all rights and liabilities given to or imposed
upon Landlord and Tenant shall extend to and bind their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this
Section 20.4 is intended, or shall be construed, to grant to any person other than Landlord and Tenant and their successors and assigns any rights or
remedies under this Lease.
20.5.
TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of
performance is a factor.
20.6.
CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE. This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of
California. Should any litigation be commenced between the parties in connection with this Lease, such action shall be prosecuted in the applicable State
Court of California in the county in which the Building is located.
20.7.
SEVERABILITY. If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material
benefit by either party or the deletion of which is consented to by the party adversely affected, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the
remainder of this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
20.8.
WAIVER. One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not
be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. Consent to any act by one of the parties shall not be deemed to
render unnecessary the obtaining of that party’s consent to any subsequent act. No breach of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived unless the
waiver is in a writing signed by the waiving party.
20.9.
INABILITY TO PERFORM. In the event that either party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any
work or in performing any act required under this Lease by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of that party, then the performance of the
work or the doing of the act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the time for performance shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period
of the delay. The provisions of this Section 20.9 shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of Rent.
20.10.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease and its exhibits and other attachments cover in full each and every agreement of every kind
between the parties concerning the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and all preliminary negotiations, oral agreements, understandings and/or
practices, except those contained in this Lease, are superseded and of no further effect. Tenant waives its rights to rely on any representations or promises
made by Landlord or others which are not contained in this Lease. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to modify the provisions of this
Lease, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.
20.11.
QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be
observed and performed, and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant
Exhibit 10.36
shall have the right of quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises for the Term without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person claiming by
or through Landlord.
20.12.
SURVIVAL. All covenants of Landlord or Tenant which reasonably would be intended to survive the expiration or sooner termination of
this Lease, including without limitation any warranty or indemnity hereunder, shall so survive and continue to be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the respective parties and their successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 21. EXECUTION AND RECORDING
21.1
COUNTERPARTS; DIGITAL SIGNATURES. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute
an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement. The parties agree to accept a digital image (including but not limited to an image in the
form of a PDF, JPEG, GIF file, or other e-signature) of this Lease, if applicable, reflecting the execution of one or both of the parties, as a true and correct
original.
21.2
CORPORATE AND PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, each
individual executing this Lease on behalf of the entity represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and
that this Lease is binding upon the corporation, limited liability company or partnership in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request,
deliver a certified copy of its organizational documents or an appropriate certificate authorizing or evidencing the execution of this Lease.
21.3
EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only,
and shall not constitute an offer to or option for Tenant to lease the Premises. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be
binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this
Lease shall only become effective upon execution by Landlord and delivery of a fully executed counterpart to Tenant.
21.4
RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord,
shall execute and acknowledge a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.
21.5
AMENDMENTS. No amendment or mutual termination of this Lease shall be effective unless in writing signed by authorized
signatories of Tenant and Landlord, or by their respective successors in interest. No actions, policies, oral or informal arrangements, business dealings or
other course of conduct by or between the parties shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any respect.
21.6
BROKER DISCLOSURE. By the execution of this Lease, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and confirm (a) receipt of
a copy of a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship conforming to the requirements of California Civil Code 2079.16, and (b) the agency
relationships specified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Tenant’s
Broker identified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions. If there is no Tenant’s Broker so identified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, then such
acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Landlord’s Broker. By the execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant are
executing the confirmation of the agency relationships set forth in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions.
ARTICLE 22. MISCELLANEOUS
22.1
NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the content of this Lease and any related documents
are confidential information. Except to the extent disclosure is required by law, Landlord and Tenant shall each keep such confidential information strictly
confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than to its respective financial, legal and space-planning
consultants, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease or pursuant to legal requirement.
Exhibit 10.36
22.2
TENANT’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The application, financial statements and tax returns, if any, submitted and certified to by
Tenant as an accurate representation of its financial condition have been prepared, certified and submitted to Landlord as an inducement and consideration
to Landlord to enter into this Lease. Tenant shall during the Term furnish Landlord with current annual financial statements accurately reflecting Tenant’s
financial condition upon written request from Landlord within 10 business days following Landlord’s request; provided, however, that so long as Tenant is
a publicly traded corporation on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the foregoing obligation to deliver the statements shall be waived.
22.3
MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would otherwise entitle Tenant to be relieved of
its obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in such a release or termination unless (a) Tenant has given notice by registered or certified
mail to any Mortgagee of a Mortgage covering the Building whose address has been furnished to Tenant and (b) such Mortgagee is afforded a reasonable
opportunity to cure the default by Landlord (which shall in no event be less than 60 days), including, if necessary to effect the cure, time to obtain
possession of the Building by power of sale or judicial foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued. Tenant shall comply with
any written directions by any Mortgagee to pay Rent due hereunder directly to such Mortgagee without determining whether a default exists under such
Mortgagee’s Mortgage.
22.4
SDN LIST. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, employee, partner, member or other
principal of Tenant (collectively, "Tenant Parties") is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person ("SDN") on the list of such persons
and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). In the event Tenant or any Tenant Party is or becomes listed as an
SDN, Tenant shall be deemed in breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.
[Signature page follows]
Exhibit 10.36
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD
ONE DEL MAR LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
TENANT
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
/s/ Steven M. Case
Executive Vice President, Leasing & Marketing Office Properties EVP, Business Operations and Compliance Officer
/s/ David B. Berger
/s/ Kristopher J. Kopensky
Vice President, Operations
Office Properties
/s/ Leigh A. Vosseller
EVP, Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT A DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES
12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 200
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT B
OPERATING EXPENSES AND TAXES
(Base Year)
(a) Tenant shall pay Landlord, as additional rent, for Tenant’s Share of the amount, if any, by which “Project Costs” (defined below) for each Expense
Recovery Period during the Term exceed Project Costs for the Project Cost Base and the amount, if any, by which “Property Taxes” (defined below) for
each Expense Recovery Period during the Term exceed Property Taxes for the Property Tax Base. Property Taxes and Project Costs are mutually exclusive
and may be billed separately or in combination as determined by Landlord. “Tenant’s Share” shall mean that portion of any Operating Expenses
determined by multiplying the cost of such item by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Floor Area of Premises and the denominator of which is the
total rentable square footage, as determined from time to time by Landlord, of (i) the Floor Area of Building as defined in Item 8 of the Basic Lease
Provisions, for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to the Building rather than the entire Project, or (ii) all or some of the
buildings in the Project, for expenses determined by Landlord to benefit or relate substantially to all or some of the buildings in the Project rather than any
specific building. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s rights to make changes or additions to the Building and/or Project from time to time, in which event the
total rentable square footage within the Building and/or Project may be adjusted. For convenience of reference, Property Taxes and Project Costs may
sometimes be collectively referred to as “Operating Expenses.”
(b) Commencing prior to the start of the first full “Expense Recovery Period” of the Lease (as defined in Item 7 of the Basic Lease Provisions) following
the Base Year, and prior to the start of each full or partial Expense Recovery Period thereafter, Landlord shall give Tenant a written estimate of the amount
of Tenant’s Share of Project Costs and Property Taxes for the Expense Recovery Period or portion thereof. Tenant shall pay the estimated amounts to
Landlord in equal monthly installments, in advance, with Basic Rent. Landlord may from time to time change the Expense Recover y Period to reflect a
calendar year or a new fiscal year of Landlord, as applicable, in which event Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be equitably prorated for any
partial year. From time to time during an Expense Recovery Period, Landlord may revise the estimate based on increases in any of the Operating Expenses.
(c) Within 180 days after the end of each Expense Recovery Period, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement setting forth the actual or prorated
Property Taxes and Project Costs attributable to that period, and the parties shall within 30 days thereafter make any payment or allowance necessary to
adjust Tenant’s estimated payments, if any, to Tenant’s actual Tenant’s Share as shown by the annual statement. If actual Property Taxes or Project Costs
allocable to Tenant during any Expense Recovery Period are less than the Property Tax Base or the Project Cost Base, respectively, Landlord shall not be
required to pay that differential to Tenant, although Landlord shall refund any applicable estimated payments collected from Tenant. Should Tenant fail to
object in writing to Landlord’s determination of actual Operating Expenses within 60 days following delivery of Landlord’s expense statement, Landlord’s
determination of actual Operating Expenses for the applicable Expense Recovery Period shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant.
(d) Even though the Lease has terminated and the Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s share of Property
Taxes and Project Costs for the Expense Recovery Period in which the Lease terminates, Tenant shall upon notice pay the entire increase due over the
estimated expenses paid; conversely, any overpayment made in the event expenses decrease shall be rebated by Landlord to Tenant.
(e) The term “Project Costs” shall include all charges and expenses pertaining to the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building and
the Project, together with all Common Areas (as defined in Section 6.2), and shall include the following charges by way of illustration but not limitation:
water and sewer charges; insurance premiums and deductibles and/or reasonable premium equivalents and deductible equivalents should Landlord elect to
self-insure any risk that Landlord is authorized to insure hereunder; license, permit, and inspection fees; heat; light; power; janitorial services; the cost of
equipping, staffing and operating an on-site and/or off-site management office for the Building and Project; all labor and labor-related costs for personnel
applicable to the Building and Project, including both Landlord's personnel and outside personnel; a commercially reasonable Landlord
overhead/management fee; reasonable fees for consulting services; access control/security costs, inclusive of the reasonable cost of improvements made to
enhance access control systems and procedures; repairs; air conditioning; supplies; materials; equipment; tools; tenant services; programs instituted to
comply with transportation management requirements; any expense incurred pursuant to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 7.2, and 10.2 and Exhibits C and F below; costs
Exhibit 10.36
incurred (capital or otherwise) on a regular recurring basis every 3 or more years for normal maintenance projects (e.g., parking lot slurry coat or
replacement of lobby, corridor and elevator cab carpets and coverings); and the amortized cost of capital improvements (as distinguished from replacement
parts or components installed in the ordinary course of business) which are intended to reduce other operating costs or increases thereof, or upgrade
Building and/or Project security, or which are required to bring the Building and/or Project into compliance with applicable laws and building codes.
Landlord shall amortize the cost of capital improvements on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the Payback Period (as defined below) or the useful life
of the capital improvement as reasonably determined by Landlord. Any amortized Project Costs item may include, at Landlord's option, an actual or
imputed interest rate that Landlord would reasonably be required to pay to finance the cost of the item, applied on the unamortized balance. "Payback
Period" shall mean the reasonably estimated period of time that it takes for the cost savings, if any, resulting from a capital improvement item to equal the
total cost of the capital improvement. It is understood that Project Costs shall include competitive charges for direct services provided by any subsidiary or
division of Landlord. If any Project Costs are applicable to one or more buildings or properties in addition to the Building, then that cost shall be equitably
prorated and apportioned among the Building and such other buildings or properties. The term “Property Taxes” shall include the following: (i) all real
estate taxes or personal property taxes, as such property taxes may be increased from time to time due to a reassessment or otherwise; and (ii) other taxes,
charges and assessments which are levied with respect to this Lease or to the Building and/or the Project, and any improvements, fixtures and equipment
and other property of Landlord located in the Building and/or the Project, except that general net income and franchise taxes imposed against Landlord
shall be excluded; and (iii) any tax, surcharge or assessment which shall be levied in addition to or in lieu of real estate or personal property taxes; and (iv)
costs and expenses incurred in contesting the amount or validity of any Property Tax by appropriate proceedings. A copy of Landlord’s unaudited statement
of expenses shall be made available to Tenant upon request. The Project Costs, inclusive of those for the Base Year, shall be extrapolated by Landlord to
reflect at least 95% occupancy of the rentable area of the Building.
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall exclude the following:
1. Any ground lease rental;
2. Costs incurred by Landlord with respect to goods and services (including utilities sold and supplied to tenants and
occupants of the Building) to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed for such costs other than through the Operating
Expense pass-through provisions of such tenants' lease;
3. Costs incurred by Landlord for repairs, replacements and/or restoration to or of the Building to the extent that Landlord
is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds or by tenants (other than through Operating Expense pass-
throughs), warrantors or other third persons;
4. Costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements
made for other tenants in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or
redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building;
5. Costs arising from Landlord's charitable or political contributions;
6. Attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with present or
prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, except those attorneys' fees and other costs and expenses
incurred in connection with negotiations, disputes or claims relating to items of Operating Expenses, enforcement of
rules and regulations of the Building and such other matters relating to the maintenance of standards required of
Landlord under this Lease;
7. Capital expenditures as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied,
and as generally practiced in the real estate industry (“GAAP”), except as otherwise provided above;
Exhibit 10.36
8. Brokers commissions, finders' fees, attorneys' fees, entertainment and travel expenses and other costs incurred by
Landlord in leasing or attempting to lease space in the Building;
9. Expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged
for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building;
10. Costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord of any law, code, regulation, or ordinance;
11. Overhead and profit increments paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services provided to the Building to the
extent the same exceeds the costs that would generally be charged for such services if rendered on a competitive basis
(based upon a standard of similar office buildings in the general market area of the Premises) by unaffiliated third
parties capable of providing such service;
12. Interest on debt or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages encumbering the Building;
13. Landlord's general corporate overhead, except as it relates to the specific management, operation, repair, replacement
and maintenance of the Building or Project;
14. Costs of installing the initial landscaping and the initial sculpture, paintings and objects of art for the Building and
Project;
15. Advertising expenditures;
16. Any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;
17. Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the
same are distinguished from the costs of the operation, management, repair, replacement and maintenance of the
Project, including partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except
as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of
Landlord's interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its
employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;
18. The wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the
Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-à-
vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided that in no event shall Project Costs
include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of portfolio property manager or chief engineer;
19. Costs incurred by Landlord for improvements or replacements (including structural additions), repairs, equipment and
tools which are of a “capital” nature and/or which are considered “capital” improvements or replacements under GAAP,
except to the extent included in Project Costs pursuant to the definition above or by other express terms of this Lease;
and
Exhibit 10.36
20. Legal fees and costs, settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and
other tenants or prospective occupants or prospective tenants/occupants or providers of goods and services to the
Project.
(g) Provided Tenant is not then in Default hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to cause a certified public accountant, engaged on a non-contingency fee
basis, to audit Operating Expenses by inspecting Landlord's general ledger of expenses not more than once during any Expense Recovery Period. However,
to the extent that insurance premiums or any other component of Operating Expenses is determined by Landlord on the basis of an internal allocation of
costs utilizing information Landlord in good faith deems proprietary, such expense component shall not be subject to audit so long as it does not exceed the
amount per square foot typically imposed by landlords of other first class office projects in San Diego County, California. Tenant shall give notice to
Landlord of Tenant's intent to audit within 60 days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's expense statement which sets forth Landlord's actual Operating
Expenses. Such audit shall be conducted at a mutually agreeable time during normal business hours at the office of Landlord or its management agent
where such accounts are maintained. If Tenant's audit determines that actual Operating Expenses have been overstated by more than 5%, then subject to
Landlord's right to review and/or contest the audit results, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of such audit. Tenant's
rent shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any overstatement in Operating Expenses. In addition, if any component of Operating Expenses is determined
to be either inappropriate or excessive during an Expense Recovery Period, and if the Project Cost Base or Property Tax Base also included such
component, then the appropriate Base shall concurrently be adjusted if and to the extent appropriate. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant
regarding such audit, either party may elect to submit the matter for binding arbitration with the American Arbitration Association under its Arbitration
Rules for the Real Estate Industry, and judgment on the arbitration award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. All of the information
obtained by Tenant and/or its auditor in connection with such audit, as well as any compromise, settlement, or adjustment reached between Landlord and
Tenant as a result thereof, shall be held in strict confidence and, except as may be required pursuant to litigation, shall not be disclosed to any third party,
directly or indirectly, by Tenant or its auditor or any of their officers, agents or employees. Landlord may require Tenant's auditor to execute a separate
confidentiality agreement affirming the foregoing as a condition precedent to any audit. In the event of a violation of this confidentiality covenant in
connection with any audit, then in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy available to Landlord, Tenant shall forfeit its right to any reconciliation or
cost reimbursement payment from Landlord due to said audit (and any such payment theretofore made by Landlord shall be promptly returned by Tenant),
and Tenant shall have no further audit rights under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right of audit with respect to any
Expense Recovery Period unless the total Operating Expenses per square foot for such Expense Recovery Period, as set forth in Landlord's annual expense
reconciliation, exceed the total Operating Expenses per square foot during the Base Year, as increased by the percentage change in the United States
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers, Los Angeles - Riverside - Orange County Area Average,
all items (1982-84 = 100) (the "Index"), which change in the Index shall be measured by comparing the Index published for January of the Base Year with
the Index published for January of the applicable Expense Recovery Period.
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT C
UTILITIES AND SERVICES
The following standards for utilities and services shall be in effect at the Building. Landlord reserves the right to adopt nondiscriminatory modifications
and additions to these standards. In the case of any conflict between these standards and the Lease, the Lease shall be controlling. Subject to all of the
provisions of the Lease, the following shall apply:
1. Landlord shall make available to the Premises during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday ("Building Hours"), generally
recognized national holidays excepted, reasonable HVAC services. Subject to the provisions set forth below, Landlord shall also furnish the
Building with elevator service (if applicable), reasonable amounts of electric current for normal lighting by Landlord’s standard overhead
fluorescent and incandescent fixtures and for the operation of office equipment consistent in type and quantity with that utilized by typical office
tenants of the Building and Project, and water for lavatory purposes. Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, connect any
apparatus, machine or device with water pipes or electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises) for the purpose of
using electric current or water.
2. Upon written request from Tenant delivered to Landlord at least 24 hours prior to the period for which service is requested, but during normal
business hours, Landlord will provide any of the foregoing building services to Tenant at such times when such services are not otherwise
available. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord for those after-hour services at rates that Landlord may establish from time to time. If Tenant requires
electric current in excess of that which Landlord is obligated to furnish under this Exhibit C, Tenant shall first obtain the consent of Landlord, and
Landlord may cause an electric current meter to be installed in the Premises to measure the amount of electric current consumed. The cost of
installation, maintenance and repair of the meter shall be paid for by Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for all
electric current consumed for any special power use as shown by the meter.
3. Landlord shall furnish water for drinking, personal hygiene and lavatory purposes only.
4.
In the event that any utility service to the Premises is separately metered or billed to Tenant, Tenant shall pay all charges for that utility service to
the Premises and the cost of furnishing the utility to tenant suites shall be excluded from the Operating Expenses as to which reimbursement from
Tenant is required in the Lease.
5. Landlord shall provide janitorial services 5 days per week, equivalent to that furnished in comparable buildings, and window washing as
reasonably required; provided, however, that Tenant shall pay for any additional or unusual janitorial services.
6. Tenant shall have access to the Building 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, 52 weeks per year; provided that Landlord may install access control
systems as it deems advisable for the Building. Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for access control cards and/or keys issued to Tenant.
7. The costs of operating, maintaining and repairing any supplemental air conditioning unit serving only the Premises shall be borne solely by
Tenant. Such installation shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, at Tenant's sole expense and shall include installation of a separate
meter for the operation of the unit. Landlord may require Tenant to remove at Lease expiration any such unit installed by or for Tenant and to
repair any resulting damage to the Premises or Building.
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT D
TENANT’S INSURANCE
The following requirements for Tenant’s insurance shall be in effect during the Term, and Tenant shall also cause any subtenant to comply with
the requirements. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory modifications and additions to these requirements.
1. Tenant shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, during the entire Term: (i) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Premises
and the operations of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, on a policy form that is at least as broad as Insurance Service Office (ISO) CGL 00 01
(if alcoholic beverages are sold on the Premises, liquor liability shall be explicitly covered), which policy(ies) shall be written on an “occurrence”
basis and for not less than $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and property damage liability; (ii) workers’
compensation insurance coverage as required by law, together with employers’ liability insurance coverage of at least $1,000,000 each accident
and each disease; (iii) with respect to Alterations constructed by Tenant under this Lease, builder’s risk insurance, in an amount equal to the
replacement cost of the work; and (iv) insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and such other additional perils as may be included in
a standard “special form” policy, insuring all Alterations, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and items of personal property in the Premises, in
an amount equal to not less than 90% of their replacement cost (with replacement cost endorsement), which policy shall also include business
interruption coverage in an amount sufficient to cover 1 year of loss. In no event shall the limits of any policy be considered as limiting the
liability of Tenant under this Lease.
2. All policies of insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit D shall be written by insurance companies authorized to do
business in the State of California and with a general policyholder rating of not less than “A-” and financial rating of not less than “VIII” in the
most current Best’s Insurance Report. The deductible or other retained limit under any policy carried by Tenant shall be commercially reasonable,
and Tenant shall be responsible for payment of such deductible or retained limit with waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord. Any insurance
required of Tenant may be furnished by Tenant under any blanket policy carried by it or under a separate policy. A certificate of insurance,
certifying that the policy has been issued, provides the coverage required by this Exhibit and contains the required provisions, together with
endorsements acceptable to Landlord evidencing the waiver of subrogation and additional insured provisions required below, shall be delivered to
Landlord prior to the date Tenant is given the right of possession of the Premises. Proper evidence of the renewal of any insurance coverage shall
also be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the coverage. In the event of a loss covered by any policy
under which Landlord is an additional insured, Landlord shall be entitled to review a copy of such policy.
3. Tenant’s commercial general liability insurance shall contain a provision that the policy shall be primary to and noncontributory with any policies
carried by Landlord, together with a provision including Landlord and any other parties in interest designated by Landlord as additional insureds.
Tenant’s policies described in Subsections 1(ii), (iii) and (iv) above shall each contain a waiver by the insurer of any right to subrogation against
Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors and representatives. Tenant also waives its right of recovery for any deductible or retained limit under
same policies enumerated above. All of Tenant’s policies shall contain a provision that the insurer will not cancel or change the coverage provided
by the policy without first giving Landlord 30 days prior written notice. Tenant shall also name Landlord as an additional insured on any excess or
umbrella liability insurance policy carried by Tenant.
NOTICE TO TENANT: IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE, TENANT MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE
REQUIRED INSURANCE TO LANDLORD’S MANAGEMENT AGENT PRIOR TO BEING AFFORDED ACCESS TO THE PREMISES.
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT E
RULES AND REGULATIONS
The following Rules and Regulations shall be in effect at the Building. Landlord reserves the right to adopt reasonable nondiscriminatory
modifications and additions at any time. In the case of any conflict between these regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall be controlling.
1. The sidewalks, halls, passages, elevators, stairways, and other common areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by it for storage, for
depositing items, or for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Premises. Should Tenant have access to any balcony or patio
area, Tenant shall not place any furniture other personal property in such area without the prior written approval of Landlord.
2. Neither Tenant nor any employee or contractor of Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.
3. Tenant shall, at its expense, be required to utilize the third party contractor designated by Landlord for the Building to provide any telephone
wiring services from the minimum point of entry of the telephone cable in the Building to the Premises.
4. No antenna or satellite dish shall be installed by Tenant without the prior written agreement of Landlord.
5. The sashes, sash doors, windows, glass lights, solar film and/or screen, and any lights or skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other
places of the Building shall not be covered or obstructed. If Landlord, by a notice in writing to Tenant, shall object to any curtain, blind, tinting,
shade or screen attached to, or hung in, or used in connectio n with, any window or door of the Premises, the use of that curtain, blind, tinting,
shade or screen shall be immediately discontinued and removed by Tenant. Interior of the Premises visible from the exterior must be maintained in
a visually professional manner and consistent with a first class office building. Tenant shall not place any unsightly items (as determined by
Landlord in its reasonable discretion) along the exterior glass line of the Premises including, but not limited to, boxes, and electrical and data
cords. No awnings shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.
6. The installation and location of any unusually heavy equipment in the Premises, including without limitation file storage units, safes and electronic
data processing equipment, shall require the prior written approval of Landlord. The moving of large or heavy objects shall occur only between
those hours as may be designated by, and only upon previous notice to, Landlord. No freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description shall be
received into or moved out of the lobby of the Building or carried in any elevator other than the freight elevator (if available) designated by
Landlord unless approved in writing by Landlord.
7. Any pipes or tubing used by Tenant to transmit water to an appliance or device in the Premises must be made of copper or stainless steel, and in no
event shall plastic tubing be used for that purpose.
8. Tenant shall not place any lock(s) on any door in the Premises or Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Upon the termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all the keys to offices, rooms and toilet rooms and all
access cards which shall have been furnished to Tenant or which Tenant shall have had made.
9. Tenant shall not install equipment requiring electrical or air conditioning service in excess of that to be provided by Landlord under the Lease
without prior written approval from Landlord.
10. Tenant shall not use space heaters within the Premises.
11. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises, or bring or keep anything in the Premises, which shall in any way increase the
insurance on the Building, or on the property kept in the Building, or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or conflict with any government
rule or regulation.
Exhibit 10.36
12. Tenant shall not use or keep any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises.
13. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building
by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business with other tenants.
14. Tenant shall not permit any pets or animals in or about the Building. Bona fide service animals are permitted provided such service animals are
pre-approved by Landlord, remain under the direct control of the individual they serve at all times, and do not disturb or threaten others.
15. Neither Tenant nor its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees shall bring any firearm, whether loaded or unloaded, into the Project at
any time.
16. Smoking tobacco, including via personal vaporizers or other electronic cigarettes, anywhere within the Premises, Building or Project is strictly
prohibited except that smoking tobacco may be permitted outside the Building and within the Project only in areas designated by Landlord.
Smoking, vaping, distributing, growing or manufacturing marijuana or any marijuana derivative anywhere within the Premises, Building or
Project is strictly prohibited.
17. Tenant shall not install an aquarium of any size in the Premises unless otherwise approved by Landlord.
18. Tenant shall not utilize any name selected by Landlord from time to time for the Building and/or the Project as any part of Tenant’s corporate or
trade name. Landlord shall have the right to change the name, number or designation of the Building or Project without liability to Tenant. Tenant
shall not use any picture of the Building in its advertising, stationery or in any other manner.
19. Tenant shall, upon request by Landlord, supply Landlord with the names and telephone numbers of personnel designated by Tenant to be contacted
on an after-hours basis should circumstances warrant.
20. Landlord may from time to time grant tenants individual and temporary variances from these Rules, provided that any variance does not have a
material adverse effect on the use and enjoyment of the Premises by Tenant.
21. Fitness Center Rules. Tenant shall cause its employees (whether members or prospective members of the Fitness Center) to comply with the
following Fitness Center rules and regulations (subject to change from time to time as Landlord may solely determine):
a. Membership in the Fitness Center is open to the tenants of Landlord or its affiliates only. No guests will be permitted to use the Fitness
Center without the prior written approval of Landlord or Landlord’s representative.
b. Fitness Center users are not allowed to be in the Fitness Center other than the hours designated by Landlord from time to time. Landlord
shall have the right to alter the hours of use of the Fitness Center, at Landlord’s sole discretion.
c. All Fitness Center users must execute Landlord’s Waiver of Liability prior to use of the Fitness Center and agree to all terms and
conditions outlined therein.
d.
Individual membership and guest keycards to the Fitness Center shall not be shared and shall only be used by the individual to whom
such keycard was issued. Failure to abide by this rule may result in immediate termination of such Fitness Center user’s right to use the
Fitness Center.
e. All Fitness Center users and approved guests must have a pre-authorized keycard to enter the Fitness Center. A pre-authorized keycard
shall not be issued to a prospective Fitness Center user until receipt by Landlord of Landlord’s initial fee, if any, for use of the Fitness
Center by such Fitness Center user(s).
Exhibit 10.36
f. Use of the Fitness Center is a privilege and not a right. Failure to follow gym rules or to act inappropriately while using the facilities shall
result in termination of Tenant’s Fitness Center privileges.
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT F
PARKING
The following parking regulations shall be in effect at the Building In the case of any conflict between these regulations and the Lease, the Lease shall be
controlling.
1. Landlord agrees to maintain, or cause to be maintained, an automobile parking area (“Parking Area”) in reasonable proximity to the Building (i.e.
the surface parking lots in the area adjacent to the Building) for the benefit and use of the visitors and patrons and, except as otherwise provided,
employees of Tenant, and other tenants and occupants of the Building. Landlord shall have the right to determine the nature and extent of the
automobile Parking Area, and of making such changes to the Parking Area from time to time which in its opinion are desirable. Landlord shall not
be liable for any damage to motor vehicles of visitors or employees, for any loss of property from within those motor vehicles, or for any injury to
Tenant, its visitors or employees, unless ultimately determined to be caused by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.
Landlord shall also have the right to establish, and from time to time amend, and to enforce against all users of the Parking Area all reasonable
rules and regulations (including the designation of areas for employee parking) as Landlord may deem necessary and advisable for the proper and
efficient operation and maintenance of the Parking Area.
2. Landlord may, if it deems advisable in its sole discretion, charge for parking and may establish for the Parking Area a system or systems of permit
parking for Tenant, its employees and its visitors. In no event shall Tenant or its employees park in reserved stalls leased to other tenants or in
stalls within designated visitor parking zones, nor shall Tenant or its employees utilize more than the number of Parking Passes (defined below)
allotted in this Lease to Tenant. Tenant shall, upon request of Landlord from time to time, furnish Landlord with a list of its employees’ names and
of Tenant’s and its employees’ vehicle license numbers. Parking access devices, if applicable, shall not be transferable. Landlord may impose a
reasonable fee for access devices and a replacement charge for devices which are lost or stolen. Each access device shall be returned to Landlord
promptly following the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this Lease.
3. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of vehicles, or the parking of any vehicle on an overnight basis, in the Parking Area (other than emergency
services) by any parker or his or her agents or employees is prohibited unless otherwise authorized by Landlord.
4.
It is understood that the employees of Tenant and the other tenants of Landlord within the Building and Project shall not be permitted to park their
automobiles in the portions of the Parking Area which may from time to time be designated for patrons of the Building and/or Project. Tenant
shall be obligated to purchase from Landlord for the Term of this Lease, the total number of parking passes set forth in Item 11 of the Basic Lease
Provisions (the "Parking Passes") for unreserved parking, at no charge during the initial 24 month Term. After the initial Term, Tenant shall pay
the monthly amounts as Landlord shall from time to time determine. Should any monthly parking charge not be paid within 5 days following the
date due, then a late charge shall be payable by Tenant equal to the greater of (i) 5% of the delinquent installment or (ii) $100.00, which late
charge shall be separate and in addition to any late charge that may be assessed pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Lease for other than delinquent
monthly parking charges.
5. Landlord shall be entitled to pass on to Tenant its proportionate share of any charges or parking surcharge or transportation management costs
levied by any governmental agency and Tenant shall cooperate in any voluntary or mandated transportation management programs.
6. Tenant shall not assign or sublet any of the Parking Passes, either voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Landlord,
except in connection with an authorized assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises.
Exhibit 10.36
EXHIBIT G
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS
1. FITNESS CENTER. Subject to the provisions of this Section, so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, and provided Tenant’s
employees execute Landlord’s standard waiver of liability form and pay the applicable one time or monthly fee, if any, then Tenant’s employees
(the “Fitness Center Users”) shall be entitled to use the fitness center and the shower facility located at the Project (collectively, the “Fitness
Center”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay a monthly fee during the initial 24-month Term and, if exercised,
during the extension term set forth in Section 2 below. No separate charges shall be assessed to Fitness Center Users for the use of the Fitness
Center (with the exception of towel/laundry fees, if any) during the initial Term of this Lease, provided, however, that the costs of operating,
maintaining and repairing the Fitness Center shall be included as part of Operating Expenses. The use of the Fitness Center shall be subject to the
reasonable rules and regulations (including rules regarding hours of use) established from time to time by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge that the use of the Fitness Center by the Fitness Center Users shall be at their own risk and that the terms and provisions of Section
10.3 of this Lease shall apply to Tenant and the Fitness Center User’s use of the Fitness Center. Tenant acknowledges that the provisions of this
Section shall not be deemed to be a representation by Landlord that Landlord shall continuously maintain the Fitness Center (or any other fitness
facility) throughout the Term of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s sole discretion, to expand, contract, eliminate or
otherwise modify the Fitness Center. No expansion, contraction, elimination or modification of the Fitness Center, and no termination of Tenant’s
or the Fitness Center Users’ rights to the Fitness Center shall entitle Tenant to an abatement or reduction in Basic Rent constitute a constructive
eviction, or result in an event of default by Landlord under this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to reasonably limit, restrain, or condition the use
of the Fitness Center by tenants of the Building (including Tenant’s Fitness Center Users) if Landlord reasonably determines that their use of the
Fitness Center has a disproportionate and/or inequitable impact on the ability of other tenants to use the Fitness Center. Tenant hereby voluntarily
releases, discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for personal injury or property damage occurring to Tenant or
its employees or agents arising as a result of the use of the Fitness Center, or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may
occur, and further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers,
agents, servants or employees for any said causes of action. It is the intention of Tenant with respect to the Fitness Center to exempt and relieve
Landlord from liability for personal injury or property damage caused by negligence. Tenant’s right to use the Fitness Center shall belong solely to
Tenant and the Fitness Center Users and may not be transferred or assigned without Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld by
Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion.
2. RIGHT TO EXTEND. Provided that Tenant is not in Default under any provision of this Lease at the time of exercise of the extension right
granted herein, and provided further that Tenant is occupying the entire Premises and has not assigned or sublet any of its interest in this Lease
(except in connection with a Permitted Transfer of this Lease to an Affiliate as described in Section 9.1(e) hereof), Tenant may extend the Term of
this Lease for one period of 24 months. Tenant shall exercise its right to extend the Term by and only by delivering to Landlord, not less than 9
months nor more than 12 months prior to the expiration date of the Term, Tenant’s written notice of its irrevocable commitment to extend (the
“Commitment Notice”). Should Tenant fail timely to deliver the Commitment Notice, then this extension right shall thereupon lapse and be of no
further force or effect.
The Basic Rent payable under the Lease during the extension of the Term shall be at the prevailing market rental rate (including periodic
adjustments) for comparable and similarly improved office space in the Building as of the commencement of the extension period, as determined by
Landlord, based on a reasonable extrapolation of Landlord’s then-current leasing rates. In no event shall the monthly Basic Rent payable for the extension
period be less than the Basic Rent payable during the month immediately preceding the commencement of such extension period.
Exhibit 10.36
Promptly following receipt of the Commitment Notice, Landlord shall prepare an appropriate amendment to the Lease memorializing the
extension of the Term in accordance with the foregoing, and Tenant shall duly execute and return same to Landlord within 15 days. If Tenant fails timely to
do so, then Landlord, at its sole discretion, may either enforce its rights under this Section or, upon written notice to Tenant, elect to cause Tenant’s right to
extend to be extinguished, in which event this Lease shall terminate as of the originally scheduled date of expiration. Should Landlord elect the latter, then
this Lease shall terminate upon the scheduled date of expiration and Tenant’s rights under this paragraph shall be of no further force or effect.
Any attempt to assign or transfer any right or interest created by this paragraph to other than an Affiliate shall be void from its inception. Tenant
shall have no other right to extend the Term beyond the single 24 month extension created by this paragraph. Unless agreed to in a writing signed by
Landlord and Tenant, any extension of the Term, whether created by an amendment to this Lease or by a holdover of the Premises by Tenant, or otherwise,
shall be deemed a part of, and not in addition to, any duly exercised extension period permitted by this Section. Tenant’s Right to Extend is subject and
subordinate to the expansion rights (whether such rights are designated as a right of first offer, right of first refusal, expansion option or otherwise) of any
tenant of the Building existing on the date hereof. Time is specifically made of the essence of this Section.
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Name of Entity
Tandem Diabetes Care Canada, Inc.
Sugarmate Inc.
State/Country of Organization
Canada
United States
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-222143) of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-232944) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care
Inc.,
(3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-226915) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, and 2013 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care Inc.,
(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-192406) pertaining to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, 2013 Stock Incentive Plan,
and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care Inc.,
(5) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-202254) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-209685) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-223377) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., and
(8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-216529) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc;
of our reports dated February 22, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form
10-K) of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021.
/s/Ernst & Young LLP
San Diego, California
February 22, 2022
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.1
I, John F. Sheridan, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Dated: February 22, 2022
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
By:
/s/ John F. Sheridan
John F. Sheridan
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.2
I, Leigh A. Vosseller, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Dated: February 22, 2022
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
/s/ Leigh A. Vosseller
By:
Leigh A. Vosseller
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2021, as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John F. Sheridan, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Exhibit 32.1
Company as of the dates and for the periods presented.
Date: February 22, 2022
/s/ John F. Sheridan
John F. Sheridan
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company,
whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement
required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or its staff upon request.
CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2021, as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Leigh A. Vosseller, Chief Financial Officer of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the
Exhibit 32.2
Company as of the dates and for the periods presented.
Date: February 22, 2022
/s/ Leigh A. Vosseller
Leigh A. Vosseller
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company,
whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement
required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or its staff upon request.